From 9591998b4b36465cdcc097bdfdd48f8fcbbc49f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Inline Pizza <249805557+InlinePizza@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 28 Apr 2026 13:06:17 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 1/3] Add Good Docs reference templates
---
AGENTS.md | 13 +
meta/reference/AGENTS.md | 7 +
meta/reference/README.md | 11 +
.../.gitignore | 13 +
.../.gitlab-ci.yml | 16 +
.../.gitlab/issue_templates/missing-files.md | 39 +
.../.gitlab/issue_templates/new-pack.md | 26 +
.../issue_templates/new-tactic-article.md | 33 +
.../.gitlab/issue_templates/new-template.md | 55 +
.../template-merge-request.md | 45 +
.../.gitpod.yml | 5 +
.../.markdownlint-cli2.jsonc | 13 +
.../ADOPTERS.md | 31 +
.../CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md | 3 +
.../CONTRIBUTING.md | 431 +++++
.../good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DCO.txt | 36 +
.../good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DEI.md | 3 +
.../GOVERNANCE.md | 3 +
.../good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/LICENSE | 7 +
.../README.md | 215 +++
.../SECURITY.md | 3 +
.../STYLE-GUIDE.md | 1434 +++++++++++++++++
.../SUPPORT.md | 10 +
.../guide_api-getting-started.md | 85 +
.../process_api-getting-started.md | 55 +
.../resources_api-getting-started.md | 22 +
.../template_api-getting-started.md | 105 ++
.../api-reference/example_api-reference.md | 4 +
.../api-reference/guide_api-reference.md | 271 ++++
.../api-reference/template_api-reference.md | 186 +++
.../bug-report/guide_bug-report.md | 103 ++
.../bug-report/template_bug-report.md | 58 +
.../changelog/guide_changelog.md | 146 ++
.../changelog/process_changelog.md | 63 +
.../changelog/resources_changelog.md | 28 +
.../changelog/template_changelog.md | 94 ++
.../guide_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md | 86 +
...emplate_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md | 54 +
...uide_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md | 87 +
...late_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md | 82 +
.../guide_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md | 164 ++
.../template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md | 327 ++++
.../code-of-conduct/guide_code-of-conduct.md | 137 ++
.../template_code-of-conduct.md | 136 ++
.../concept/example_concept.md | 4 +
.../concept/guide_concept.md | 253 +++
.../concept/process_concept.md | 241 +++
.../concept/resources_concept.md | 56 +
.../concept/template_concept.md | 109 ++
.../contact-support/guide_contact-support.md | 173 ++
.../process_contact-support.md | 55 +
.../resources_contact-support.md | 84 +
.../template_contact-support.md | 110 ++
.../example_contributing-guide.md | 4 +
.../guide_contributing-guide.md | 198 +++
.../template_contributing-guide.md | 126 ++
.../glossary/guide_glossary.md | 92 ++
.../glossary/process_glossary.md | 118 ++
.../glossary/resources_glossary.md | 34 +
.../glossary/template_glossary.md | 13 +
.../how-to/guide_how-to.md | 174 ++
.../how-to/template_how-to.md | 59 +
.../images/importance.png | Bin 0 -> 188284 bytes
.../images/voiceNtone.png | Bin 0 -> 41892 bytes
.../index.json | 663 ++++++++
.../guide_installation-guide.md | 158 ++
.../process_installation-guide.md | 36 +
.../resources_installation-guide.md | 30 +
.../template_installation-guide.md | 192 +++
.../our-team/guide_our-team.md | 148 ++
.../our-team/template_our-team.md | 107 ++
.../quickstart/guide_quickstart.md | 160 ++
.../quickstart/template_quickstart.md | 91 ++
.../readme/example_readme.md | 4 +
.../readme/guide_readme.md | 147 ++
.../readme/process_readme.md | 70 +
.../readme/resources_readme.md | 27 +
.../readme/template_readme.md | 151 ++
.../reference/guide_reference.md | 71 +
.../reference/process_reference.md | 36 +
.../reference/resources_reference.md | 26 +
.../reference/template_reference.md | 33 +
.../release-notes/guide_release-notes.md | 303 ++++
.../release-notes/process_release-notes.md | 167 ++
.../release-notes/resources_release-notes.md | 44 +
.../release-notes/template_release-notes.md | 90 ++
.../style-guide/guide_style-guide.md | 188 +++
.../style-guide/template_style-guide.md | 148 ++
.../template_deliverables.md | 167 ++
.../example_terminology-system.csv | 15 +
.../example_terminology-system.htm | 104 ++
.../guide_terminology-system.md | 181 +++
.../process_terminology-system.md | 34 +
.../resources_terminology-system.md | 33 +
.../template_terminology-system.csv | 1 +
.../template_terminology-system.htm | 43 +
.../troubleshooting/guide_troubleshooting.md | 62 +
.../process_troubleshooting.md | 35 +
.../resources_troubleshooting.md | 44 +
.../template_troubleshooting.md | 42 +
.../tutorial/guide_tutorial.md | 172 ++
.../tutorial/template_tutorial.md | 85 +
.../user-personas/UserPersonaAvatar.png | Bin 0 -> 18738 bytes
.../user-personas/guide_user-personas.md | 228 +++
.../user-personas/process_user-personas.md | 200 +++
.../user-personas/resources_user-personas.md | 48 +
.../user-personas/template_user-personas.md | 187 +++
.../writing-tips.md | 60 +
108 files changed, 11479 insertions(+)
create mode 100644 AGENTS.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/AGENTS.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/README.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitignore
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab-ci.yml
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/missing-files.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-pack.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-tactic-article.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-template.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/merge_request_templates/template-merge-request.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitpod.yml
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.markdownlint-cli2.jsonc
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/ADOPTERS.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CONTRIBUTING.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DCO.txt
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DEI.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/GOVERNANCE.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/LICENSE
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/README.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SECURITY.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/STYLE-GUIDE.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SUPPORT.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/guide_api-getting-started.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/process_api-getting-started.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/resources_api-getting-started.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/template_api-getting-started.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/example_api-reference.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/guide_api-reference.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/template_api-reference.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/guide_bug-report.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/template_bug-report.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/guide_changelog.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/process_changelog.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/resources_changelog.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/template_changelog.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/guide_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/template_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/guide_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/template_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/guide_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/guide_code-of-conduct.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/template_code-of-conduct.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/example_concept.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/guide_concept.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/process_concept.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/resources_concept.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/template_concept.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/guide_contact-support.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/process_contact-support.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/resources_contact-support.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/template_contact-support.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/example_contributing-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/guide_contributing-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/template_contributing-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/guide_glossary.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/process_glossary.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/resources_glossary.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/template_glossary.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/guide_how-to.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/template_how-to.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/images/importance.png
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/images/voiceNtone.png
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/index.json
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/installation-guide/guide_installation-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/installation-guide/process_installation-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/installation-guide/resources_installation-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/installation-guide/template_installation-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/our-team/guide_our-team.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/our-team/template_our-team.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/quickstart/guide_quickstart.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/quickstart/template_quickstart.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/readme/example_readme.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/readme/guide_readme.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/readme/process_readme.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/readme/resources_readme.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/readme/template_readme.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/reference/guide_reference.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/reference/process_reference.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/reference/resources_reference.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/reference/template_reference.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/release-notes/guide_release-notes.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/release-notes/process_release-notes.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/release-notes/resources_release-notes.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/release-notes/template_release-notes.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/style-guide/guide_style-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/style-guide/template_style-guide.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/template_deliverables.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/terminology-system/example_terminology-system.csv
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/terminology-system/example_terminology-system.htm
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/terminology-system/guide_terminology-system.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/terminology-system/process_terminology-system.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/terminology-system/resources_terminology-system.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/terminology-system/template_terminology-system.csv
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/terminology-system/template_terminology-system.htm
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/troubleshooting/guide_troubleshooting.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/troubleshooting/process_troubleshooting.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/troubleshooting/resources_troubleshooting.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/troubleshooting/template_troubleshooting.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/tutorial/guide_tutorial.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/tutorial/template_tutorial.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/user-personas/UserPersonaAvatar.png
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/user-personas/guide_user-personas.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/user-personas/process_user-personas.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/user-personas/resources_user-personas.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/user-personas/template_user-personas.md
create mode 100644 meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/writing-tips.md
diff --git a/AGENTS.md b/AGENTS.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b844a24c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/AGENTS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Agent Instructions
+
+## Good Docs Project templates
+
+The Good Docs Project template bundle is stored at:
+
+`meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/`
+
+Use these files as read-only reference material when planning documentation information architecture, page types, explanation flow, templates, and writing patterns.
+
+Do not edit, rewrite, reformat, rename, delete, or regenerate files under `meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/` unless the user explicitly asks to update the vendored template bundle itself.
+
+When applying recommendations from the templates, make changes in the Promptless documentation source files instead, such as files under `src/content/docs/`.
diff --git a/meta/reference/AGENTS.md b/meta/reference/AGENTS.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f4306da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/AGENTS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Agent Instructions for Reference Material
+
+This directory contains reference material for humans and agents.
+
+Files in this directory are not website source content and are not generated output. Treat third-party reference bundles here as immutable inputs.
+
+The Good Docs Project template bundle at `good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/` is read-only. You may inspect and cite it when making documentation recommendations, but do not edit files in that directory unless the user explicitly asks to update the vendored template bundle itself.
diff --git a/meta/reference/README.md b/meta/reference/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2a89d1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Reference Material
+
+This directory contains source and reference material that can inform documentation strategy, information architecture, and writing patterns.
+
+## Good Docs Project template 1.5.0
+
+`good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/` contains the downloaded Good Docs Project template bundle.
+
+Use it as a reference for documentation page types such as concept docs, quickstarts, how-to guides, tutorials, reference docs, troubleshooting docs, release notes, changelogs, glossaries, and style guides.
+
+Do not edit the template bundle as part of normal Promptless documentation changes. Apply useful patterns from the templates to the Promptless docs source files instead.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitignore b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a343ea17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# See https://help.github.com/articles/ignoring-files/ for more about ignoring files.
+
+# Misc
+.vscode
+.DS_Store
+*.pem
+
+# Local env files
+.env
+.env.local
+.env.development.local
+.env.test.local
+.env.production.local
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab-ci.yml b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab-ci.yml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8d233fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab-ci.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+stages:
+ - ekline-pr-review
+
+ekline-pr-review-job:
+ stage: ekline-pr-review
+ image: ghcr.io/ekline-io/ekline-ci-cd:v6
+ rules:
+ - if: '$CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event" && $CI_MERGE_REQUEST_LABELS =~ /ekline/i'
+ script:
+ - echo "Running EkLine"
+ variables:
+ INPUT_EK_TOKEN: $EK_TOKEN
+ INPUT_GITLAB_TOKEN: $GITLAB_API_TOKEN
+ INPUT_REPORTER: 'gitlab-mr-discussion'
+ # INPUT_FILTER_MODE: 'added'
+ # INPUT_IGNORE_RULE: "EK00001,EK00004" # Optional
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/missing-files.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/missing-files.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb577c4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/missing-files.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+The [{content type} template](link-to-file) is missing the following template file deliverables:
+
+* [ ] **Template resources** - Includes the resources consulted during the research phase of creating the template. Also includes high quality examples of that content type that served as inspiration for the template.
+* [ ] **Template process** - Explains best practices for researching, writing, and maintaining this content type.
+
+Templateers who work on this issue will need to create these template file deliverables. See the [Template deliverables guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/template-deliverables.md) for guidance about these files. You can also look at examples of other templates in the repository to see examples of each template file. Be aware that some templates might be missing some files.
+
+## Link to Google Doc drafts
+Our project composes rough draft of templates in Google Docs that are owned and maintained by the project leads. The Good Docs Project owns these files so that we can maintain our project archive and history. With that in mind, the project has pre-generated Google Doc files for you to use as you are researching and drafting your template project. These files include a starting point for the structure of each file that should help you as you draft the documents:
+
+* [ ] **Template resources** - [{Content type} resources](link-to-Google-Doc)
+* [ ] **Template process** - [{Content type} process](link-to-Google-Doc)
+
+Bookmark these drafts and use them as you work on your project.
+
+See the next section for more information about these files.
+
+## Definition of done
+A template project is considered complete when the missing template file deliverables have been added to the template.
+
+### Template writing phases
+Although it is optional, we recommend working these missing files through each template writing phase.
+
+See the [Templates CONTRIBUTING guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md) for guidance about these phases. You can also receive help from your working group leads and members about how to move your issue through each phase.
+
+### Required template deliverables
+To be considered complete, a template project must have the missing files.
+
+## Want to work on this template?
+Great! Make sure you follow our contributing guidelines:
+
+1. Check that the template is unassigned. If it is assigned, you might be able to work with the current assignee as a paired writer.
+2. Join The Good Docs Project by attending a [Welcome Wagon meeting](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/welcome/). You will get access to The Good Docs Project Slack workspace after scheduling or attending this meeting.
+3. Read the [Templates CONTRIBUTING guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md).
+4. You are strongly encouraged to join one of the [working groups](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/working-group/) to get valuable support from the community such as mentorship, Git training, and helpful feedback as you contribute to your first template.
+5. Request access to the `templates` repository by joining the #tech-requests channel in Slack and posting a request.
+6. [Assign yourself to an issue](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/project/issues/managing_issues.html#assignee) for the template that you want to work on.
+7. Add the `Template phase:: Research` label to the issue.
+8. Attend your template working group regularly to receive support and resources for your project.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-pack.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-pack.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d398901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-pack.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+{Add a description of the template pack, use case, and intended audience.}
+
+See [Template packs](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md#template-packs) for more information about what a template pack is.
+
+## Templates that are planned for this template pack
+The following templates are planned for this template pack:
+
+* [ ] {Template name} - {issue link}
+* [ ] {Template name} - {issue link}
+* [ ] {Template name} - {issue link}
+* [ ] {Template name} - {issue link}
+* [ ] {Template name} - {issue link}
+
+## Definition of done
+A template pack can be released as soon as it has at least at least one of each template that is:
+
+* Task-oriented
+* Concept-oriented
+* Reference-oriented
+
+The template pack can be released if it has one of each of these types of templates, but the issue can't be closed until all planned templates are complete.
+
+A template pack is released when it is included on our README file or our website. All new or enhanced template packs should be included in the release notes.
+
+## Want to work on this template pack?
+Great! The best way to contribute is to work on one of the templates that are part of the pack. See the issue for that specific template for more information.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-tactic-article.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-tactic-article.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b785c63f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-tactic-article.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+{Add a description of the tactic article topic.}
+
+{Optional: List any resources the templateer might consult while creating the article.}
+
+See [The Good Docs Project tactic articles](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md#the-good-docs-project-tactic-articles) for more information about what a tactic article is.
+
+## Definition of done
+Tactic articles are written using the same processes, workflows, and teams as a template project. However, they are published on the website instead of in the template repository.
+
+A tactic article template project is considered complete when it has progressed through all the template writing phases and when it has been merged into the website.
+
+### Tactic article writing phases
+To be considered complete, a tactic article must progress through each template writing phase:
+
+* [ ] **Research phase** - When you first start a tactic article, you begin by researching examples and best practices for that article. This phase ends when you create your *resources* document for that article.
+* [ ] **Rough draft phase** - After you conclude your research, you create a draft of your tactic article in Google Docs. This phase ends when you schedule your drafts for review by other members of your working group or community.
+* [ ] **Community review phase** - When your tactic article is ready for review, your working group lead will schedule 1-2 sessions in the community where other members of the project will review and provide feedback on your template files deliverables. This phase ends after you incorporate the feedback into your draft and your drafts are in a final state.
+* [ ] **Editorial review phase** - When your draft is in a state where you feel it is ready to get merged in, you can work with your working group lead to request an editorial team review. The template editorial team is composed of experienced members of the project who review your template project to ensure that it follows best practices for technical writing, has no major organization or structural issues, has no obvious gaps or missing content, is consistent with our style guide.
+* [ ] **Final review phase** - When your tactic article is in a final state, you convert it from Google Docs into Markdown and [open a merge request](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/project/merge_requests/creating_merge_requests.html) to add your template to the website repository. The template leads will review the template and possibly request additional changes. This phase ends when the article is merged into the repository.
+
+See the [Templates CONTRIBUTING guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md) for guidance about these phases. You can also receive help from your working group leads and members about how to move your template project through each phase.
+
+## Want to work on this tactic article?
+Great! Make sure you follow our contributing guidelines:
+
+1. Check that the article is unassigned. If it is assigned, you might be able to work with the current assignee as a paired writer.
+2. Join The Good Docs Project by attending a [Welcome Wagon meeting](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/welcome/). You will get access to The Good Docs Project Slack workspace after scheduling or attending this meeting.
+3. Read the [Templates CONTRIBUTING guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md).
+4. You are strongly encouraged to join one of the [working groups](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/working-group/) to get valuable support from the community such as mentorship, Git training, and helpful feedback as you contribute to your first template.
+5. Request access to the `templates` and `website` repository by joining the #tech-requests channel in Slack and posting a request.
+6. [Assign yourself to an issue](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/project/issues/managing_issues.html#assignee) for the article that you want to work on.
+7. Add the `Template phase:: Research` label to the issue.
+8. Attend your template working group regularly to receive support and resources for your project.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-template.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-template.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f02dcf03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/issue_templates/new-template.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+{Add a description of the template content type.}
+
+{Optional: List any resources the templateer might consult while creating the template.}
+
+## Link to Google Doc drafts
+Our project composes rough draft of templates in Google Docs that are owned and maintained by the project leads. The Good Docs Project owns these files so that we can maintain our project archive and history. With that in mind, the project has pre-generated Google Doc files for you to use as you are researching and drafting your template project. These files include a starting point for the structure of each file that should help you as you draft the documents:
+
+* [ ] **Template file** - [{Content type} file](link-to-Google-Doc)
+* [ ] **Template guide** - [{Content type} guide](link-to-Google-Doc)
+* [ ] **Template resources** - [{Content type} resources](link-to-Google-Doc)
+* [ ] **Template process** - [{Content type} process](link-to-Google-Doc)
+
+Bookmark these drafts and use them as you work on your project.
+
+See the next section for more information about these files.
+
+## Definition of done
+A template project is considered complete when it has progressed through all the template writing phases and when it has all the required template file deliverables.
+
+### Template writing phases
+To be considered complete, a template project must progress through each template writing phase:
+
+* [ ] **Research phase** - When you first start a template project, you begin by researching examples and best practices for that template project. This phase ends when you create your *resources* document for that template.
+* [ ] **Rough draft phase** - After you conclude your research, you create drafts of your template file deliverables in Google Docs. This phase ends when you schedule your drafts for review by other members of your working group or community.
+* [ ] **Community review phase** - When your template project is ready for review, your working group lead will schedule 1-2 sessions in the community where other members of the project will review and provide feedback on your template files deliverables. This phase ends after you incorporate the feedback into your draft and your drafts are in a final state.
+* [ ] **Editorial review phase** - When your draft is in a state where you feel it is ready to get merged in, you can work with your working group lead to request an editorial team review. The template editorial team is composed of experienced members of the project who review your template project to ensure that it follows best practices for technical writing, has no major organization or structural issues, has no obvious gaps or missing content, is consistent with our style guide.
+* [ ] **Final review phase** - When your template is in a final state, you convert it from Google Docs into Markdown and [open a merge request](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/project/merge_requests/creating_merge_requests.html) to add your template to the templates repository. The template leads will review the template and possibly request additional changes. This phase ends when the template is merged into the repository.
+
+After the final review phase, the template project is considered done. However, be aware that after it is merged, the template then goes to the Chronologue working group for testing. They will make a high quality example of the template and they may make additional changes to the template to improve its usability.
+
+See the [Templates CONTRIBUTING guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md) for guidance about these phases. You can also receive help from your working group leads and members about how to move your template project through each phase.
+
+### Required template deliverables
+To be considered complete, a template project must have the following four files:
+
+* [ ] **Template file** - The raw template for the content type.
+* [ ] **Template guide** - Provides a deeper explanation of how to fill in the template.
+* [ ] **Template resources** - Includes the resources consulted during the research phase of creating the template. Also includes high quality examples of that content type that served as inspiration for the template.
+* [ ] **Template process** - Explains best practices for researching, writing, and maintaining this content type.
+
+After a template project is complete, our Chronologue working group will create an example of the template.
+
+See the [Template deliverables guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/template-deliverables.md) for guidance about these files. You can also look at examples of other templates in the repository to see examples of each template file. Be aware that some templates might be missing some files.
+
+## Want to work on this template?
+Great! Make sure you follow our contributing guidelines:
+
+1. Check that the template is unassigned. If it is assigned, you might be able to work with the current assignee as a paired writer.
+2. Join The Good Docs Project by attending a [Welcome Wagon meeting](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/welcome/). You will get access to The Good Docs Project Slack workspace after scheduling or attending this meeting.
+3. Read the [Templates CONTRIBUTING guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md).
+4. You are strongly encouraged to join one of the [working groups](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/working-group/) to get valuable support from the community such as mentorship, Git training, and helpful feedback as you contribute to your first template.
+5. Request access to the `templates` repository by joining the #tech-requests channel in Slack and posting a request.
+6. [Assign yourself to an issue](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/project/issues/managing_issues.html#assignee) for the template that you want to work on.
+7. Add the `Template phase:: Research` label to the issue.
+8. Attend your template working group regularly to receive support and resources for your project.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/merge_request_templates/template-merge-request.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/merge_request_templates/template-merge-request.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0a0f810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitlab/merge_request_templates/template-merge-request.md
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# Merge request summary
+
+{Describe the purpose of your merge request. For example: "Adds the abc template to the repository."}
+
+IMPORTANT: The next three sections in this checklist should be filled out by the template contributor at the time they submit this request. Merge requests can only be merged when all boxes are checked.
+
+## Which issue does this merge request fix or reference?
+
+This merge request:
+
+* Resolves: {#issue-number} {Choose this option if this MR will close the issue and link to issue}
+* Relates to: {#issue-number} {Choose this option if this MR only references an issue for context but does not fully resolve it}
+
+## Working group and contributor details
+
+* **Additional template contributors:** {If you did not author the template alone, list the names of your fellow contributors here and assign them to this merge request}
+* **Template working group:** {Delete any that don't apply:} Team Alpaca / Team Dolphin / Team Macaw
+* **Template working group lead(s):** {List name of working group lead(s) that approved this template project to move to the merge request phase}
+
+By checking this box, I certify that:
+
+* [ ] My template project received one or more community review and was approved by my working group lead(s) to move to the next phase.
+* [ ] My template project received one or more editorial review by the template editorial team and was approved by my working group lead(s) to move to the next phase.
+* [ ] My template was approved by my working group lead(s) to move to the merge request phase.
+
+## Template deliverables requirements
+
+By checking this box, I certify that:
+
+* [ ] Template file is present.
+* [ ] Template guide is present.
+* [ ] Template resources is present.
+* [ ] Template process is present.
+
+## Checklist for reviewers
+
+IMPORTANT: The rest of this checklist should only be filled out by authorized Good Docs Project template maintainers with merge rights. If you are the individual template contributor, do not fill out the rest of the fields or check the boxes.
+
+NOTE: Merge requests can only be merged when all boxes are checked.
+
+* [ ] Verify that all required files are present.
+* [ ] Verify that this template project received all required reviews.
+* [ ] Verify Markdown renders correctly.
+* [ ] Verify the raw Markdown to ensure it is well-formed and follows best practices.
+* [ ] Verify the files are free from grammar errors and typos.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitpod.yml b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitpod.yml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..176495cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.gitpod.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+
+vscode:
+ extensions:
+ - DavidAnson.vscode-markdownlint
+ - carlocardella.vscode-texttoolbox
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.markdownlint-cli2.jsonc b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.markdownlint-cli2.jsonc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..697ae12e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/.markdownlint-cli2.jsonc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+{
+ "config": {
+ "MD024": false,
+ "MD033": false,
+ "MD034": false,
+ "MD036": false,
+ "MD041": false,
+ "MD051": false
+ },
+ "ignores": [
+ ".gitlab/**/*.md"
+ ]
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/ADOPTERS.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/ADOPTERS.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a11a8e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/ADOPTERS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# The Good Docs Project Adopters
+
+If you're using The Good Docs Project and want to add your organization to this list, see:
+
+- [Add your organization to the list of Good Docs Adopters](#add-your-organization-to-the-list-of-Good-Docs-Adopters)
+- [Add a logo to our website](#add-a-logo-to-our-website)
+
+## Adopters
+
+{Your logo here!}
+
+## Success stories
+
+The following is a list of adopters of The Good Docs Project templates that have
+publicly shared the details of how they use it.
+
+### [{Your organization name and link here}](https://example.com)
+
+{Tell us how you use our templates.}
+
+## Add your organization to the list of Good Docs Adopters
+
+If you are using The Good Docs Project templates and resources and would like to be included in the list of `Good Docs Adopters`:
+
+1. Open a new merge request against this repository.
+2. Add a PNG or SVG version of your logo to the `images` directory in this repo. Name the image file something that reflects your company. For example, if your company is called Acme, name the image `acme.png`.
+3. Optional: Add a new seciton to the `Success Stories` section. Include your organization name and link to your primary website. Add a paragraph explaining how you use our templates or resources to create better documentation.
+
+## Add a logo to our website
+
+If you would like to add your logo to a future `Adopters of The Good Docs Project` section on [thegooddocsproject.dev/](https://www.thegooddocsproject.dev/), follow the steps in the previous section to add your organization to the list of Good Docs Adopters. Our community will follow up and publish it to our website.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae2a6e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Code of Conduct - The Good Docs Project
+
+You can access the Good Docs Project Code of Conduct on our website: [The Good Docs Project Code of Conduct](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/code-of-conduct/).
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CONTRIBUTING.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CONTRIBUTING.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc7f3f8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/CONTRIBUTING.md
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+# Good Docs Project - Template contributing guide
+
+Welcome to the Good Docs Project. If you're reading this guide, that probably means you'd like to get involved and start contributing to the project. This document should hopefully help you become a full templateer (which is how we refer to the members of our community).
+
+One of the core missions of the Good Docs Project is to provide high-quality documentation templates to open source software projects and beyond. However, we also engage in many other similar initiatives around docs advocacy, docs education, and docs tooling. We value all contributions to the Good Docs Project initiatives, including templates and our other initiatives. The [Join the community](#join-the-community) section of this guide explains how to get involved in those other related initiatives and provides links for more information.
+
+## Table of contents
+
+[TOC]
+
+## What do we work on
+
+The template working groups create or improve templates for a variety of content types used in documentation projects.
+
+Each template project consists of the following required files:
+
+* **Template file** - The raw template for the content type.
+* **Template guide** - Provides a deeper explanation of how to fill in the template.
+* **Process** - Explains best practices for researching, writing, and maintaining this content type.
+* **Resources** - Includes the resources consulted during the research phase of creating the template. Also includes high quality examples of that content type that served as inspiration for the template.
+* **Example** - After a template project is complete, our Chronologue working group creates an example of the template. They test the template for overall usability.
+
+See [Template deliverables](template_deliverables.md) for more detailed information about each template deliverable.
+
+### Template packs
+
+A template pack is a collection of templates organized together by:
+
+* Common use cases or tasks
+* Needs of particular user personas
+* Popular or interesting documentation frameworks
+* Maturity models
+* Future criteria or needs based on user research and feedback
+
+The core documentation pack is our flagship template pack and it includes the core, fundamental content types that every documentation project needs. If you download one template pack for your project, it should be this one.
+
+From a contribution standpoint, we anticipate that our long-term contributors develop a specialty or area of expertise in some specific template packs over time.
+
+### The Good Docs Project tactic articles
+
+The Good Docs Project takes in requests from users and stakeholders about what types of content they would like us to provide. Sometimes we receive requests for content that doesn't make sense as a template and instead makes more sense as an article or blog entry.
+
+We call these types of articles **tactics** and publish them on our website under a section called [The Good Docs Project tactics](https://www.thegooddocsproject.dev/tactic). Articles written for this framework use the title format {Article Title} Tactic, such as the Docs Landing Page tactic.
+
+Tactic projects go through the same contributing process as templates, but we publish them on our website instead of in the template repository.
+
+### Template issues and boards
+
+All the template and tactics projects that contributors are actively working on or which contributors might work on have a corresponding issue in the templates repository.
+Use the issue list or the kanban board to find a project to work on and track your progress as your project moves throughout the template writing phases.
+
+* [Template issues list](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/issues)
+* [Templates in progress kanban board](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/boards/4801048)
+
+## Before you start
+
+Before starting, register for a [Welcome Wagon meeting](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/welcome/). At this 1-hour orientation meeting, you get an introduction to our project's goals, key concepts, and workflows.
+
+We expect all members of our project to be nice to each other and to follow our [Code of Conduct](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/code-of-conduct/) when interacting with other members of the Good Docs Project.
+
+### Time commitment
+
+Most of us participate in one of our working groups, which meet weekly or bi-weekly for 1 hour a week. To contribute templates to a project, all template writers must join one of the template writing working groups. Check our [community calendar](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/community/#calendar) or ask a member of our community for meeting times. We offer two possible template working group meeting times per geolocation (AMER, APAC, EMEA):
+
+* Team Alpaca for AMER and APAC regions
+* Team Dolphin for AMER and EMEA regions
+* Team Macaw for APAC and EMEA regions
+
+Working at a pace of 1-2 hours a week, most template projects take 6-12 months to complete. Keep in mind that we take what you can give. You and your family come first, then work, then volunteering. So, if something in your life prevents you from working on your project, that's okay. Try to let your working group leader know if you aren't able to continue working for a space of time.
+
+### People who are here to support you
+
+As you work on contributing templates to our project, various resources and members of our community are available to help you along the process. These include:
+
+* **Templateers** - Any individual who contributes to the Good Docs Project (including you!).
+* **The template working group leads** - These templateers oversee our overall template development process as a project manager and provide assistance to contributors working on templates. The working group leads also usually review and approve merge requests submitted to the templates repository.
+* **Template mentors and buddies** - New templateers are usually assigned a mentor or buddy to provide guidance and mentorship while working on templates.
+* **Template peers** - Your fellow templateer peers are available to review templates during the research and community feedback phases. They include members of your template writing working group, but also members from the larger Good Docs Project community.
+* **Template editorial team** - This group reviews templates as they're nearing completion to ensure our templates follow best practices for technical writing, have no major organization or structural issues, have no gaps or missing content, and that they're consistent with our style guide.
+
+### Template working group meetings
+
+The template working groups have these types of meetings:
+
+* **Writer's workshops** - At these meetings, each templateer gives an update on their template project and poses a question to the group about some element of their draft they would like feedback and advice about.
+* **Co-working sessions** - Templateers meet with their template writing partners, mentors, or buddies to work together on their template projects.
+* **Community review sessions** - When a template project is ready for review from the rest of the community, the working group leads schedule a dedicated session for everyone in the group to read and provide feedback about the template files.
+* **Planning or retros** - At the beginning of a release cycle, we've a few meetings dedicated to planning our commitments or initiatives for the release cycle. At the end of the release, we always do a working group retrospective to talk about what went well and what we could improve in the next release cycle.
+
+## Definition of done
+
+A template project is complete when:
+
+1. It has progressed through all the [template writing phases](#overview-of-the-template-writing-phasees)
+2. It has all the required [template file deliverables](template-deliverables.md).
+
+### Overview of the template writing phases
+
+Contributing a template project to our repository has these phases:
+
+
+
+ | # |
+ Phase |
+ Your goals |
+ Definition of done |
+
+
+ | 1 |
+ Join the community |
+
+ - Join our project by attending a Welcome Wagon meeting.
+ - Decide which working group you'd like to work on based on your interests and experience.
+
+ |
+ Consider this phase complete when you join a working group. |
+
+
+ | 2 |
+ Adopt a template |
+
+ - Join a template working group.
+ - Work with a template working group lead and your group to decide which template or tactic project you work on.
+ - Assign yourself to the corresponding issue for that template or tactic. Note that this requires a GitLab account and you need to join the template repository as a member.
+ - Use the Google Docs attached to that issue to compose the drafts of the template file deliverables.
+
+ |
+ Consider this phase complete when you assign yourself to the issue tracking your template or tactic project. |
+
+
+ | 3 |
+ Research the template
(Research phase) |
+
+ - Research examples and best practices for the content type you're creating a template for.
+ - Collaborate and get early feedback on your research from your template working group lead and/or other templateers as part of a template writing working group.
+
+ |
+ Consider this phase complete when you have finished a draft of your Resources document. |
+
+
+ | 4 |
+ Draft the template deliverables
(Drafting phase) |
+
+ - Use the Google Docs attached to that issue to create the drafts for the rest of your deliverables in Google Docs: template file, template guide, template process.
+ - Meet with your working group or writing partners to workshop on and get advice on your drafts while you are working on them.
+
+ |
+ This phase completes when you schedule your drafts for review by other members of your working group or community. |
+
+
+ | 5 |
+ Get feedback on drafts from the community
(Community review phase) |
+
+ - When your template deliverables are ready for review, your working group lead schedules 1-2 sessions in the community where other members of the project review and provide feedback on your template files deliverables.
+ - Optional: Revise and refine your draft with subject matter experts and individuals beyond our community (such as Write the Docs or subject matter experts).
+ - After making revisions, work with your template working group to determine when your draft is ready for the next phase.
+
+ |
+ This phase completes after you incorporate the feedback into your draft and your drafts are ready for a deeper expert review. Ensure you have permission from the working group lead to move to the editorial review phase. |
+
+
+ | 6 |
+ Get a review from the template editorial team
(Editorial team review phase) |
+
+ - When your draft is in a state where you feel it's ready, you can work with your working group lead to request an editorial team review. The template editorial team comprises experienced members of the project who review your template project in Google Docs to ensure that it:
+
+ - Follows best practices for technical writing.
+ - Has no major organization or structural issues.
+ - Has no gaps or missing content.
+ - Is consistent with our style guide.
+
+
+
+ |
+ This phase completes after you incorporate the feedback into your draft and your drafts are in a final state. Ensure you have permission from the working group lead to move to the final review phase. |
+
+
+
+ | 7 |
+ Submit a merge request
(Final review phase) |
+
+ - Convert drafts from Google Docs to Markdown.
+ - Convert drafts from Google Docs to Markdown.
+ - Ensure the Markdown format is clean. NOTE: This project uses EkLine.io to check content and format of Markdown files that you add or modify in the Merge Request.
+ - Ensure the Markdown renders to HTML correctly.
+ - Open a merge request against the templates repository. NOTE: You are responsible for educating yourself in how to use Git and GitLab, but you can consult your working group lead and fellow templateers for help.
+ - Revise documents based on requests from merge request reviewers.
+
+ |
+ This phase completes when the template merges into the repository. |
+
+
+ | 8 |
+ Hand off to the Chronologue team for user testing
(Chronologue phase) |
+
+ - After completing the previous phase, your template is officially part of the Good Docs Project and is available to our users.
+ - After a template project is complete, our Chronologue working group creates an example of the template. While creating the example, the Chronologue group tests whether your template is user-friendly and can serve a real documentation project. If you're still involved in the community during this phase, these team members might reach out to you for feedback or to collaborate on possible template revisions.
+ - As additional users try your template out in the wild, they may report usability issues or provide feedback for improvements to the template.
+ - Either the Chronologue writer, the original template author, or another templateer evaluates feedback and incorporates it into future versions of the template. If extensive revisions arise, the template may need to go through the same previous template writing phases again.
+
+ |
+ The Chronologue team considers this phase complete when they create an example for the template. |
+
+
+
+Each phase has more depth in the remaining sections.
+
+## 1. Join the community
+
+To join our community, you need to register for a [Welcome Wagon meeting](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/welcome/). At this 1-hour orientation meeting, you get:
+
+* A brief overview of our project's goals and mission.
+* A bit of information about our community and reasons to consider joining.
+* An overview of our key initiatives and working groups that you might consider contributing to.
+* An in-depth orientation to one working group of your choice.
+
+After registering for this meeting, you get an email with a link to join our Slack workspace. You are eligible to be a member of our repository after you attend a Welcome Wagon meeting.
+
+To become a full-fledged templateer, you need to join our communication channels so that you can talk to us:
+
+* **Slack** - Our Slack workspace is one of the primary means of communicating with members of our project. After joining our workspace, join the `#welcome` channel to introduce yourself. Consider also joining these Slack channels if you plan to work on a template or tactic project:
+ * `#templates`
+ * `#ask-a-community-manager`
+ * `#tech-requests`
+* **Working groups** - We organize our project into several different working groups that meet on a regular basis to work on the project's key initiatives. One of the best ways to get started with our project is to join and meet with one of our working groups. See [The Good Docs Project Working Groups](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/working-groups/) for a list of our current active groups. NOTE: If you plan to contribute to our project by writing templates, you must join one of the template working groups.
+* **Weekly meetings** - The project leaders hold weekly meetings to discuss project-level decisions. Feel free to join one of these meetings to introduce yourself to the project leaders and discover next steps for getting involved in the project. See the [community calendar](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/community/#calendar) for meeting times.
+
+As you begin to join our project, remember that this is a project composed entirely of volunteers. We love to welcome new members, but want to be careful not to burn out our core project contributors. This level of mindfulness helps us ensure that we retain our project's capacity to produce high-quality work. As such, we ask that you respect the time of our project maintainers and contributors.
+(And expect us to respect your time in return!)
+
+We expect all members of our project to be nice to each other and to follow our [Code of Conduct](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/code-of-conduct/) when interacting with other members of the Good Docs Project.
+
+## 2. Adopt a template
+
+In this phase, you decide which template or tactic project you work on and assign yourself to the issue tracking that project.
+
+Be aware that:
+
+* Each template or tactic project relates to a corresponding issue in the templates repository.
+* You use this issue to communicate the status of your template project as it moves through the different phases of the template writing process.
+* The Good Docs Project managers use a kanban board that shows all the issues for the current template projects. This tool allows the templateers and project stakeholders to track the overall progress of each template and assist templateers whose progress has stalled.
+
+Links:
+
+* [Template issues list](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/issues)
+* [Templates in progress kanban board](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/boards/4801048)
+
+To adopt a template:
+
+1. Scroll through the list of available template and tactic issues and see if one interests you and/or matches your skill set. Alternatively, if you have an idea for a template or tactic project that doesn't yet have an issue, and you have the support of a template working group lead, you can create a new issue for your project.
+
+2. Assign yourself to the issue. Note that this requires a [GitLab account](https://gitlab.com/users/sign_up). You must attend a [Welcome Wagon meeting](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/welcome/) to become a member of the templates repository. After you've attended that meeting, you can request access in the `#tech-requests` Slack channel.
+
+3. Notify your template working group lead that you have adopted a template project.
+
+If you claim a template or tactic project and later realize that you don't have the time or energy to complete the template project, let your working group lead know.
+
+### Guidelines for choosing a template
+
+Keep in mind that you don't need to be an expert on any content type before you adopt it. If you want to write a particular template or tactic article and you are eager enough to do some research to learn more about it, that's all the preparation you need and we welcome your efforts. Even if you don't have a ton of experience writing a particular type of document, you can still write a high-quality template that is useful to others. With commitment, research, guided mentorship, and feedback from our community, you can and create something that has value to others.
+
+With that in mind, when deciding which template project is right for you, scroll through the list of template issues and ask yourself the following questions:
+
+* Does something about this type of document or template intrigue you, spark your curiosity, and make you excited to research and learn more?
+* Do you wish you knew how to create the best version of this type of document? Are you energized by the idea of researching best practices or gleaning insights from subject matter experts about this type of document?
+* Do you have experience writing for this type of document which you would like to share? Would having a high quality version of this type of template make your life easier at your workplace or for your open source project?
+* Do you feel like there is a strong need for improved versions of this type of document in the world? Do you see lots of bad examples of this document that frustrate you?
+* Has the Good Docs Project labeled this type of template as a high priority for our project? (Keep in mind that you can work on any template that you feel enthusiastic about, regardless of priority. That said, we welcome work on our high priority templates.)
+
+If you answered yes to more than one of these questions about a specific type of template, that might be the right template for you to work on.
+
+### Priority levels
+
+The following table explains the priority levels given to different template or tactic projects:
+
+
+
+ | Priority |
+ Description |
+
+
+ | Critical |
+
+ - A template project that's included in the core template pack. The core template pack is our flagship template pack and the one with the highest visibility and quality.
+ - A template project or tactic that's in high demand from our users, meaning 10 or more users have requested it.
+ - Any template work that's blocking other template work or which would improve our overall template processes or usability.
+ - Any work to get a core template into compliance with our quality standards and/or deliverables.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | High |
+
+ - Any template or tactic for which there is high demand from our users, meaning 5-9 users have requested it.
+ - The project steering committee or template leads have earmarked any template project for a specific release for whatever reason.
+ - Any work to get a high-demand template or tactic into compliance with our quality standards and/or deliverables.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | Medium |
+
+ - Any new template or tactic for which there is moderate demand from users, meaning 2-4 users have requested it.
+ - Any work the template roadmap adds but isn't earmarked for a specific release.
+ - Any work to get a moderate-demand template or tactic into compliance with our quality standards and/or deliverables.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | Low |
+
+ - Any new template or tactic for which there is low or no demand from users, meaning 1 user has requested it.
+ - Specialized template projects for a niche audience or area of expertise.
+ - Any work to get a low-demand template or tactic into compliance with our quality standards and/or deliverables.
+
+ |
+
+
+
+## 3. Research the template
+
+Before starting the research phase, read the [Template deliverables](template-deliverables.md) for more detailed information about each template deliverable. Ensure you understand the purpose of each deliverable.
+
+In this phase, you research examples and identify best practices for the type of template you're working on. While you are working on the research phase, you should create a draft for the **resources** template deliverable file. The resources file is where you keep your notes about which resources you consulted and which examples you looked at for guidance.
+
+Our project composes rough draft of templates in Google Docs that the project leads own and maintain. The Good Docs Project owns these files so that we can maintain our project archive and history. With that in mind, the project has pre-generated Google Doc files for you to use as you are researching and drafting your template project. These files include a starting point for the structure of each file that should help you as you draft the documents. Each open issue attaches the pre-generated Google Doc files.
+
+The reasons we require your draft in a Google Doc are because it:
+
+* Is free (no license required) and easy to use.
+* Is relatively straightforward to share with collaborators both inside and outside of the Good Docs Project (such as with the Write the Docs community).
+* Allows collaborators to give feedback and advice in the form of comments.
+* Tracks comment history for later reference.
+* Has version control capabilities.
+
+### Recommended research strategies
+
+In our experience, successful templateers usually research their template by:
+
+* **Looking at lots of examples.** Start by searching for examples of that type of document they want to create a template for. The more examples you can look at, the better. While it's better to review good examples of that type of document, there is actually a lot of value in reviewing bad examples too. Consider keeping a spreadsheet to track which examples you used, what elements each one had in common, and what you thought was effective or ineffective.
+* **Searching for guides, books, blog posts, conference presentations, or videos about best practices.** Search the Internet to find advice, tips, or expert research about how to create that type of document. Consider posting in a forum for resource ideas. For example, asking for helpful guides or insights on a community forum like the Write the Docs Slack workspace could be beneficial. Be mindful of, and respect copyright terms of source material. Don't plagiarize and offer attribution where appropriate.
+* **Reaching out to experts.** When you find people you admire, who have researched your topic already, try reaching out to them. They often have a "how to contact me" webpage. Ask if they'd be okay with using their material. (They might need to republish under a different copyright.) Invite them to participate in the template working group. They might even lead it. If you feel shy about reaching out yourself, your template mentor or senior Good Docs Project member might offer to help.
+* **Collaborating with others in a working group.** Work with your template writing working groups to discuss research ideas and findings.
+
+## 4. Draft the template deliverables
+
+After you conclude your research, you create drafts of your template file deliverables in Google Docs. See the [Template deliverables](template-deliverables.md) for more detailed information about each template deliverable.
+
+You can also look at examples of other templates in the repository to see examples of each template file. Be aware that some templates might be missing some files.
+
+Your working group helps you as you work on drafting your templates. At writer's workshop meetings, you can workshop your template by asking for advice or asking questions to get clarification about your template project and content type.
+
+When your draft is in a good place, contact your working group lead to schedule a community review.
+
+## 5. Get feedback on drafts from the community
+
+In this phase, you begin to share your drafts with community reviewers and invite feedback. Optionally, you might also consider sharing it beyond our community with other technical writing communities such as Write the Docs or beyond. The feedback and revision phase is arguably the most crucial and important phase in the template writing process, so your template project might spend the bulk of its time in this phase.
+
+To share your Google Docs drafts:
+
+1. Inside the draft, click the **Share** button and change the **Get Link** settings to: **Anyone on the internet with this link can create comments.**
+
+2. Copy the link to your Google Doc drafts into the issue that corresponds with your template in the templates repository.
+
+3. Notify your working group lead, who helps you schedule a community review session for your template with your working group or another templates working group as needed.
+
+When you've received sufficient community input and incorporated suggestions into your draft, notify your templates working group lead that your draft is ready to move to the next phase.
+
+> :triangular_flag_on_post: **NOTE: You can only move to the next phase (submitting a merge request) after the templates working group lead has approved your draft to move on.**
+
+### Giving feedback to others
+
+See our [Commenting guide for collaborative document reviews](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/governance/-/blob/main/DocCommentingGuide.md?ref_type=heads) for information about how to provide feedback to others.
+
+Also see [Conventional comments](https://conventionalcomments.org/).
+
+### Accepting feedback from others
+
+It's normal to feel nervous about sharing your drafts, especially if you're a new writer or if you don't feel as confident in your subject matter knowledge yet. But your draft can only become the best template it can be if you invite and incorporate high quality feedback into your drafts. Successfully accepting advice on a draft is a key element that distinguishes expert writers from novice writers.
+
+Sharing your work with reviewers:
+
+* Allows you to see your draft with fresh eyes the way a new user would see it.
+* Can make you aware of key insights or perspectives that you hadn't yet considered.
+* Can help you identify which parts of your draft need more careful thought, attention, and revision.
+
+As you receive feedback, try to give each comment the benefit of the doubt and consider it. Sometimes new writers may react defensively to feedback on their work, but remember that your reviewers have the same goals that you have: to produce a high quality template. But also keep in mind that you don't need to accept every suggestion. If you can make a good argument not to adopt a suggestion, that's important to consider as well.
+
+One other thing that might help you get more high quality reviews is to indicate what kind of feedback you're looking for, based on areas of the draft you think need some improvement. Do you need:
+
+* Global-level feedback, which includes advice on the big picture, general content, tone, clarity, and overall organization or flow of the document?
+* Local-level feedback, which includes wordsmithing paragraphs or sentences and polishing up the draft for final revision?
+
+Remember to be positive and show appreciation when people take time to review your drafts. Providing feedback takes time and energy. Treat each piece of feedback as a gift (even feedback that you possibly choose to disregard). Happy editing!
+
+## 6. Get a review from the template editorial team
+
+The purpose of this phase is to ensure your template project meets the standards of the Good Docs Project and is ready for public distribution.
+
+When your draft is in a state where you feel it's ready to get merged in, you can work with your working group lead to request an editorial team review. The template editorial team comprises experienced members of the project who review your template project to ensure that it:
+
+* Follows best practices for technical writing.
+* Has no major organization or structural issues.
+* Has no gaps or missing content.
+* Is consistent with our style guide.
+
+This review aims to be a final quality check to determine whether the template is ready to be officially included in the Good Docs Project.
+
+This phase completes after you incorporate the feedback into your draft and your drafts are in a final state. Ensure you have permission from the working group lead to move to the final review phase.
+
+## 7. Submit a merge request
+
+The purpose of this phase is to check that you format your Markdown correctly, render it correctly, and make it ready for publication. In this phase, you convert your template documents into Markdown and open a merge request in the `templates` repository on GitLab.
+
+If you aren't comfortable working in Markdown, Git, or GitLab, ask your working group lead for advice.
+
+Once you submit a merge request, your template working group lead reviews your template and/or works with other working group leads to review your template. Once the template has at least one approval from a template repository maintainer, it merges into the final project.
+
+## 8. Hand off to the Chronologue team for user testing
+
+Once it passes all reviews, your template merges in and you get a personal acknowledgement in our Slack community and in our next template release notes.
+
+:sparkles: :mega: :raised_hands:
+
+Great documents are never fully done, and there is always room for improvement. After a template project is complete, our Chronologue working group creates an example of the template. While creating the example, the Chronologue group tests whether your template is user-friendly and can support a real documentation project. It's possible that the Chronologue team identifies major or minor revisions that need updating in the template.
+
+If you're still involved in the community during this phase, these team members might reach out to you for feedback or to collaborate on possible template revisions. Either the Chronologue writer, the original template author, or another templateer makes any necessary revisions of the templates. If the template requires extensive revisions, the template goes through the same previous template writing phases again.
+
+After a Chronologue example is complete and users begin to try your template in their own documentation projects, they may report usability issues or provide feedback for improvements to the template. If our project receives this feedback and you're still around to work on your original template, we encourage you to review this feedback and incorporate these revisions into future versions. If you aren't around to continue working on your original template or if you are too busy, we can find a different templateer to respond to user feedback on your behalf.
+
+If a templateer determines that a new version of a template warrants updating, they take the template through the same contributing process starting from the beginning.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DCO.txt b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DCO.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36fe7b6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DCO.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Developer Certificate of Origin
+Version 1.1
+
+Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 The Linux Foundation and its contributors.
+1 Letterman Drive
+Suite D4700
+San Francisco, CA, 94129
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1
+
+By making a contribution to this project, I certify that:
+
+(a) The contribution was created in whole or in part by me and I
+ have the right to submit it under the open source license
+ indicated in the file; or
+
+(b) The contribution is based upon previous work that, to the best
+ of my knowledge, is covered under an appropriate open source
+ license and I have the right under that license to submit that
+ work with modifications, whether created in whole or in part
+ by me, under the same open source license (unless I am
+ permitted to submit under a different license), as indicated
+ in the file; or
+
+(c) The contribution was provided directly to me by some other
+ person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified
+ it.
+
+(d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution
+ are public and that a record of the contribution (including all
+ personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is
+ maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with
+ this project or the open source license(s) involved.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DEI.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DEI.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9dbeae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/DEI.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# DEI policy
+
+To read our DEI policy, see [DEI.md](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/governance/-/blob/main/DEI.md?ref_type=heads) in the Governance and Community repository.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/GOVERNANCE.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/GOVERNANCE.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04c927b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/GOVERNANCE.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Governance - The Good Docs Project
+
+To read our GOVERNANCE policy, see [GOVERNANCE.md](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/governance/-/blob/main/GOVERNANCE.md?ref_type=heads) in the Governance and Community repository.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/LICENSE b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47fe16cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# MIT No Attribution License
+
+Copyright (c) 2024 The Good Docs Project
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/README.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e89db24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+# The Good Docs Project templates
+
+[](https://opensource.org/license/mit-0) [](https://badging.chaoss.community/)
+
+Does your project need docs but you don't know how to start?
+The Good Docs Project templates can help.
+Use the templates in this repository to create quality docs faster and easier for free.
+
+We are an open-source project working to provide templates for a variety of common content types used in most software documentation projects.
+
+## Table of contents
+
+[TOC]
+
+## Who the templates are for
+
+Our templates are for anyone who wants to make better software documentation.
+This includes:
+
+* **Developers** who want to create good documentation for their software quickly and easily, but don't know where to start.
+* **Documentation project owners** working in a docs-as-code model and who you want to provide templates to non-writers to help them write better documentation.
+* **Technical writers** who want to standardize their documentation and draw inspiration from high-quality templates for their own templates or documentation projects.
+
+## About the templates
+
+Our templates are organized into **template packs.**
+A template pack is a collection of templates organized together by:
+
+* Common use cases or tasks.
+* Needs of particular audiences or stakeholders.
+* Popular or notable documentation frameworks.
+* Maturity models for documentation.
+
+If you are unsure which template pack is right for you, we recommend starting with the [Core documentation pack](#core-documentation-template-pack).
+The core documentation pack is our flagship template pack and it includes the core, fundamental content types that every documentation project needs.
+If you download one template pack for your project, it should be this one.
+
+Each individual template within the template packs contains a set of files:
+
+
+
+ | File |
+ Example filename and purpose |
+
+
+ | Template file |
+ template_content-type.md
The template file is the raw template for the content type. It provides a rough outline of the suggested content and a few embedded writing tips for how to fill in the different sections of the template. |
+
+
+ | Template guide |
+ guide_content-type.md
This guide provides a deeper explanation of how to fill in the template. It provides a lightweight introduction to the purpose of this documentation and explains how to fill in each section of the document. |
+
+
+ | Resources |
+ resources_content-type.md
This document includes the resources (books, blog entries, guides) that the template author(s) used during the research phase of creating the template. It also includes any high-quality examples of that content type that served as inspiration for the template. |
+
+
+ | Process |
+ process_content-type.md
This document explains best practices for researching, writing, and maintaining this content type. |
+
+
+ | Example |
+ example_content-type.md
See an example of the template in action in our model documentation project: The Chronologue. |
+
+
+
+NOTE: Not all templates contain all these files, but our goal is to eventually provide these files for each template.
+
+## How to get the templates
+
+You can click the links in the following table to access the template files.
+You can then download or copy and paste these files into your documentation project as needed.
+
+### Core documentation template pack
+
+The core documentation pack is our flagship template pack and it includes the core, fundamental content types that every documentation project needs.
+If you download one template pack for your project, it should be this one.
+
+
+
+ | Template |
+ Description |
+
+
+ | Concept |
+ An explanation of a concept, context, or background information about a product or its features. |
+
+
+ | How-to |
+ A concise set of numbered steps to do one task with the product. |
+
+
+ | README |
+ Information users need to know about your project, including how users can engage with the project and get started with the tool. |
+
+
+ | Reference |
+ Descriptions of specific components or characteristics of an application. |
+
+
+ | Release notes |
+ Communicate new features, improvements, bug fixes, and known issues about a product to users and stakeholders. |
+
+
+ | Tutorial |
+ Instructions for setting up an example project using the product, intended for the purpose of hands-on learning. |
+
+
+ | Troubleshooting |
+ A list of common problems (referred to as "symptoms") experienced by users, an explanation of the causes, and steps to resolve the issue. |
+
+
+
+### Open source community docs template pack
+
+The open source community docs template pack includes the fundamental content types that every open source project needs to have a healthy and productive community.
+
+
+
+ | Template |
+ Description |
+
+
+ | Bug report |
+ The bug report is an issue template that your users can fill out to provide you with higher-quality, actionable bug issues for your product. |
+
+
+ | Changelog |
+ Changelogs document significant product changes in reverse-chronological order. This template offers a more technical, comprehensive alternative to standard release notes. |
+
+
+ | Code of Conduct |
+ A Code of Conduct helps you govern your open source or developer community to ensure it remains healthy and open. |
+
+
+ | Code of Conduct response plan |
+ Used as part of the Code of Conduct process, the response plan explains the policy your team will follow as you handle Code of Conduct incidents. |
+
+
+ | Code of Conduct incident record |
+ Used as part of the Code of Conduct process, an incident record is a form that is filled out when a community moderator takes an incident report from a community member. |
+
+
+ | Code of Conduct remediation record |
+ Used as part of the Code of Conduct process, a remediation record is a form that is filled out when a community moderator meets with a community member to explain the consequences of a Code of Conduct violation. |
+
+
+ | Contributing guide |
+ A CONTRIBUTING document tells users how they can contribute to your open source project and join the community. |
+
+
+ | Our team |
+ Helps you clearly communicate who belongs to your open source project or organization and how contributors can contact or work with them. |
+
+
+ | README |
+ Information users need to know about your project, including how users can engage with the project and get started with the tool. |
+
+
+
+### Miscellaneous documentation template pack
+
+These templates help you create additional content types beyond the [Core documentation pack](#core-documentation-template-pack).
+The templates in this pack help you create content you need as your documentation project matures.
+
+
+
+ | Template |
+ Description |
+
+
+ | API getting started |
+ API getting started guides help new users with the process of creating a minimum working example with your API. |
+
+
+ | API reference |
+ API references are technical manuals that provide API specifications and integration instructions to help your audience understand the service. |
+
+
+ | Contact support |
+ A contact support page typically includes a list of the communication channels, discussion forums, and links to other resources to assist users with issues that they are having with your product. |
+
+
+ | Glossary |
+ A reference document that lists and organizes terms and their definitions that are unique to your organization or which you use in a specific way. |
+
+
+ | Installation guide |
+ Explain all the necessary steps to install the product and set it up for further use. |
+
+
+ | Quickstart |
+ A quickstart introduces your users to your application for the first time. It focuses on the primary feature of the application and helps your users to start using the application as quickly as possible. |
+
+
+ | Style guide |
+ A style guide provides project contributors with general guidelines for writing project documentation. The overall goal of a style guide is to ensure quality and consistency throughout the project's documentation, which is especially important if different authors are contributing to the documentation over time. |
+
+
+ | Terminology system |
+ Using this template, writing teams can ensure they consistently use and translate the same terms across all the documentation in their system. |
+
+
+ | User personas |
+ User personas are a framework to identify the characteristics that differentiate each user type for your product or service. Discovering more about your users will help you make user-centric product decisions and produce better documentation. |
+
+
+
+## Provide feedback on our templates
+
+Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Project%20README%20on%20Gitlab) if you would like to provide feedback on our templates. You could also [open an issue](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/issues).
+
+## Contribute to our project
+
+See our [Contributing guide](CONTRIBUTING.md) for information about joining our community and contributing to the templates project.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SECURITY.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SECURITY.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ecca26a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SECURITY.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Security reporting
+
+To read our SECURITY policy, see [SECURITY.md](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/governance/-/blob/main/SECURITY.md?ref_type=heads) in the Governance and Community repository.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/STYLE-GUIDE.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/STYLE-GUIDE.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d0b0c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/STYLE-GUIDE.md
@@ -0,0 +1,1434 @@
+# The Good Docs Project - Style Guide for Documentation of Templates
+
+This brief style guide for Good Docs Templates provides the 20% high-value writing tips which address 80% of the value.
+For more comprehensive advice, refer to the Google Developer Style Guide and the Documentation Style Guide for GitLab.
+
+## General recommendations
+
+Apply the following recommendations as you see fit.
+
+### How to apply the recommendations in this style guide
+
+Each section contains:
+
+* Recommendations: follow these recommendations when writing templates for the Good Docs Project.
+If there isn't a recommendation on this style guide, then fall back to one of the parent style guides.
+* Checklist: before submitting a merge request, use the checklists to verify your deliverable.
+Reviewers use these checklists as criteria to accept or reject an MR.
+* Sources: one of the parent style guides where you can find similar guidance and examples, if at all.
+
+### Write for the audience
+
+When you write, ask the following questions:
+
+* Who am I writing for?
+* What assumptions can I make about the audience when I write for them? In other words, what does the audience already know about the subject and what does the audience need to know?
+* Can I anticipate questions the audience might have?
+* What's the best outcome for the audience? What do I need to say to get this outcome? For example, to use a Good Docs Project template, one needs to download the template file and ideally follow the instructions on the guide of that template.
+We want people to use the template and the guide together because of clarity (best outcome) and that's why one can find the following instruction at the top of a guide: "{Before using this template, read the accompanying…".
+
+#### Checklist: Does the topic target the audience appropriately?
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Write for the audience.
+ |
+ Does the template target one or more of the following personas, as defined by the Good Docs Project?
+
+
+- Developer-writer
+
+
- Doc system owner
+
+
- Reader of end-user documentation based the Good Docs Project templates
+
+
+ |
+
+
+ | Assumptions about the audience
+ |
+ What does the audience already know about the subject and what does the audience need to know?
+ |
+
+
+ | Try to anticipate questions that the audience might have.
+ |
+
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* At the time of writing, Google doesn't have any specific guidance.
+* At the time of writing, GitLab didn't have any specific guidance.
+
+Please, let us know if there are any updates so we can update this section.
+[Contact the Good Docs Project.](mailto:gooddocsproject@gmail.com.)
+
+#### Voice and tone
+
+The current voice and tone of the Good Docs Project projects is mildly casual, serious, but not overly serious, and warm and approachable.
+It makes sense to use the same voice and tone when writing templates.
+
+See the diagram for visualizing the voice and tone spectrum for the Good Docs Project.
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Voice and tone | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/tone)
+* [Tone of voice](https://design.gitlab.com/brand/overview/#tone-of-voice) in the GitLab Design Lab
+
+### Be consistent
+
+Always refer to a feature, a concept, or an object with the same term.
+For example, avoid using 'username' and 'user ID' interchangeably, or avoid using 'user' and 'reader', or avoid referring to Microsoft 'Teams' and then refer to 'teams'.
+
+#### Checklist for consistency of terms
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Always refer to a feature, a concept, or an object with the same term.
+ |
+ Did you always use the same term and the same spelling to refer to the same thing?
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Write for a global audience | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/translation#be-consistent)
+* [Writing for localization | GitLab Documentation Style Guide](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide/#writing-for-localization)
+
+### Abbreviations
+
+Spell out an abbreviation in the first occurrence of it on a topic.
+Remember that a topic is a self-contained section of a documentation as in DITA topics or a documentation type in Diataxis.
+You might have to spell out the same abbreviation across topics of the same documentation because you can't assume that people will have read it on another topic, even if that topic is the 'Getting started' topic.
+
+Exceptions: acronyms that are established in the industry, for example, WWW, TCP/IP, URL, and others.
+
+Avoid creating unnecessary abbreviations.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | In the Getting started pages, use three levels of headings.
+ Getting started pages are a great place to start.
+ |
+ In the Getting started (GS) pages, use three levels of headings.
+ GS pages are a great place to start.
+ |
+
+
+ | In The Good Docs Project website, you can find information about the monthly meetings.
+ The website doesn't have a search engine.
+ |
+ In The Good Docs Project (TGDP) website, you can find information about the monthly meetings.
+TGDP doesn't have a search engine.
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Checklist for abbreviations
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Spell out an acronym in the first occurrence of it on a topic.
+ |
+ Make a list of the acronyms that you are using and, on every topic, spell them out in the first occurrence.
+ |
+
+
+ | Do not spell established acronyms.
+ |
+ Are established acronyms unnecessarily spelled out?
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Abbreviations | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/abbreviations)
+* [Acronyms | GitLab Documentation Style Guide](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide/#acronyms)
+
+### Plain language
+
+Plain language means that you write with words that the audience can immediately understand when they read the text the first time.
+
+Apply the following principles.
+
+#### Write short to medium sentences most of the time
+
+In general, short sentences are easier to write and easier to read.
+Sometimes, medium sentences are required for complex explanations.
+Long sentences might require the reader to read instead of scanning, be mindful and choose long sentences only if absolutely necessary.
+
+Every word must have earned its place in a text.
+If you can cut a word because it is not justified in the text, cut it.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | When the process of freeing a vehicle that has been stuck results in ruts or holes, the operator will fill the rut or hole created by such activity before removing the vehicle from the immediate area.
+ |
+ If you make a hole while freeing a stuck vehicle, you must fill the hole before you drive away.
+ |
+
+
+
+Source of the example: [Wordiness Made Spare article | Plain Language website](https://www.plainlanguage.gov/examples/before-and-after/wordiness).
+
+#### Write in the simplest tense
+
+Typically, the simplest tense is present tense.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | To register a user, configure the system first.
+ |
+ To register a user, you will need to configure the system first.
+ |
+
+
+
+##### Avoid passive voice when writing instructions
+
+If you want users to perform an instruction, tell them so.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | You must install Docker.
+ |
+ Docker should be installed.
+ |
+
+
+ | Configure the Oracle instances.
+ |
+ If the Oracle instances haven't been configured yet, then they will need to be.
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Write for easier translation
+
+Clustering words might be difficult to translate.
+Do not cluster more than 3 words.
+You can break a cluster of words using prepositions such as 'of', 'for', and 'with'.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | Readme documentation of the Terra service OR Readme of the Terra service
+ |
+ Terra service readme documentation
+ |
+
+
+
+Don`t use metaphors, figures of speech, slangs, or jargons.
+
+#### Checklist for plain language
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Write short sentences
+ |
+ Are sentences as short as possible without compromising clarity?
+ |
+
+
+ | Write in the simplest tense
+ |
+ Are sentences written in the simplest tense possible in the context where they are?
+ |
+
+
+ | Write for easier translation
+ |
+ Are sentences relatively easy to translate?
+ |
+
+
+ | Don`t use metaphors, figures of speech, slangs, or jargons.
+ |
+ Are there metaphors, figures of speech, slangs, or jargons?
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Write for a global audience | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/translation#write-short,-clear,-and-precise-sentences)
+* [Writing for localization | Documentation Style GuideGitLab](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide/#writing-for-localization)
+
+### Capitalize consistently
+
+ To keep the documentation that you are writing consistent, use capitalization consistently.
+
+Typically, style guides have many rules for capitalization, but to keep this style guide concise, use the following rules:
+
+* Use sentence case for:
+ * Titles and headings
+ * Lists
+ * Table elements like headings, labels, and captions
+ * Image legends
+* Match the capitalization of the UI when referring to it.
+* Check the capitalization of the product that you are writing about and use the same capitalization that the product website uses throughout the document.
+If the product or feature that you are writing about is in your project, then define the capitalization and use it consistently.
+* Do not use capitalization unnecessarily.
+Use 'cloud' instead of 'Cloud', 'service' instead of 'Service', 'project' instead of 'Project', and so on.
+
+#### Checklist for capitalization
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Sentence case
+ |
+ Did you use sentence case in most cases?
+ |
+
+
+ | UI
+ |
+ Does the text match the capitalization in the UI?
+ |
+
+
+ | Product/feature/methodology
+ |
+ Do the product/feature/methodology match the authoritative website about the product/feature/methodology?
+ |
+
+
+ | Unnecessary capitalization
+ |
+ Did you correct unnecessary capitalization?
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Capitalization | GitLab Documentation Style Guide](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide/#capitalization)
+* [Capitalization | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/capitalization)
+
+### Information organization
+
+The most important information comes first in a page, topic, section, or sentence.
+
+
+
+Source: [https://coolerinsights.com/2021/02/writing-social-media-guide/](https://coolerinsights.com/2021/02/writing-social-media-guide)
+
+When users read the most important information first, you make them focus from the first line.
+Users can decide at any point if the topic is not of interest, choose not to read it and still leave with the main message.
+
+Also, since the first sentences appear in search results, it makes sense to have the most important information there because that's what users will see in a list of search results.
+
+So for pages, topics, and sections, put the most important information first, followed by additional details, and then nice-to-know information.
+This way of presenting information is also known as inverted pyramid, as depicted in the diagram.
+
+#### How to write sentences with the most important information first
+
+In sentences, information that clears any doubts about the context is as important as the main message.
+So, in sentences, put contextual information like goal, location, or condition first.
+
+If these things come at the end of the sentence, there is a great likelihood that users might need to read the text twice: the first time for the meaning of the sentence, and the second time to add the context.
+
+##### Goal
+
+If you are writing about a goal that the user is trying to achieve, then write the goal first.
+
+Example 1: The goal is to request a template.
+Users who are not interested in requesting a template can plain skip the text about what's involved in the process of requesting a template.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | To request a template, send a request to the TGDP with the document type that needs a template.
+ We will assess the document type.
+ Depending on the industry needs, we assign it a priority and then add it into the list of templates that need a writer.
+ |
+ The process of requesting a template begins with a request to the TGDP for a template for a document type.
+ TGDP's review of this request includes assessment of the industry needs.
+ Depending on the demand for the template, we assign a priority to it, and then add it into the list of templates that need a writer.
+ |
+
+
+
+Example 2: The goal is to edit system-defined metadata of an object.
+Users need to know why they are performing instructions before they do.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | To edit system-defined metadata of an object:
+
+1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the Amazon S3 console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/s3/.
+
+2. Navigate to your Amazon S3 bucket or folder and select the check box to the left of the names of the objects with metadata you want to edit.
+ |
+ 1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the Amazon S3 console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/s3/.
+
+2. Navigate to your Amazon S3 bucket or folder and select the check box to the left of the names of the objects with metadata you want to edit.
+
+3. Select Save to save the system-defined metadata of an object.
+ |
+
+
+
+##### Location
+
+When you tell users to follow instructions, tell them where this is going to happen.
+
+Example 1: Tell the user where things happen in the UI.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | 1. On the **Actions** menu, choose **Edit** actions, and choose **Edit metadata**.
+ |
+ 1. Choose **Edit metadata** on the **Actions** menu> **Edit metadata**.
+ |
+
+
+
+Example 2: Tell the user where things happen in the command line.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | 1. On your **home directory**, type command.
+ |
+ 1. On the terminal, type command.
+ |
+
+
+
+##### Condition
+
+If a condition applies to a subset of the audience, write it first, so users to whom the condition doesn't apply can skip the text.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | For printing color reproductions locally, use a high-resolution laser or wax-transfer printer that has at least 1MB of memory.
+ |
+ For local PC printing, it is recommended that you use a high-resolution laser or wax-transfer type printer for color reproductions, and that the printer have at least 1 MB of memory.
+ |
+
+
+ | Unless you have already submitted an up-to-date resume, you must submit a resume containing your undergraduate, graduate, and any other professional education, your work experience in the field of health care, and the name, address and phone number of current and previous employers in the healthcare field.
+ |
+ With your grant application you must submit a resume containing your undergraduate, graduate, and any other professional education, your work experience in the field of health care, and the name, and phone number of current and previous employers in the healthcare field, unless you have already submitted this information.
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Checklist for information organization
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Goal comes first in a sentence
+ |
+ Did you make sure that you contextualized sentences based on the goal (if any)?
+ |
+
+
+ | Location comes first in a sentence
+ |
+ Did you make sure users know where to find the information in the UI?
+ |
+
+
+ | Condition comes first in a sentence
+ |
+ Did you make sure that conditions came first (if any)?
+ |
+
+
+ | Most important information comes first
+ |
+ Did you make sure that you placed the most important information first in the topic, section, or page?
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Sentence structure | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/sentence-structure)
+* [Procedures | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/procedures#introductory-sentences)
+* GitLab N/A
+
+### Links
+
+A helpful link is up to date, not broken, it empowers users to choose to follow it BEFORE they do, and is placed where it is needed and not where it can become a distraction.
+
+#### How to write up-to-date links
+
+When linking to another topic, whenever possible and in particular to an external site, use a low-risk link or a medium-risk link.
+These links have a lower risk of being outdated or broken than linking directly to an internal document in an external site.
+This is particularly important in The Good Docs Project documentation, where writers are volunteers and might not be around when the link needs updating.
+
+The following table explains the types of links and the risk of the link to be outdated or broken, how to write that type of link, and an example for each type of link.
+
+
+
+ | Risk
+ |
+ How to write
+ |
+ Example
+ |
+
+
+ | Low risk
+ |
+ Do not hyperlink, but explain how to find the information.
+ |
+ To read about how to register an app with Firebase, go to the Firebase website and search for 'register app Firebase'.
+ |
+
+
+ | Medium risk
+ |
+ Hyperlink to the website, and explain how to search for the information.
+ |
+ To read about how to register an app with Firebase, go to `Firebase https://firebase.google.com/`_ and search for 'register app Firebase'.
+ |
+
+
+ | High risk
+ |
+ Hyperlink to a specific topic
+ |
+ To read about how to register an app with Firebase, go to `Add Firebase to your Apple project https://firebase.google.com/docs/ios/setup#register-app`_.
+ |
+
+
+
+When you write the resources deliverable for the template project, try to use medium-risk links, when possible.
+
+When linking to internal topics, it is less problematic to use high risk links than when linking externally.
+That is because the likelihood that internally changed links will be updated or noticed early is higher than when a link changes externally.
+For example, you can use a link to a template deliverable of a Good Docs Project template.
+See the
+[resources section](#resources) of the template deliverables.
+
+#### Accessed on
+
+With each external link, Give the reader an indication of when you accessed the link:
+
+Accessed on _date on which the link was accessed_.
+
+#### How users can choose to follow the link before they do
+
+When creating links, unless the link text is self-explanatory, create links with context.
+Tell people why they'd follow a link before they click on it by adding introductory information with the link.
+It is just a small sentence for you, but it saves people the trouble of following the link and scanning the page to find out why the link is there and if they did want to read the page.
+
+You can add context to links using the following ways:
+
+* Write a descriptive phrase that provides context for the topic that you're linking to.
+* Write link text that portraits the content of the topic that you're linking to.
+Ideally, the link text would match the topic heading on the target page.
+
+See some examples of not so helpful links and how to fix them.
+
+
+
+ | Not so helpful link
+ |
+ Problem
+ |
+ Solution
+ |
+ Helpful link
+ |
+
+
+ | For more information, see this link. https://sublime-and-sphinx-guide.readthedocs.io/en/latest/references.html#add-links`_ OR
+
+ For more information, `click here. https://sublime-and-sphinx-guide.readthedocs.io/en/latest/references.html#add-links`_x
+ |
+ 'this link' or 'click here' don't have any context and don't help users figure out what the topic is about.
+ |
+ Rewrite the link text so that it tells users what the topic is about.
+ |
+ For more information about adding links in Sphinx, see `Add links. https://sublime-and-sphinx-guide.readthedocs.io/en/latest/references.html#add-links`
+ |
+
+
+ | Read the Before Installing or Upgrading documentation before installing or upgrading.
+ |
+ If there are multiple products, documentation of which one?
+ |
+ Whenever there is more than one possibility, be specific about which documentation the link displays.
+ |
+ Before installing or upgrading the NetApp Kubernetes Monitoring Operator, read the Before Installing or Upgrading documentation.
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Link text | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/link-text)
+* GitLab has examples of standard text for commonly used link texts: [Standard text in links | GitLab Documentation Style Guide](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide/#standard-text)
+
+#### Where to place a hyperlink
+
+Links can be distracting, especially if placed in places where people don't need them.
+
+* For instructions that the user must follow to complete a step, place the link in the step where it is needed.
+* For supporting information, create a section called 'Related topics' at the bottom of the page and place links with supporting information, related topics, and nice-to-know information in there.
+
+Source
+
+* [Links | GitLab Documentation Style Guide](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide/#links)
+* At the time of writing, Google didn't have any guidance about where to place links.
+Lots of recommendations about writing links.
+
+#### Checklist for links
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | If possible, use low-risk links for external documentation.
+ |
+ Did you choose low-risk or medium risk, over high risk links whenever possible?
+ |
+
+
+ | Help users to decide to follow the link or not, before they do
+ |
+ Did you help users to choose to follow links or not by either by adding an introductory sentence or by writing a helpful link text?
+ |
+
+
+ | Accessed on
+ |
+ Did you provide the date you accessed the link?
+ |
+
+
+ | Place the link where it is helpful and not a distraction
+ |
+ Did you place essential links next to the text where it is needed? Did you place links with supporting information in a section for related information?
+ |
+
+
+
+### Lists
+
+The simplest guideline for lists is: use numbered lists for a sequence of instructions or anything that requires order.
+Use bulleted lists for everything else.
+
+Other recommendations:
+
+* Introduce the list with an introductory sentence.
+* Use parallel phrasing.
+* For inline lists, use the Oxford comma.
+
+#### Introductory sentence
+
+To clear any assumptions about the content of the list, write a complete sentence to introduce the list.
+
+Example 1: No introductory sentence X introductory sentence
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | Administrators can manage VMs with the following features:
+
+ |
+ Enable administrators to deal with VMs with the following features:
+
+
+- Super VM
+
+
- VM center
+
+
- VM Advantage
+
+
+Proposals limitations
+
+
+- There is a character limit of 20,000 for the description of a proposal.
+
+
- One address can have a maximum of 10 active proposals at a time, across multiple spaces.
+
+
+
+
+ |
+
+
+
+Example 2: A clear introductory sentence X Not so clear introductory sentence
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ Administrators can manage VMs with the following features:
+
+
+- Super VM
+
+
- VM center
+
+
- VM Advantage
+
+
+ |
+ Enable administrators to deal with VMs with the following features:
+
+
+- Super VM
+
+
- VM center
+
+
- VM Advantage
+
+
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Numbered lists
+
+Use numbered lists for instructions or anything that requires order.
+
+Example 1: Numbered list for instructions
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+
+
+
+- On the bottom of the **Fields List** pane on the left, click **Add a Field**.
+ 2. Search your field by address, zip code, latitude/longitude, or CLUs (common land units) that appear as outlined grids of land.
+
+ 3. To organize your field information in your account, type a **Field Name**, **Client Name**, **Farm Name** and **Approximate Area** of the field.
+
+
+
+
+ |
+
+
+
+- Click **Add a Field** on the bottom of the **Fields List** pane on the left.
+
+
- Search your field by address, zip code or latitude/longitude or by CLUs (common land units) that will appear as outlined grids of land.
+
+
- Provide a **Field Name**, **Client Name**, **Farm Name** and **Approximate Area** of the field in order to keep your field information organized in your account.
+
+
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Bulleted lists
+
+When the order of the items of a list is interchangeable, use a bulleted list.
+
+Example 1: Bulleted list for a series of items that can be listed in any order
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ The retention policy is the following:
+
+
+- Slack - 30 days for Chat, 4yrs for channels, 4yrs for files
+
+
- Gmail attachments - 2yrs for active accounts, 6mths for non-active accounts
+
+
+ |
+ The retention policy is the following:
+
+1. Slack - 30 days for Chat, 4yrs for channels, 4yrs for files
+
+2. Gmail attachments - 2yrs for active accounts, 6mths for non-active accounts
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Inline lists
+
+When you want to write inline lists with 3 or more items, use the Oxford comma.
+
+Example 1: Use the Oxford comma when you want to list 3 or more items in a list.
+
+
+
+ | 2 items in a list
+ |
+ 3 items in a list
+ |
+
+
+ | Turn the system on. Press a, b and c.
+ |
+ Turn the system on. Press a, b, and c.
+ |
+
+
+
+### Parallel phrasing
+
+Use the same syntax or structure for list items.
+
+
+
+ | Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ Things I should eat:
+
+
+- Vegetables
+
+
- Beans
+
+
- Fruits
+
+
+ |
+ Things that I eat:
+
+
+- I eat chocolate.
+
+
- Nutella
+
+
- The other day I also ate ice cream.
+
+
- Cheesecake is great!
+
+
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Checklist for lists
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Write an introductory sentence
+ |
+ Does the list have an introductory sentence?
+ |
+
+
+ | Use numbered lists when the order is important
+ |
+ Is the numbered list wrong if the items are listed out of the current order?
+ |
+
+
+ | Use bullet lists for non-ordered items
+ |
+ Can the items be listed in any order?
+ |
+
+
+ | Use oxford comma
+ |
+ Does the inline list have three or more items?
+ |
+
+
+ | Use parallel phrasing
+ |
+ Does the list present the same structure for all items?
+ |
+
+
+
+### Tables
+
+Markdown tables work best for simple tables.
+Because of the many limitations that Markdown tables have for complex tables, prefer bullet lists over tables whenever possible.
+
+Use a table in the following cases:
+
+* The information consists of two or more parts whose relationship is best captured in a table.
+* The tabular format brings out or highlights information in such a way that lists can't capture.
+* The table saves a lot of words because there is a clear pattern established by the table that avoids repeating words.
+
+#### Introductory sentence
+
+Just like with lists, to clear any assumptions about the content of the table, write a complete sentence to introduce the table, unless the table comes right after a heading and the heading is sufficiently descriptive.
+For example, the checklist tables in this document.
+
+#### Table header
+
+Tables must have a header.
+Use sentence style to capitalize the header.
+
+#### Checklist for tables
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Use a list whenever possible
+ |
+ Can the table be written as a list?
+ |
+
+
+ | Use a table for two or more parts of information
+ |
+ Does the table contain two or more parts?
+ |
+
+
+ | Use a table to bring out more information
+ |
+ Does the table bring out information?
+ |
+
+
+ | Use a table to save repeating words
+ |
+ Does the table save words significantly?
+ |
+
+
+ | Write an introductory sentence
+ |
+ Does the table have an introductory sentence?
+ |
+
+
+ | Add a table header
+ |
+ Does the table have a header?
+ |
+
+
+
+### Notes
+
+Use notes sparingly.
+Too many and the topic becomes crowded.
+A rough guide is one note per topic.
+
+Put notes where users are likely to see them or when users are likely to need them.
+
+### Where to place notes
+
+* Right before an instruction or a text where the note applies, not after.
+* Before tables, images, or graphs.
+* At the beginning of a section or topic, not after.
+
+
+
+ |
+Do
+ |
+ Don't
+ |
+
+
+ | To edit system-defined metadata of an object:
+
+Tip: Use your TGDP credentials.
+
+1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the Amazon S3 console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/s3/.
+
+2. Navigate to your Amazon S3 bucket or folder and select the check box to the left of the names of the objects with metadata you want to edit.
+ |
+ 1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the Amazon S3 console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/s3/.
+
+2. Navigate to your Amazon S3 bucket or folder and select the check box to the left of the names of the objects with metadata you want to edit.
+
+3. Select **Save** to save the system-defined metadata of an object.
+
+Tip: Use your TGDP credentials.
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Types of notes
+
+Use the following list to add notes, ordered by from least important to most important:
+
+* Tip: Information that might help a user.
+* Caution: Crucial information, proceed with caution.
+* Warning: Negative consequences of an action, including data loss.
+
+Guidance for notes in template guides: {ALL CAPS: tip} can be deleted by the users of the template when they fill in the template.
+
+#### Checklist for notes
+
+
+
+ | Guideline
+ |
+ Check
+ |
+
+
+ | Use notes sparingly
+ |
+ Does the topic have more than one note?
+ |
+
+
+ | Place notes when users need them
+ |
+ Is the information in the note something users need to see before they read the text that comes after the note?
+ |
+
+
+ | Place notes when users need them
+ |
+ Is the note placed before a table, a section, an image, or a chart?
+ |
+
+
+
+Sources
+
+* [Notes | Google developer documentation style guide](https://developers.google.com/style/notices)
+* [Note | GitLab Documentation Style Guide](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide/#note)
+
+Add some guidance for the verb form to use in specific topics - Google has it.
+
+## Structure and information organization
+
+The structure of a template has two parts: one that depends on the specific subject of the template and can differ from template to template, and one that adheres to the Good Docs Project that is common to all templates.
+The structure provided by the Good Docs Project consists of boilerplates and template deliverables.
+
+## Template deliverables
+
+This section explains file deliverables that template authors need to write as part of each template project.
+To understand the larger context for these deliverables, see[Template Contributing Guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md).
+
+### Purpose and use case of each deliverable
+
+Currently, for a template project to be considered complete, each template project must have these file deliverables:
+
+
+
+ | Deliverable
+ |
+ Naming convention for the filename and purpose of the file
+ |
+ Use case
+ |
+
+
+ | Template
+ |
+ template_content-type.md
+
+The template file is the raw template for the content type.
+It provides a rough outline of the suggested content and a few embedded writing tips for how to fill in the different sections of the template.
+ |
+ Used by Developer-Writer Darby to create better documentation.
+
+"Just give me something easy I can fill out and nothing more!"
+ |
+
+
+ | Template guide
+ |
+ guide_content-type.md
+
+This guide provides a deeper explanation of how to fill in the template.
+It provides a lightweight introduction to the purpose of this documentation and explains how to fill in each section of the document.
+Any information that is essential to filling out the template should be noted in this guide.
+ |
+ Used by Developer-Writer Darby to fill in the template.
+
+"When I get stuck, I'll refer to the guide to help me out.
+Keep this guide simple and lightweight for me!"
+ |
+
+
+ | Resources
+ |
+ resources_content-type.md
+
+This document includes the resources (books, blog entries, guides) that the templateer used during the research phase of creating the template.
+The templateer can also include high quality examples of that content type that served as inspiration for the template.
+Template contributors should use this document to ethically cite their sources and give credit where credit is due, in harmony with our Code of Conduct.
+ |
+ Used by Templateer Terry to ethically cite sources.
+Also used by Doc System Owner Olly to understand the theory that informs this template on a deeper level.
+
+"If I want to customize this template for my project, I can use this document to make informed changes.
+If I need to maintain this template and make changes to it in the future, I can understand the thinking that went into the template originally."
+ |
+
+
+ | Process
+ |
+ process_content-type.md
+
+This document explains best practices for researching, writing, and maintaining this content type.
+As a minimum viable document, it can be very lightweight and include simple content about researching, writing, and maintaining that content type---such as a paragraph each.
+If a more detailed explanation is needed for that content type, it can go deeper.
+ |
+ Used by Developer-Writer Darby and Doc System Owner Olly to learn about any unique challenges or best practices when writing this content type.
+
+"Help me understand best practices and avoid common mistakes."
+ |
+
+
+ | Example
+ |
+ example_content-type.md
+
+After a template project is complete, our Chronologue working group will create an example of the template.
+While creating the example, the Chronologue group will test whether your template is user-friendly and can be used in a real documentation project.
+If you're still involved in the community during this phase, these team members might reach out to you for feedback or to collaborate on possible template revisions.
+NOTE: Examples are required, but they are created after the template writing process.
+ |
+ Used by Developer-Writer Darby and Doc System Owner Olly to see what this content type looks like in a practical context.
+
+"Help me see an example of this template in action so that I can see what 'good enough' looks like."
+ |
+
+
+
+Each template deliverable is explained in the following sections.
+
+### Template file
+
+Naming convention: template\__content-type_.md
+
+where:
+
+* template is a constant.
+* _content-type_ is the specific subject that the template is about, for example, template_memo.md is a template for memos.
+
+The template file is the basic template for the type of document you are creating.
+It provides a rough outline of the suggested content and a few embedded writing tips for how to fill in the different sections of the template.
+The template user will copy this template and begin filling it in or editing it as their starting point in the writing process.
+
+#### Content and formatting guidelines
+
+Each template must have this content:
+
+* **The template title** - The type of document this template is for.
+For example, "Tutorial template" or "README template."" This title must be formatted with the heading 1 weight.
+* **Introductory comment** - Include an embedded writing tip at the start that tells users they should first read the accompanying template guide before they fill in the template.
+Put introductory comments in {curly brackets}.
+* **The template sections** - Each section of the template should begin with a heading with the heading 2 weight.
+The recommended content and some embedded writing tips fall under the headings.
+* **Embedded writing tips** - You can provide some lightweight writing tips that provide some tips or hints about what kind of content the template user might choose to put in a section of the document.
+Put embedded writing tips in {curly brackets}.
+
+🚩 **NOTE: The basic content of the template depends on the type of document you are creating a template for.
+Different types of documents can have widely varying content needs.
+While similar document types are likely to require similar structures, other document types may be structured quite differently.**
+
+#### Frequently asked questions
+
+**Q: Is it better to include all the possible sections that someone could possibly include in the template file or should it just have the most common sections?**
+
+A: While this is mostly a judgment call on your part as the template author, it might be better to err on the side of being comprehensive.
+Don't forget that in your template guide you can indicate whether it is common or recommended to include this section or not.
+
+**Q: Can I use heading 3 weights for sub-sections?**
+
+A: Yes, but try not to go much deeper than level 3.
+
+### Template guide
+
+Naming convention: guide\__content-type_.md
+
+where:
+
+* guide is a constant.
+* _content-type_ is the specific subject that the template is about, for example, guide_memo.md is the guide for the memo template.
+
+The guide provides a deeper explanation of how to fill in each section of the template.
+This guide explains the key decisions that the template user needs to make during the writing process.
+
+The guide might also optionally include a checklist of the required components for this type of document.
+
+#### Content and formatting guidelines
+
+The template guide must follow the same basic structure:
+
+* **Template guide title** - The type of document this template is for and the words "guide." For example, "Tutorial guide" or "README guide." This title must be formatted with the heading 1 weight.
+* **Introductory comment** - Include an embedded writing tip at the start that tells users they should first read this guide before they fill in the template.
+This comment could also mention how to get the template file.
+Put introductory comments in {curly brackets}.
+* **Why do I need this type of document?** - Provide some of the information about the purpose of this type of document and how it helps your documentation project.
+The header for this section should be formatted with the heading 2 weight.
+* **Content of this template** - This header marks the beginning of the part of the guide that explains how to fill in each section of the guide.
+It should be formatted with the heading 2 weight.
+* **About the {insert section name here} section** - Next, include each section as they appear in the template with the heading 3 weight.
+For example, if your template includes a "Before you start" section, this heading should say "About the before your start section." And then it should provide guidance about what kind of content goes in that section and why that section might be included in the final document.
+If the section is optional, indicate why some documents could benefit from that section or why it might be left out.
+If the template user needs to make a decision about the content in that section, provide guidance about what should go into that section.
+
+### Resources
+
+Naming convention: resources\__content-type_.md
+
+Where:
+
+* resources is a constant.
+* _content-type_ is the specific subject that the template is about, for example, resources_memo.md is the resource file for the memo template.
+
+This document includes the resources (books, blog entries, guides) that the templateer used during the research phase of creating the template.
+The templateer can also include high quality examples of that content type that served as inspiration for the template.
+
+Template contributors should use this document to ethically cite their sources and give credit where credit is due, in harmony with our Code of Conduct.
+
+The resources file has a number of advantages:
+
+
+
+ | For the project
+ |
+ It gives The Good Docs Project a way to ethically cite our sources and give credit where credit is due.
+ |
+
+
+ | For the template contributor
+ |
+ It gives them a starting point and ending point (a goal + a final deliverable) for the research phase.
+ |
+
+
+ | For template readers who choose to read the process document
+ |
+ It explains the theory behind why certain decisions were made to the template, which can help them understand why the template author made certain design decisions.
+It can also help them know how they can customize the template to their organization's needs.
+ |
+
+
+ | Future template maintainers
+ |
+ This document helps them understand why a template was developed a certain way.
+It will help them decide whether to change the template in the future (or not).
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Content and formatting guidelines
+
+Each resource file must have the following sections:
+
+* **Template title resources** - The type of document this template is for + "resources".
+For example, "Tutorial resources" or "README resources." This title should be formatted with the heading 1 weight.
+* **Sources consulted** - Include a bulleted list or table of the sources you consulted while researching this template.
+Include a link and/or full citation so that others can find it.
+Explain how that source influenced the design decisions in your template.
+* **Examples** - Include a bulleted list or table of the examples that served as inspiration for your template.
+Include a link and/or full citation so that others can find it.
+
+### Process
+
+Naming convention: resources\__content-type_.md
+
+where:
+
+* process is a constant.
+* _content-type_ is the specific subject that the template is about, for example, process_memo.md is the process file for the memo template.
+
+This document explains best practices for researching, writing, and maintaining this content type.
+It can be very lightweight and include simple content about researching, writing, and maintaining that content type---such as a paragraph each.
+If a more detailed explanation is needed for that content type, it can go deeper.
+
+#### Content and formatting guidelines
+
+Each resource file must have the following sections:
+
+* **Template title process** - The type of document this template is for + "process".
+For example, "Tutorial process" or "README process." This title must be formatted with the heading 1 weight.
+* **Researching _content-type_** - Explain best practices for researching this content type.
+* **Writing _content-type_** - Explain recommendations for writing this content type.
+* **Maintaining _content-type_** - Explain best practices for maintaining this content type over time, such as evaluating its effectiveness and keeping it up to date.
+It can also include knowing when to archive that content type if appropriate.
+
+### Template example (optional)
+
+Naming convention: example\__content-type_.md
+
+where:
+
+* example is a constant.
+* _content-type_ is the specific subject that the template is about, for example, example_memo.md is an example file for the memo template.
+
+After a template project is complete, our Chronologue working group will create an example of the template.
+While creating the example, the Chronologue group will test whether your template is user-friendly and can be used in a real documentation project.
+If you're still involved in the community during this phase, these team members might reach out to you for feedback or to collaborate on possible template revisions.
+
+## Format
+
+To write templates and deliverables, use Markdown.
+Suggested guide for Markdown: [Markdown Guide](https://www.markdownguide.org).
+
+## Related topics
+
+Accessed on March, 3rd, 2024:
+
+* [Google Developer Style Guide](https://developers.google.com/style)
+* [GitLab Documentation Style Guide](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/styleguide)
+* [Docs for Developers, Chapter 1 Understand your audience](https://docsfordevelopers.com).
+* To help you define the audience, see the Google Technical Writing course, [Audience](https://developers.google.com/tech-writing/one/audience).
+* For information about DITA topics, see [DITA topics](https://developers.google.com/tech-writing/one/audience).
+* For information about plain language, see [Plain language](https://www.plainlanguage.gov).
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SUPPORT.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SUPPORT.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85bc94c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/SUPPORT.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Support
+
+For support with The Good Docs Project templates, click on the feedback form at the end of the specific template you are using.
+
+We monitor responses to the feedback form and will respond or take action as necessary.
+
+Alternatively, you can open an issue against any one of our repositories.
+
+For the templates repository, open a new issue at:
+https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/issues
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/guide_api-getting-started.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/guide_api-getting-started.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..73dd8b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/guide_api-getting-started.md
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+# API getting started guide
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## Introduction
+
+A getting started guide is a document that walks the user through how to create a minimum working example with your API. You can also think of a getting started guide as a "Hello World" tutorial that includes a complete series of steps or actions that show the user how to use your API.
+
+| | Getting started guide | Tutorial guide |
+| :---- | :---- | :---- |
+| Target audience | Domain experts who know the problem space and want a quick setup or overview of your product | Beginners who are new to the problem space and require in-depth and comprehensive guidance |
+| Content | Basic steps and essential information | In-depth analysis and broader explanation of concepts |
+| Purpose | Help users get started | Provide a comprehensive understanding of the problem space or product |
+| Scope | Immediate actions | Immediate actions and comprehensive explanations |
+
+## Why do I need an API getting started guide?
+
+API getting started guides are helpful for the following reasons:
+
+* **Faster integration**: Getting started guides provide the user with a streamlined path to get started with an API without having to read through lengthy documentation to understand key steps to interact with your API, such as setting up an account, getting API keys and authenticating requests for specific endpoints, etc. They typically offer step-by-step instructions, code samples, and ready-to-use templates that help users quickly understand the API's core concepts and functionalities. By following the guide, users can accelerate the integration process and start using the API in their applications faster.
+* **Reduced learning curve**: APIs can have complex documentation with various endpoints, parameters, authentication methods, and data formats. Getting started guides distill this information into a concise and simplified format, focusing on the most common and essential use cases.
+* **Practical examples**: Getting started guides often include code snippets or sample projects that demonstrate how to interact with the API in real-world scenarios. These examples help users understand the API's capabilities and see how they can integrate it into their own applications. By showcasing practical use cases, the guides provide inspiration and guidance for users to start building with the API quickly.
+* **Intended use**: API getting started guides allow for the correct and intended use of the API. Getting started guides also help prevent errors, increase efficiency, and streamline performance.
+
+## Best practices
+
+The key goal of a getting started guide is to achieve a basic core working function of the product or feature. Use the following practices when writing the getting started guide:
+
+* Keep it short and to the point. It should focus on the most important aspects of the API and provide only the essential information needed to get started.
+* Provide a common use case with sample code.
+* Number the steps and use headings for different procedures.
+* Start the headings with a verb for example, "Make your first request", "Choose an endpoint for your request."
+* Provide examples of sample return data, so the user can verify that they successfully completed the task.
+* Include only one action in a step.
+* Include guidance on how to handle errors and provide examples of common error messages.
+* Include links to additional resources, so the user can learn more about the API.
+
+## Content of the API getting started template
+
+### About the "Introduction" section
+
+In this section, give a brief introduction or explanation of the API and define the intended audience the guide targets. You should also describe what the user accomplishes or learns by using the getting started guide. For example, to integrate the API into their own app, to build an app with the API or to test the API.
+
+### About the "Prerequisites" section
+
+In this section, include all the necessary tools or information the user needs to accomplish the objectives of the getting started guide. Examples include:
+
+* List of hardware requirements.
+* List of any software dependencies.
+* How to download (provide the web address), install, and configure the API.
+* If your API requires detailed software setup instructions for dependencies, refer the user to the Getting Started Guide or Setup Guide for the API.
+* How to get the required access keys or authentication credentials, if required.
+* If your API requires detailed authentication information, refer the user to that document.
+
+### About the "Authentication" section
+
+This section is optional since not all APIs require authentication to use. Use this section to explain the requirement to get access to the API, which may include signing up for the API, setting up authentication, following the steps to get API keys or access tokens.
+
+### About the "Base URL" section
+
+The base URL is the root address of the API, which all API endpoints will be appended to. Provide a base URL at the top of the document to ensure all relative links are consistently referenced, and to simplify the process of updating URLs if the domain or root address changes.
+
+### About the "Make your first API request" section
+
+In this section, guide users through making their first CRUD request to the API. Provide clear, step-by-step instructions along with example API responses to help them understand the process.
+
+To improve usability, consider the following:
+
+* Code samples: Provide code snippets in relevant programming languages the user can run. The template contains placeholders for your code snippets.
+* Comments and explanations: Include in-line comments within the code or provide supporting explanations after each snippet.
+* "Hello, World" example: Create a "Hello, World" example that shows how to use at least one of the API endpoints.
+* Common error messages: Highlight potential errors users might encounter, along with troubleshooting tips.
+* Provide annotated screenshots with arrows, boxes, etc. Bear in mind that screenshots may be difficult to translate so ensure you use them only when relevant.
+
+### About the "Next steps" section
+
+In this section, refer the user to other documentation and features available in the API that can help improve the user's understanding and usage of your product. Provide links to:
+
+* Additional tutorials or articles about the API.
+* The API glossary or any additional core concepts.
+* Relevant resources, like blogs, troubleshooting guides, reference documents, videos, and how-tos.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/process_api-getting-started.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/process_api-getting-started.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0262a065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/process_api-getting-started.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# API getting started process
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this document for best practices about how to research, write, and maintain this type of content. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## How do you know if you need an API getting started?
+
+An API getting started guide is targeted at users who have domain knowledge and need to quickly learn how to use an API. It provides a structured introduction to help them get up and running efficiently.
+
+You need a getting started guide for your API if:
+
+* The API has key workflows or setup steps that users must understand before making requests.
+* You want to reduce onboarding time and improve developer adoption.
+* Your API is part of a larger ecosystem, and users need guidance on integrating it with other services.
+
+## How to determine what content an API getting started needs
+
+The API getting started template covers the essential components needed for the documentation, such as authentication, requests and response examples, and code blocks. Use the following guidance to enhance the content further:
+
+* Identify the users (internal or external) and their domain, needs, and goals.
+* Identify the primary functional requirements of the API--that's, the business capabilities the API enables.
+* Test and understand how the API works yourself to know if you're not leaving out important information in the guide.
+* Identify the most common use cases of the API and focus the guide on those cases. You can use some of the following tips:
+ * Review the getting started guide and documentation of similar APIs in the same domain or industry.
+ * Analyze your company's support requests and user feedback.
+ * Speak with stakeholders, such as developers, product managers, or business analysts.
+ * If the API has usage analytics or metrics available, analyze them to identify the most frequently used endpoints or functionalities.
+
+## Audience goals
+
+It's important to identify the audience and their goals so that the API getting started guide provides the most relevant information for the user. These documents are typically targeted for developers. With this in mind, provide information so that they can get started quickly with key information and links to additional information to expand their knowledge of the API.
+
+## How to introduce an API getting started guide
+
+Getting started guides typically describe the primary functional requirements of the API or the business capabilities it enables to help developers understand what they can achieve with it. Use the "Introduction" section to provide a clear overview of what developers can achieve with the API. Keep it concise but informative, focusing on key features and practical use cases.
+
+Refer to the [Resources document](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1s__uFWhkMwWy5qKqTXY4gDaJvC62wCuz499dnC_YyRY/edit?tab=t.0#heading=h.utjrcnv3sr22) for examples and best practices on structuring the introduction effectively.
+
+## How to write an API getting started guide
+
+* Include an overview of the capabilities of the API and its benefits to the user or business. See [How to introduce an getting started guide](#how-to-introduce-an-api-getting-started-guide).
+* Ensure the steps in the guide are clear, concise, and complete.
+* If the guide contains code samples, make sure to verify they work as intended and include their outputs as well.
+* Include the desired end result from completing the guide so that users can assess whether they were successful or not.
+* Test the getting started guide with someone who was not involved with creating the API.
+
+## How to maintain an API getting started guide
+
+* Update code samples as the API evolves. Consult relevant stakeholders whenever a new release occurs or changes happen and update the API getting started accordingly.
+* Periodically review the getting started guide to ensure it remains accurate, relevant, and easy to follow.
+* Incorporate a feedback mechanism from users to enhance the quality of the guide and improve user experience.
+* Embrace versioning. If your API has different versions, ensure the quick start guide clearly specifies which version it relates to.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/resources_api-getting-started.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/resources_api-getting-started.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..913eeb16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/resources_api-getting-started.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# API getting started resources
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this document to see high quality examples of the template in action and to review the resources that were consulted when this template was created. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## Examples of API getting started guides
+
+* [**GitHub Rest API Getting Started Guide**](https://docs.github.com/en/rest/using-the-rest-api/getting-started-with-the-rest-api): The GitHub Rest API getting started guide includes most of the necessary sections in a typical getting started guide. It also explains the steps involved in achieving the objectives of the document in a clear and concise manner. Additionally, the guide provides detailed explanations of the key elements that make up an API request, such as HTTP methods, paths, headers, and more.
+* [**ClickUp's Getting Started Guide**](https://developer.clickup.com/docs/index): It's common practice for a getting started guide to span multiple pages or documents. The ClickUp getting started guide divides into four sections. These include: a step-by-step guide on setting up authentication for the API, a demo application demonstrating how to integrate the ClickUp API, a downloadable Postman Collection that allows users to explore and make requests to the API, and a page explaining how to test the API directly in a web browser.
+* [**Facebook Graph API Getting Started Guide**](https://developers.facebook.com/docs/graph-api/get-started): This guide makes good use of screenshots to visually demonstrate how to use the Graph API Explorer tool, making it easier for users to follow along and understand the process.
+
+## References
+
+The authors of this template want to acknowledge the resources that were consulted in the making of this template and how it informed certain elements of the template
+
+| Source material | Best practice or section |
+| :---- | :---- |
+| [Tom Johnson's Learn API Documentation course](https://idratherbewriting.com/learnapidoc/docapis_doc_getting_started_section.html) | This course provides comprehensive explanations, examples, and processes for creating API documentation. We found the tips and resources in the API Getting Started section of the course invaluable in creating this template. |
+| [ReadME's article on effective API quickstarts](https://blog.readme.com/the-most-effective-api-quickstarts-in-8-examples/) | This article provides a useful collection of examples of effective API getting started guides. The getting started examples referenced in the article were helpful in building the template for this guide. |
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/template_api-getting-started.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/template_api-getting-started.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdee0a25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-getting-started/template_api-getting-started.md
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+# {Product} API getting started guide
+
+{For information about filling in this template, see the accompanying [[API getting started user guide](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1f-_BL2MhfzgoStdEmECw3VMTknFTGkkRavzw4jNFBTQ/edit#heading=h.hsi0enkkga6)].}
+
+{This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text so that you can customize the API [getting started user guide](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1f-_BL2MhfzgoStdEmECw3VMTknFTGkkRavzw4jNFBTQ/edit#heading=h.hsi0enkkga6), use it as-is, or completely replace it with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you delete or replace the content in the curly brackets with your own text.}
+
+This guide walks you through getting started with the {name of your product} API to {explain what the user will do or accomplish in the guide, such as making GET or POST requests, using the API to create an app, and so on}.
+
+By the end of this guide, you will be able to:
+
+* {Objective 1}
+* {Objective 2}
+* {Objective 3}
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+Before you begin, ensure you:
+
+* Are familiar with {explain the relevant concepts or experience the user needs to have to use the API, such as the REST API experience}.
+* Have the following tools installed or set up:
+ * {Software Prerequisite 1}
+ * {Software Prerequisite 2}
+
+## Authentication
+
+Making a request to the {product name} API requires authentication. Follow these steps to access to the API:
+
+1. {Sign up for an account}
+2. {Request for an API key}
+3. {Additional steps as necessary}
+
+## Base URL
+
+The base URL for all requests to the API is:
+
+```text
+{https://api.example.com/v2}
+```
+
+## Make your first API request
+
+This section demonstrates how to make your first API request to the {product name} API.
+To make your first API request:
+
+1. Select an API endpoint. See the API reference document for a list of endpoints.
+2. Use cURL or Postman to make a request.
+
+### Request
+
+The following is a sample POST request that sends some sample data to the `tasks` endpoint using cURL:
+
+```bash
+curl -X POST "https://api.example.com/api/1.0/tasks" \
+ -H "Accept: application/json" \
+ -H "Authorization: Bearer ACCESS_TOKEN" \
+ -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+ -d '{
+ "data": {
+ "workspace": "WORKSPACE_GID",
+ "name": "Sample task",
+ "assignee": "me"
+ }
+}'
+```
+
+{The above example code is a boilerplate so ensure you replace it with your own.}
+
+### Response
+
+The following is a sample JSON response from the API:
+
+```bash
+{
+ "status": "success",
+ "message": "Task created successfully.",
+ "data": {
+ "id": "TASK_GID",
+ "workspace": "WORKSPACE_GID",
+ "name": "Sample task",
+ "assignee": {
+ "id": "USER_GID",
+ "name": "John Doe"
+ },
+ "created_at": "2025-02-01T12:00:00Z",
+ "updated_at": "2025-02-01T12:00:00Z",
+ "due_date": null,
+ "completed": false
+ }
+}
+```
+
+{The above example code is a boilerplate so ensure you replace it with your own.}
+
+## Next steps
+
+Congratulations on making your first API request! For additional information, check out the following resources:
+
+* {Link to other relevant documentation such as API Reference}
+* {Link to other features that are available in the API}
+* {Provide links to additional tutorials and articles about the API}
+* {Provide links to community and support groups, FAQs, troubleshooting guides, etc.}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/example_api-reference.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/example_api-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e604557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/example_api-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# API reference example
+
+The Good Docs Project has an official example of this template in action.
+You can view this example at the Chronologue documentation site: [Chronologue API Reference](https://chronologue.dev/octavia/api/api-reference_chronologue)
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/guide_api-reference.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/guide_api-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..718d8b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/guide_api-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+# API reference guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+This `guide_api-reference` document provides extra writing tips describing how to fill in each of the sections within the [`template_api-reference.md`](/api-reference/template_api-reference.md) file.
+
+## Overview
+
+API (Application Programming Interface) references are technical manuals that provide API specifications and integration instructions to help your audience understand the product. The audience can vary based on your product user groups, and they can be technical or non-technical.
+
+Accurate, concise, well-structured API documentation facilitates efficient adoption of APIs and increases the overall user experience.
+
+The [`template_api-reference.md`](/api-reference/template_api-reference.md) is designed to help you build the API documentation efficiently and keep it consistent in both format and appearance. While auto-generating API documentation that follow the [OpenAPI Specification](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/) is also a common practice, you can use this template when manual edit is unavoidable.
+
+This template is primarily for documenting [REST](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Representational_state_transfer) APIs. Adjust as needed for other types of APIs.
+
+## Document structure
+
+The template assumes that your API documentation set includes references for many API endpoints, which are organized into groups. The template includes three parts:
+
+* [API overview section](#about-the-api-reference-overview-section)
+* [API resource reference section](#about-the-api-resource-name-section)
+* [API endpoint reference section](#about-the-api-endpoint-name-section)
+
+## Before writing the API references
+
+You may follow these guidelines to help you write better API reference documentation:
+
+* Familiarize yourself with how to make requests to APIs. If possible, try making some API calls in a testing environment or platform, such as _Postman_.
+* Interact with your API developers to learn about the APIs that you are documenting. Understand the data models and the logical connections between the API endpoints.
+* Discuss the logic of grouping the API endpoints. Although grouping the endpoints by resource type is a common practice, as used in this template, it is also possible to group them by use case or other characteristics that better suit the user's needs.
+* Conduct some user research about how the audience of your documentation would use the APIs. Identify the programming languages that your audience would most likely use to interact with your APIs.
+* Explore the possibility of auto-generating the API references.
+* Optimize the visual presentation of the API references by applying a customized stylesheet, such as using syntax highlighting, table of contents, multi-column layout, etc.
+
+## About the "API reference overview" section
+
+The _API overview_ section in the API reference describes the API components which apply to all endpoints in the API. This section includes information on topics such as protocol, authorization method, versioning, status code.
+
+### About the "Introduction" section
+
+Use the _Introduction_ section to provide a high-level overview of your API set, including:
+
+* Key features
+* Use cases
+* Communication protocol
+* Content types
+* Structure
+
+### About the "Base URL" section
+
+The base URL is a common segment to which the API endpoint paths are appended. Defining the base URL in this section reduces the effort to duplicate the segment in each endpoint reference.
+
+The base URL may differ for different groups of users or in different environments. If multiple base URLs are available, list them in this section and clearly describe the conditions of using each of them.
+
+### About the "Authorization" section
+
+Use the _Authorization_ section to specify the authentication and authorization requirements of using the APIs, including the authorization type, request schema, possible error codes, and examples.
+
+**Tips**:
+
+* Only use this section to describe the technical specifications of the API authorization, such as parameters and token expiration. Details of how to authenticate can be documented in a separate how-to guide and be referred to as a link here.
+* Provide an example of the authorization request or command. You can use random strings to replace the actual secrets.
+* If there is more than one authorization type applicable to your APIs, describe and specify the use case of each. If one of the options is preferred, highlight it.
+* If different permission levels apply to different API endpoints, document the requirements in the reference for that endpoint.
+
+### About the "Version" section
+
+This section is optional. If applicable, use the _Version_ section to describe the versioning, compatibility, and lifecycle policies of your API set. If migration guides are available, provide the links here.
+
+You can create separate documentation sets for each version of APIs.
+
+### About the "Pagination" section
+
+This section is optional. If applicable, use the _Pagination_ section to describe the options and default values for dividing long API responses into pages.
+
+**Tip**: Your readers might not understand what "pagination" is, so embed an explanation in the descriptive text.
+
+### About the "Rate limiting and throttling" section
+
+This section is optional. If applicable, use the _Rate limiting and throttling_ section to describe the global rate limiting settings and quota of your APIs. If different quotas apply to different endpoints, also add this section in the reference for endpoints.
+
+### About the "HTTP status codes" section
+
+Use the _HTTP status codes_ section to provide the list of HTTP status code that are applicable to your APIs. It is possible that the APIs only return certain types of the standard HTTP status codes.
+
+**Tips**:
+
+* For REST APIs, HTTP status codes are used. If you are writing references for other protocols, adjust the table columns.
+* In the `Description` column, describe the causes of that error, and provide related information or links about how to deal with the error.
+
+### About the "Errors" section
+
+This section is optional. If applicable, use the _Errors_ section to list the custom error types defined for the APIs. For easier navigation, you may provide each of the error definitions as a subsection.
+
+### Additional sections
+
+If other specifications are applicable to the whole API set, define your own sections here, for example:
+
+* Data conventions
+* Retry logic
+* Logging
+* Monitoring
+* License
+* Contact
+
+## About the "API {Resource name}" section
+
+Use the _{Resource name}_ section to provide reference information for a subset of API endpoints that are grouped around a resource type. You can use this section to describe the data model of the resource type.
+
+The template assumes that the API endpoints are grouped by the resource type that they are interacting with.
+
+**Title**
+
+Substitute the document title `{Resource name}` with the actual resource name. The resource name usually uses the same naming convention as in the source code.
+
+**Short description**
+
+Provide a one-line definition of the resource in the opening section and explain how and when your users should use it.
+
+### About the "Data model" section
+
+Use the _Data model_ section to provide specifications of the resource entity in the table:
+
+* **Attribute**: the field name or property name defined by the resource.
+* **Type**: data type of the value.
+* **Required?**: whether the attribute is a required field or not. Use a distinctive font to highlight the required attributes. In this template, capitalized letters are used.
+* **Description**: additional information such as whether the attribute has default values, validation restrictions, and whether it is a non-editable field that cannot be updated with POST requests.
+
+If a cell is empty, fill in "N/A".
+
+### About the "Example" section
+
+Provide a concrete example of the data entity with valid values. Fill in as many optional attributes as possible.
+
+Use preformatted code blocks to make your code distinctive from other text blocks.
+
+If you are documenting in Markdown, many Markdown processors also support syntax highlighting, which adds color to keywords. Indicate the language mode of your example to take advantage of this feature. The displayed color schema depends on your processor and the rendering configurations.
+
+### About the "Endpoints" section
+
+List the endpoints that can interact with this resource type in a table with the following guidelines:
+
+* Capitalize the method names, for example "GET".
+* Adopt a consistent naming convention for the APIs. In most cases, the naming convention used in the documentation should be consistent with the one in the source code.
+* Add a link to each of the endpoint names that directs users to the corresponding endpoint reference.
+* For endpoints that are deprecated but still in use, add a note in the "Description" column. Consider using the strikethrough format in each cell of the line to indicate the deprecation status.
+
+## About the "API {Endpoint name}" section
+
+The _{Endpoint name}_ section provides reference information for a specific API endpoint. It describes the specifications of an API endpoint, such as the method, URL, request, and response schema.
+
+**Title**
+
+Substitute the document title `{Endpoint name}` with the actual endpoint name.
+
+**Tips**:
+
+* Typically, the name of an API endpoint consists of the operation type and the resource type. For example, an API endpoint that creates a User resource can be named `Create user`.
+* As in the API resource reference, the naming convention should be consistent throughout your API documentation.
+* Use the singular form of the resource name unless the endpoint is designed exclusively for a bulk operation, such as `List users`.
+
+**Short description**
+
+Provide a one-line description of what the API does. Start the description with a verb. For example:
+
+* For "get" operations: `Retrieves a {resource}.`
+* For "list" operations: `Lists {resources}.`
+* For "create" operations: `Creates a {resource}.` or `Inserts a {resource}.`
+* For "update" operations: `Updates a {resource}.`
+* For "delete" operations: `Removes a {resource}.`
+
+Ensure that the description here is consistent with that listed in the resource reference.
+
+### About the "Endpoint" section
+
+Use the _Endpoint_ section to define the API endpoint.
+
+The name of the endpoint usually starts with a verb in the imperative mood, such as "Retrieve a user." By contrast, the description usually starts with a verb in the indicative mood, such as "Retrieves a user by userID".
+
+**Tips**:
+
+* Use preformatted code blocks to make your code distinctive from other text blocks. For example, in HTML, use the `` element; in Markdown, use three backticks.
+* Replace {METHOD} with the actual request method and capitalize all letters. For example, `POST`.
+* In the {request_url} segment, start with a slash character `/` and only provide the URL path (the segment after the hostname). The base URL can be omitted if you have already documented it in the API overview. For example, `/v2/users`.
+* If the {request_url} contains path variables, use a placeholder to indicate the variable name. The format of placeholders should be consistent throughout the documentation set and conform to your organization's guidelines. As an option, you can use snake case characters in curly brace `{}`, delimited by underscores. For example, `{user_id}`.
+* Optionally use a different color to make the path parameters easily identifiable.
+* Do not add slash characters `/` at the end.
+
+### About the "Description" section
+
+Use the _Description_ section to provide more information on what the endpoint does, the purpose, and use cases of this API endpoint.
+
+Optionally add notes about the API endpoint, for example:
+
+* Versioning information
+* Limitations
+* Deprecation status and whether a replacement is available
+
+### About the "Authorization" section
+
+Provide a link to the common `Authorization` section in the API reference overview.
+
+If calling the endpoint requires additional user roles or permissions, document them in this section.
+
+### About the "Request schema" section
+
+Use the _Request schema_ section to define the specifications of the endpoint.
+
+Each of the sub-sections is optional and should be adopted according to the actual endpoint definition:
+
+* **Path parameters**: parameters defined within the path of the endpoint, denoted by placeholders. Path parameters are always required.
+* **Query parameters**: parameters appended to the end of the request URL, after a question mark `?`. Parameters and their assigned values are connected by the `=` (equal) symbol. Multiple query parameters are delimited by the `&` (ampersand) symbol.
+* **Header parameters**: parameters used for custom HTTP headers in a request, often the same across endpoints in an API set. Include this section only when specific header parameters are required for this endpoint.
+* **Request body**: data carrying additional content of the request, only applicable for requests using methods that permit a payload, such as POST, PUT, and PATCH. Include a link to the description of the resource type if applicable.
+
+If no request parameters or request body are supported, specify "None" in this section.
+
+**Tips**:
+
+* In each of the tables, keep the parameter name the same as what is presented in the endpoint section above.
+* In the `Required?` column, specify "Required" or "Optional" to avoid ambiguity. You may use uppercase or the bold style to emphasize the term "Required".
+* In the `Type` column, if the data type has detailed definitions in another place, provide the link.
+* In the `Description` column, start the description with a noun and omit the articles (the/a/an). No need to write "defines/specifies". For example, "Unique identifier of the user" or "Name of the user". If applicable, provide additional information, such as:
+ * Default values. For example: "The default value is 0."
+ * Minimum/maximum values. For example: "The value must be within the range 100 - 999 (both inclusive)."
+ * Allowed values. For example: "The allowed values are `left` and `right`."
+ * Usage restrictions. For example: "Use this parameter only when {a condition} is true."
+ * Any limit applicable to this field. For example, "The ID must be 16 characters long."
+* Do not leave cells empty in the table. If there is no content, fill with "N/A" (short for "not applicable").
+
+### About the "Request example" section
+
+Use the _Request example_ section to provide an example that is complete and correct. The request should include all elements of a request, if applicable:
+
+* Method name
+* Base URL
+* Endpoint
+* Headers
+* Parameters
+* Request body
+
+The example should show as many parameter configurations as possible. Preferably, the example could be copy-pasted directly into your user's environment and return the same result.
+
+**Tips**:
+
+* If you have several parameters for different use cases, especially when then parameters can not be used together, consider providing multiple request examples.
+* The recommended format for your example is `cURL` request. Depending on the business needs, you can add request samples in multiple programming languages, which can be generated by external tools. Do user research in advance to determine what languages should be adopted. Meanwhile, you should also consider the additional maintenance effort when you add more examples.
+* Match the sample request and parameters to the exact response the user would receive with those same parameters.
+* Use preformatted code blocks to make your code distinctive from other text blocks.
+
+### About the "Response schema" section
+
+Use the _Response schema_ section to describe the content type and data model that is returned in the response, in both successful and failed cases:
+
+* For successful requests, provide the content format. If the returned data type is documented somewhere else, provide a link to the definition of the data type.
+* For failed requests, provide the possible error codes and the link to the error description. The list of possible errors is usually a subset of the common errors provided in the [Errors](#about-the-errors-section) section in API Overview.
+
+### About the "Response example" section
+
+Use the _Response example_ section to provide an example of the response body if any, or clearly state that "the response body is empty".
+
+## Additional resources
+
+* [OpenAPI Specification](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/)
+* [REST Resource Naming Guide](https://restfulapi.net/resource-naming/)
+* [HTTP Response Status Code](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Status)
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=API%20reference%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/template_api-reference.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/template_api-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a6f0c7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/api-reference/template_api-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+# API Reference template
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_api-reference.md).
+>
+> This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.
+
+## Overview
+
+Use the {product} APIs to {access | customize | program} the {features | functionality}.
+
+### Base URL
+
+```text
+{Provide the base URL of the API. For example: https://api.example.com}
+```
+
+### Authorization
+
+Authentication and authorization {is | is not} required for requests to these APIs. Supported authentication methods are:
+{ Basic | Digest | OAuth | others}
+
+```text
+{Provide an example request with {Basic | Digest | OAuth | others} authentication.}
+```
+
+### Version
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+{Provide the version number using semantic versioning or your product's API versioning scheme. For example: `0.0.1`}
+
+### Pagination
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+Due to the potentially very large result sets from API calls, responses {are | can be} returned as shorter pages.
+
+Pagination can be customized using {pagination settings}. If not specified, the default values are {values}.
+
+### Rate limiting and throttling
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+The {product} APIs use a {strategy-name} rate limiting strategy. The maximum number of requests allowed to access a {resource | endpoint |..} is {number} requests per {time period}.
+
+### HTTP status codes
+
+The {product} APIs use the following standard HTTP response codes:
+
+| Status code | Message | Description |
+|-------------|-------------------|---------------|
+| `200 OK` | Request succeeds. | {description} |
+| | | |
+| | | |
+
+### Errors
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+The {product} APIs use the following error types:
+
+| Error | Description |
+|-----------------------------------------|------------------|
+| [{ExampleErrorType}](#exampleerrortype) | {Failure in ...} |
+| | |
+| | |
+
+#### ExampleErrorType
+
+| Field | Type | Description |
+|----------------|----------|--------------------------------------------------|
+| {errorType} | {enum} | {Predefined error codes. Possible enum values are x, y, ..., and z.} |
+| {errorMessage} | {string} | {Additional information about why the error occurs.} |
+
+## {Resource name}
+
+The {resource name} is used to {functionality}.
+
+### Data model
+
+| Attribute | Type | Required? | Description |
+|-----------|--------|-----------|------------------------------|
+| {id} | string | Required | {Unique identifier of user} |
+| {name} | string | Optional | {Name of user} |
+| | | | |
+
+### Example
+
+```text
+{Provide an example of the data representation in the format that your project use.}
+```
+
+### Endpoints
+
+Use the following endpoints to interact with the {resource name} entities.
+
+| Method | Endpoint name | Description |
+|--------|------------------------------------------|-------------------------|
+| POST | {[Endpoint name A](#link_to_endpoint_a)} | Creates a {resource}. |
+| GET | {[Endpoint name B](#link_to_endpoint_b)} | Retrieves a {resource}. |
+| | | |
+
+## {Endpoint name}
+
+{Provide a one-line description of what the API does. Starts with a verb in the indicative mood. For example, "Retrieves a user by `userID`".}
+
+### Endpoint
+
+```text
+{METHOD} /{request-url}/{{path-parameter}}
+```
+
+### Description
+
+{Explain what the endpoint does.}
+
+{This paragraph is optional.} This endpoint has been deprecated. Use {the recommended endpoint} instead. For more information about how to migrate to {the recommended endpoint}, see [{the migration guide}](#link).
+
+{This paragraph is optional.} The maximum number of calls to this API endpoint is {number} per minute. For more information about API rate limiting/throttling, see [{the topic}](#example).
+
+### Authorization
+
+The [{authorization method}](#authorization) is required for each API request.
+
+{This paragraph is optional.} Calling this endpoint also requires the {permission-name} permission.
+
+### Request schema
+
+#### Path parameters
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+| Path parameter | Type | Required? | Description |
+|----------------|--------|-----------|------------------------------|
+| {id} | string | Required | {Unique identifier of user} |
+| | | | |
+
+#### Query parameters
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+| Query parameter | Type | Required? | Description |
+|-----------------|------|-----------|-----------------------------------------|
+| {pageSize} | int | Optional | {The number of items to be returned in a single request. The default value is N.} |
+| | | | |
+
+#### Header parameters
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+| Header parameter | Type | Required? | Description |
+|------------------|--------|-----------|--------------------------------------|
+| {Content-Type} | string | Required | {Media type of the resource. Must be an object.} |
+| | | | |
+
+#### Request body
+
+{This section is optional.}
+
+| Field | Type | Required? | Description |
+|--------|--------|-----------|----------------------------------|
+| {id} | string | Required | {Unique identifier of the user} |
+| {name} | string | Optional | {Name of the user} |
+
+### Request example
+
+```text
+{Provide an example of the API request, filled with sample values.}
+```
+
+### Response schema
+
+| Status code | Schema | Description |
+|-------------|-----------------------------------------|----------------------|
+| `2xx` | [{ExampleDataType}](#data-model) | {Describe the result where the request succeeds.} |
+| `4xx` | [{ExampleErrorType}](#exampleerrortype) | {Describe the result where the request fails with the specified error code.} |
+
+### Response example
+
+```text
+{Provide an example of the API response, filled with sample values.}
+```
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=API%20reference) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/guide_bug-report.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/guide_bug-report.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7f76b61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/guide_bug-report.md
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Bug report user guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+## Introduction
+
+Bug reports play a crucial role in any software development process. They allow both developers and users to accurately track and understand unintended issues with project functionality.
+
+## Why do I need a Bug Report template?
+
+A Bug Report template provides a standardized framework for bug reports in a project, helping users and developers understand the necessary information to reproduce, understand, and fix a bug.
+
+When a developer needs clarification regarding critical bug-related information, relaying information from the party identifying the bug to the developers working on the underlying issue can waste time and resources. By providing a bug report template that covers important areas, it bridges the gap in information and enables effective bug resolution within a project, regardless of a reporter's technical abilities.
+
+## Bug Report best practices
+
+When writing bug reports:
+
+* Limit bug reports to a single bug per report.
+* Check the existing issues to ensure the bug has not already been reported.
+* Try to reproduce the bug more than once, including environment setup if possible.
+* Don't get lost in irrelevant details.
+* Don't make assumptions about why a bug occurs.
+* Provide as much proof of the bug as possible (logs and screenshots / video where necessary).
+
+When addressing, or responding to bug reports:
+
+* Identify any gaps in the information provided that may be important in reproducing the bug.
+* Communicate clearly in the report so the reporter, and anyone else viewing the report can understand any further inquiry, any provided workaround, or a provided solution.
+
+Depending on the work environment, issues may be assigned development related information. This information should be assigned by a project developer, and not necessarily a bug reporter. Potential categories of information that should be assigned by project staff include:
+
+* Priority
+* Weight
+* Assignees
+* Labels
+* Any other project level data, like milestones or epics
+
+## Content of the Bug Report template
+
+### About the "Title" section
+
+The title of a bug report serves as the primary means of discovering an issue. Both developers and project users often search for bug reports and issues. A descriptive title reduces the number of duplicate bug reports and allows users to find and utilize information provided in existing bug reports.
+
+### About the "Summary" section
+
+Specific context and detail may not fit within the title of a bug report. Edge cases often arise under explicit conditions, and a summary provides context for a bug, allowing developers to group related bug reports or prioritize bugs without delving into the details.
+
+Including an optional summary section enables reporters to quickly summarize the specific nature and conditions of a bug. A concise summary ensures that key information isn't lost when extensive detail is provided in the report.
+
+### About the "Environment" section
+
+Bugs are often encountered in specific environments. Providing detailed information about the system environment in which a bug occurred is crucial for developers to identify the root cause. Even if reproduction is impossible, knowledge of an environment where a bug occurred can reveal key differences in operation on different systems, guiding development practices.
+
+### About the "Steps to reproduce" section
+
+Detailing the specific steps taken to encounter the bug allows developers to identify any errors in the process or accurately reproduce the bug if the environment can be replicated.
+
+### About the "Observed behavior" section
+
+Detailing the observed behavior provides developers with an understanding of the bug's effects. Observations that may not be evident in logging or output can offer insights that assist in identifying the bug's cause. For example, if a specific step takes longer than expected, it may indicate a connection to the issue. Detailing such observations is important, while providing personal perspectives on the cause can be distracting or provide incorrect information. Manual review and acknowledgment by the reporter can provide accurate information, unlike relying solely on logs.
+
+### About the "Expected behavior" section
+
+Detailing the expected behavior of the product without the bug can be as simple as stating "should not produce an error." However, for edge cases or specific product uses, the bug reporter's expectations may differ from the product's intended behavior. This disparity may indicate an issue with product documentation or the reporter's understanding. Identifying these differences early in the bug reporting process saves developers from investigating bug reports that may be rooted solely in the reporter's expectations.
+
+### About the "Proof" section
+
+Allocating space for providing proof of a bug allows reporters to provide screenshots, logs, videos, or other forms of hard evidence. Proof not only confirms the validity of a bug report but can also provide additional bug-related information beyond what the reporter can provide.
+
+### About the "Test data" section
+
+Products that require input may contain bugs that are not easily identified due to the variety of potential input. Sharing test data that led to the bug allows for accurate reproduction of the issue, simplifying the developer's process of identifying and resolving the bug.
+
+Test data may contain sensitive information and should be redacted before reporting a bug. Reporters should be encouraged to redact the data and test it again to ensure that any provided test data still triggers the bug.
+
+### About the "Additional context" section
+
+Additional context can provide critical information for finding the root cause of a bug. Bugs may only occur under specific conditions, during certain processes, or when system resources are being consumed by other processes. The product itself may shape what additional context is desirable in a bug report. Identifying common conditions associated with increased bugs and performance issues becomes significantly easier if bug reporters know to provide context related to those conditions.
+
+### Project information
+
+Depending on the platform used, issues may have additional project-related information attached. This information is directed toward project management and internal issue tracking and is not covered in this template. If a reporter is also a project maintainer, they may add this information.
+
+Some examples of project oriented information are:
+
+* Severity
+* Assigned project members
+* Labels
+* Milestone
+* Status
+* Resolution
+
+## Additional Bug Report resources
+
+* How to create an issue (GitHub): https://docs.github.com/en/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue
+* How to create an issue (GitLab): https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/project/issues/create_issues.html
+* Issue templates for GitHub: https://github.com/MarketingPipeline/Awesome-Repo-Template/tree/main/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE
+* Issue templates for GitLab: https://www.garybell.co.uk/gitlab-issue-templates/
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Bug%20report%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/template_bug-report.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/template_bug-report.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2c887720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/bug-report/template_bug-report.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Bug Report Template
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](guide_bug-report.md).
+>
+> This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.
+
+## Title
+
+{A description of the issue using key words relating to the issue. 50 to 80 characters recommended. Description should cover the problem, the action, and the location (if relevant).}
+
+## Summary (optional)
+
+{If the title is insufficient for summarizing the bug, use the summary to detail the bug as concisely as possible. 3-4 sentences recommended.}
+
+## Environment
+
+{Detail the specific environment used when the bug was encountered.}
+
+* {Product version}
+* {Browser}
+* {Installed packages and versions}
+* {Operating system}
+* {Device model}
+* {Connection details (type, speed, any packet loss)}
+
+## Steps to reproduce
+
+{An ordered list of the steps taken where the result was encountering the bug. Include any observations of relevance such as unexpected output, visual glitches, unusual process duration.}
+
+* {Step 1}
+* {Step 2}
+* {Step 3}
+
+## Observed behavior
+
+{Briefly describe the result of the steps taken that resulted in the bug being encountered. Avoid any assumptions regarding the behavior.}
+
+## Expected behavior (optional)
+
+{Briefly describe the expected result of the steps taken.}
+
+## Proof (optional)
+
+{Provide a copy of any relevant logs, screenshots, or malformed output if relevant.}
+
+## Test data (optional)
+
+{If the bug is only encountered when using specific test data, provide a copy of that data. If the data needs to be redacted, please ensure the redacted data also causes the unexpected behavior using the same steps.}
+
+## Additional context (optional)
+
+{If any additional context is required, detail that context here.}
+
+{Please keep in mind the project team may need additional clarification after the report is submitted.}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Bug%20report) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/guide_changelog.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/guide_changelog.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15560cd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/guide_changelog.md
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+# Changelog guide
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## Introduction
+
+A changelog records all significant and noteworthy modifications you make to each release of a product in reverse-chronological order. Changes can be bug and issue fixes, feature enhancements, updates, additions, security updates, and other significant changes. Well-written changelogs provide a transparent and detailed view of the development approach, product evolution, and the organization's commitment to the product.
+
+Changelogs are often confused with release notes. They're both essential documents in software development for documenting and communicating product changes over time. However, there are several key differences between the two.
+
+| | Changelogs | Release notes |
+| -------- | ---------- | ------------- |
+| Audience | Technical product users or those interested in detailed code changes. | Technical and non-technical product users. |
+| Purpose | Document code changes made to a software project. | Describe changes to features and functionality at a high level. |
+| Scope | Is comprehensive and documents every change in the software, whether major or minor. | Is narrower and focuses on features and fixes relevant to the end user. |
+| Content | Uses technical, developer-focused language. | Uses plain language and avoids technical jargon. |
+
+## Why do I need a changelog?
+
+Changelogs provide several benefits to software development teams:
+
+* They help team members track their project work.
+* They show users that you are making progress on your project's development.
+* They can serve as onboarding tools for new team members. For example, team members can read the changelog to familiarize themselves with the project.
+
+Changelogs that follow a consistent format, style, and reporting cadence also help development teams to communicate and understand the reason behind the change by focusing on when the change was made, who made it, and why.
+
+## When do I need a changelog?
+
+Changelogs and release notes both inform users about changes to your software. However, they differ in terms of audience, purpose, scope, and content. When deciding whether to create a changelog or release notes, think about these questions:
+
+* Which audience are you targeting?
+ * Are the changes relevant to technical product users or non-technical product users? If the changes are relevant to both, you might consider creating a changelog and release notes for your project.
+* How much information do you want to provide?
+ * If you want to provide detailed, comprehensive information about the changes, a changelog might be best for your team. If you'd rather provide a high-level summary of the feature, then release notes might be suitable.
+* How often are product releases?
+ * If you release your software every three months, you might have a changelog that is long and hard to digest. In this case, release notes might be suitable because they provide a high-level overview of the changes.
+ * If you release your software every month, your team might benefit from changelogs to communicate changes to your users, as they might be shorter.
+
+## Content of the changelog template
+
+This section provides details about the different sections in the changelog template. The following sections are included in the template:
+
+* Version
+* Release highlights
+* Added
+* Changed
+* Deprecated
+* Fixed
+* Security
+* Breaking changes
+
+If you're in the early stages of building your application, you may only need the "added," "changed," and "fixed" sections. As your project evolves, you can include the other sections.
+
+Always include a link to the associated merge request or pull request for the entries in each section.
+
+### About the "Version" section
+
+In this section, you provide the version number for the release. You should use Semantic Versioning ([SemVer](https://semver.org/)) for the version number and YYYY-MM-DD International Date Format for the date. SemVer is the industry-standard way to write release versions.
+
+Here are some examples of writing version numbers:
+
+* 18.2.8 (2024-10-10)
+* 1.1.1 - 2023-03-05
+
+### About the "Release highlights" section
+
+The "Release highlights" section provides insight into new features, enhancements, and bug fixes for a release. Highlighting these changes benefits both developers and end users:
+
+* End users can identify key features and bug fixes for a release. This might encourage them to explore highlighted features, leading to increased feature adoption.
+* Developers can quickly understand the most significant changes in a release. For example, if the release contains breaking changes, developers can update their software immediately and plan to accommodate those changes.
+
+Each highlighted feature or enhancement should be a 1-2 sentence summary. You may optionally include a link to a release announcement or blog post.
+
+### About the "Added" section
+
+In this section, you describe any new features that were added since the last release. Provide a brief description of what the feature does. If the new feature makes your application faster, solves a problem, or makes the application more secure, highlight that here.
+
+Here are some examples:
+
+**Added**
+
+* Add Ubuntu 24.04 support [#66180](https://github.com/saltstack/salt/issues/66180) ([Salt changelog](https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md))
+
+### About the "Changed" section
+
+In this section, you describe any changes in existing functionality for your application. Provide a brief description of the change and how it improves your application. Some examples include improved error messages or faster load times for your application.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+**Changed**
+
+* Better mono-repo support: Nested node_modules/ folders are ignored by default [#1182](https://github.com/standard/standard/issues/1182)
+([Standard changelog](https://github.com/standard/standard/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md))
+
+### About the "Deprecated" section
+
+In this section, you list features that were deprecated for the release. Include a brief explanation of why the feature was deprecated, and provide recommended or alternative features to use instead.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+**Deprecated**
+
+* Removed ExpiredSignature, InvalidAudience, and InvalidIssuer. Use ExpiredSignatureError, InvalidAudienceError, and InvalidIssuerError instead.
+([PyJWT changelog](https://pyjwt.readthedocs.io/en/2.1.0/changelog.html))
+
+### About the "Fixed" section
+
+In this section, you highlight any bugs that were fixed during the release. Provide a brief description of the bug fix and how the fix benefits the user.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+**Fixed**
+
+* MNT: Replace deprecated DataFrame.append call (#833)
+([PyBIDS](https://github.com/bids-standard/pybids/blob/master/CHANGELOG.rst))
+
+### About the "Security" section
+
+In this section, you list any resolved common vulnerabilities and exposures (CVEs) or other improvements to your software's security.
+
+If you find a CVE in your software, you report the CVE to the CVE Program, which identifies, defines, and catalogs publicly disclosed cybersecurity vulnerabilities. After you complete the reporting process, you receive a CVE ID, which references the vulnerability. Users can use the CVE ID to look up details about the vulnerability in the CVE program database.
+
+It is important that you provide clear, concise details about the nature of the CVE so your users know how the CVE will affect their system. You should also include the CVE ID in the changelog entry.
+
+Visit the [CVE Program website](https://www.cve.org/about/Process) for more information about the process for submitting a CVE.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+**Security**
+
+* secrets/identity: A privileged Vault operator with write permissions to the root namespace's identity endpoint could escalate their privileges to Vault's root policy (CVE-2024-9180) HCSEC-2024-21 ([Vault changelog](https://github.com/hashicorp/vault/blob/main/CHANGELOG.md))
+
+### About the "Breaking changes" section
+
+In this section, you describe any breaking changes to your software, such as:
+
+* Deleting or adding resources to your API
+* Changing project dependencies
+* Modifying the behavior of existing functions
+
+If users need to upgrade their application as a result of the breaking change, you should include that information here and include any instructions to upgrade.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Changelog%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/process_changelog.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/process_changelog.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e906fab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/process_changelog.md
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# Changelog process
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this document for best practices about how to research, write, and maintain this type of content. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## How to research a changelog
+
+We recommend collaborating with the department that manages changelogs at your organization-this could be software developers, product development, or quality assurance. Some general tips include:
+
+* Know your audience. Internal and external audiences can view changelogs-sometimes even both audiences. Internal audiences may require more technical language, while external audiences may need user-friendly language. You should determine if the changelog is viewable for a public audience prior to the changelog creation.
+* Pick a style and format. There are different options for formatting and style when it comes to creating a changelog. Using a specific style and format makes the content easier for a reader to skim-and makes it easier for the writer to create changelogs.
+
+### Automated or manual changelogs
+
+It's also important to think about how you will write your changelog: by manually drafting commit entries or by using a changelog automation tool. Changelog automation tools like [standard-version](https://github.com/conventional-changelog/standard-version) or [towncrier](https://pypi.org/project/towncrier/) generate a changelog based on your commits, which can save you time. Manually writing changelog entries might take longer, but you can be more selective with the entries that appear in the changelog.
+
+| | Automation | Manual |
+| -------- | ---------- | ------------- |
+| Time | Takes less time to generate. | May take more time to write each entry.|
+| Onboarding | Can require readers and writers to learn, install, and configure specific tooling to generate content. | Has little to no learning curve for readers and writers. |
+| Readability | Tooling can cause all commits to be included, which may make the changelog harder to read. | Allows more agency for writers when deciding what is necessary to include in a changelog. |
+
+### Additional considerations
+
+We recommend addressing the following topics regarding changelogs:
+
+* Adopt a best practice for ensuring manual changelog entries are both well-thought-out and comprehensive.
+* Establish criteria to determine which changes should be included in a manually written changelog.
+* Develop standards around formatting Git commit messages for automated changelogs.
+* Address the process for handling Security issues, especially Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE's).
+ * There is a process for reporting any CVE's found in your software.
+ * Depending on the severity of the CVE, there may be legal ramifications if the CVE is not reported.
+ * We recommend learning more about CVE's from https://www.cve.org/.
+
+## How to write a changelog
+
+The following tips may be useful when writing a manual changelog:
+
+* Label changelog entries for ease of use.
+ * Added, Changed, Deprecated, Removed, Fixed, and Security are common labels for sorting changelog entries.
+* Give credit where credit is due. If you use GitHub or GitLab, tag your project's contributors in the changelog itself or by including a link to the pull request they created. Most companies and teams have a precedent for this.
+* Determine if the change needs to be documented. Not all changes have to be included in a changelog.
+ * In general, any breaking changes, user-facing changes, or changes related to security should always be documented.
+* Keep it short. Changelogs are meant to be read by humans, not machines. They have to be long enough to make sense but concise enough to be efficient.
+ * Examples:
+ * MNT: Replace deprecated DataFrame.append call (#833) ([PyBIDS](https://github.com/bids-standard/pybids/blob/master/CHANGELOG.rst))
+ * Removed ExpiredSignature, InvalidAudience, and InvalidIssuer. Use ExpiredSignatureError, InvalidAudienceError, and InvalidIssuerError instead.
+([PyJWT changelog](https://pyjwt.readthedocs.io/en/2.1.0/changelog.html))
+* Include links to commits. This can help explain the rationale behind any changes being made. Links are often added at the end of a changelog entry with parentheses and the commit issue number.
+ * Examples:
+ * Better mono-repo support: Nested node_modules/ folders are ignored by default [#1182](https://github.com/standard/standard/issues/1182) ([Standard changelog](https://github.com/standard/standard/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md))
+ * Add Ubuntu 24.04 support [#66180](https://github.com/saltstack/salt/issues/66180) ([Salt changelog](https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md))
+
+## How to maintain changelogs
+
+Changelogs are most useful when you update them consistently. Here are some helpful recommendations:
+
+* Sort entries in reverse chronological order. Keeping the most recent changes at the top of a changelog is useful for the audience.
+* Use Semantic Versioning ([SemVer](https://semver.org/)) to keep different versions of a project separated. This will help when it comes time to run tests, de-bug, or get an efficient summary of the state of a project.
+* Follow the ISO standard (YYYY-MM-DD) for dates to avoid confusion. This format is easiest to sort and list dates in chronological order. Additionally, using the ISO format makes it easier for readers to process the chronological information.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Changelog%20process) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/resources_changelog.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/resources_changelog.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a582be93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/resources_changelog.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Changelog resources
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this document to see high-quality examples of the template in action and to review the resources that were consulted when this template was created. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## Examples of changelogs
+
+* [Writing good changelog entries](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/changelog.html#writing-good-changelog-entries) - GitLab lists several examples of good and bad changelog entries, with additional information explaining why the example is good or bad.
+* [Keep a Changelog](https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.1.0/) - Keep a Changelog has a scrollable Changelog file on their site. This shows actual examples of changelog entries in a specific style and format.
+* [Angular](https://github.com/angular/angular/blob/main/CHANGELOG.md) - Angular is an open-source web development framework.
+* [Grafana](https://github.com/grafana/grafana/blob/main/CHANGELOG.md) - Grafana is an observability and data visualization platform.
+
+## References
+
+The authors of this template want to acknowledge the resources that were consulted in the making of this template and how it informed certain elements of the template.
+
+| Source material | Best practice or section |
+| -------- | ---------- |
+|[Keep a changelog](https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.1.0/)| Guiding principles and tags for changelogs. Also includes a general FAQ about changelogs, formatting, and maintenance. |
+|[Common changelog](https://common-changelog.org)| Demonstrates a different style and formatting method than Keep a Changelog. Also includes general tips and examples. |
+|[Writing good changelog entries](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/changelog.html#writing-good-changelog-entries)| Contains examples of good and bad changelog entries. Explains what makes each example good or bad. |
+|[Changelog example, format and how to write a changelog?](https://amoeboids.com/blog/changelog-how-to-write-good-one/)| Details how to maintain a changelog.|
+|[The dos and don'ts of keeping a changelog](https://devm.io/programming/dos-donts-keeping-changelog-147373) | Has a helpful "What Not to Do" section.|
+|[A Beginner's Guide to Git - What is a Changelog and How to Generate it](https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/a-beginners-guide-to-git-what-is-a-changelog-and-how-to-generate-it/) | How to automate changelogs, including different changelogs automation tools.|
+|[CVE Program Mission](https://www.cve.org/) | Provides information about CVE's, how to report them, and what the CVE Program does.|
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Changelog%20resources) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/template_changelog.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/template_changelog.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f05ef940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/changelog/template_changelog.md
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+# Changelog template
+
+{If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [changelog template guide](/changelog/guide_changelog.md).}
+
+{This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.}
+
+## {MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH} - {YYYY-MM-DD}
+
+{The version number should be listed first. You should use Semantic Versioning ([SemVer](https://semver.org/)) for the version number and International Date Format [ISO 8601](https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) for the date.}
+
+## Release highlights
+
+{Use this section to provide an overview of the most important changes in this release. This section should be a bulleted list.}
+
+* {Feature Name}: {Summary}
+* {Feature Name}: {Summary}
+* {Feature Name}: {Summary}
+
+## Added
+
+{Use this section to list any new features that have been added since the last release. If you build your changelog from Git commits, the feature description and commit number will be added automatically.}
+
+{Start each description with a verb, such as "Fixed", "Improved", or "Added."}
+
+{Replace "Commit number" with the commit number for the feature. Remember to update the link text for the commit and contributor handle.}
+
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+
+## Changed
+
+{Use this section to list changes in existing functionality for your application. If you build your changelog from Git commits, the feature description and commit number will be added automatically.}
+
+{Start each description with a verb, such as "Fixed", "Improved", or "Added."}
+
+{Replace "Commit number" with the commit number for the feature. Remember to update the link text for the commit and contributor handle.}
+
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+
+## Deprecated
+
+{Use this section to list features that were deprecated for the release. If you build your changelog from Git commits, the feature description and commit number will be added automatically.}
+
+{Start each description with a verb, such as "Fixed", "Improved", or "Added."}
+
+{Replace "Commit number" with the commit number for the feature. Remember to update the link text for the commit and contributor handle.}
+
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+
+## Fixed
+
+{Use this section to highlight bugs that were fixed during the release. If you build your changelog from Git commits, the feature description and commit number will be added automatically.}
+
+{Start each description with a verb, such as "Fixed", "Improved", or "Added."}
+
+{Replace "Commit number" with the commit number for the feature. Remember to update the link text for the commit and contributor handle.}
+
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+
+## Security
+
+{Use this section to list any resolved common vulnerabilities and exposures (CVEs) or other improvements to your software's security. If you build your changelog from Git commits, the feature description and commit number will be added automatically.}
+
+{Start each description with a verb, such as "Fixed", "Improved", or "Added."}
+
+{Replace "Commit number" with the commit number for the feature. Remember to update the link text for the commit and contributor handle.}
+
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+
+## Breaking changes
+
+{Use this section to list any breaking changes to your software. If you build your changelog from Git commits, the feature description and commit number will be added automatically.}
+
+{Start each description with a verb, such as "Fixed", "Improved", or "Added."}
+
+{Replace "Commit number" with the commit number for the feature. Remember to update the link text for the commit and contributor handle.}
+
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+* {Feature description} {[Commit number](https://www.github.com)} {[Contributor handle](https://www.github.com/username)}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Changelog%20template) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/guide_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/guide_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..613d5dc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/guide_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+# Code of Conduct incident record template guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+This is the guide that explains how to use the Good Docs Project Code of Conduct incident record, which is part of the Code of Conduct template set.
+
+The Code of Conduct template set includes:
+
+* **Code of Conduct** - Use to create and explain your community's Code of Conduct.
+* **Code of Conduct response plan** - Use to create and explain the policy your team will follow as you handle Code of Conduct incidents.
+* **Code of Conduct incident record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator takes an incident report from a community member.
+* **Code of Conduct remediation record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator meets with a community member to explain the consequences of a Code of Conduct violation.
+
+You might also consider using the `../our-team/template_our-team.md` template to let your community members know who they can contact to report a Code of Conduct violation. This document is useful beyond Code of Conduct violations. It is a core document that helps you clearly communicate who belongs to your open source project or organization.
+
+---
+
+## Why do I need a Code of Conduct incident record?
+
+See the `guide_code-of-conduct.md` for reasons to incorporate a Code of Conduct and response plan.
+
+The Code of Conduct incident record is part of the documentation that needs to be kept when investigating and resolving Code of Conduct incidents.
+It is important to file this documentation to enable the community moderators to identify and prevent potential repeated patterns of abuse in the community.
+
+## Content of the Code of Conduct incident record template
+
+The following sections provide guidance about how to fill out each section of the Code of Conduct incident record template.
+
+:information_source: The Code of Conduct incident record template includes boilerplate text that you can customize or adapt, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text.
+
+### About the "Introduction" section
+
+The *Introduction* section includes a description of the goals the community moderator should keep in mind while taking an incident report from an individual.
+The community moderator should refer to this section regularly to ensure that the incident reporter feels safe and supported throughout the process.
+The moderator should default to believing the incident reporter.
+
+### About the "Incident number" section
+
+Follow your organization's incident number protocol in assigning an incident number.
+
+The incident number can include the date an investigation was opened.
+For example, yyyy-001.
+
+### About the "Name of community moderator who took the report" section
+
+The community moderator who took the report lists their name here.
+
+### About the "Reporter's contact information" section
+
+This section is optional.
+If the reporter is comfortable giving their name and contact information, note that information here.
+
+### About the "Permission from incident reporter to proceed?" section
+
+Ask the incident reporter for permission to proceeed.
+Indicate their response in thise section.
+
+If an incident reporter does not give permission to proceed with an investigation, they will be given the option to hold the report "in escrow."
+Escrowed reports will not be acted upon until there is a second report of the same incident or a similar incident involving the same individual.
+The goal of an escrow report is to retain a record of incidents in case there is a pattern of misbehavior by the same individual.
+
+If the reporter wants to keep the report in escrow, the incident record should still be filled out and filed in the appropriate archives for future tracking.
+
+### About the "Date, time, and location of incident" section
+
+This section is optional. Indicate the date, time, or location of the incident if known.
+
+### About the "Additional witnesses or contacts" section
+
+If the incident reporter mentions that other individuals were involved or present as witnesses, list those individuals here.
+If possible, note their contact information.
+
+### About the "Incident description" section
+
+After listening to the incident reporter's description of the incident, write the details here.
+
+As indicated on the template, remember to only document information required to inform the report resolution.
+Where possible, avoid documenting your opinion about the incident, or any information about individuals that is not relevant to the report.
+
+## Additional resources
+
+In creating this form, the authors were inspired by the [Otter Tech Code of Conduct Enforcement Training](https://otter.technology/code-of-conduct-training/).
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct%20incident%20record%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/template_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/template_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e83827d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-incident-record/template_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# {Organization name} Code of Conduct incident record
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md).
+
+---
+
+TIPS FOR THE COMMUNITY MODERATOR:
+When gathering information from an incident reporter, strive for these goals:
+
+* **Safety** - Bring in another community moderator if something about the situation is unsafe or dangerous, but avoid inviting too many moderators into the discussion. You might make the incident reporter feel overwhelmed if there are too many moderators.
+* **Privacy** - Where possible, always strive to uphold the incident reporter's privacy. Obtain permission to proceed with the investigation.
+* **Empathy** - Be an understanding, active listener who recognizes the real emotions being felt by the incident reporter. For example, say: "It sounds like you felt (this emotion) when (this thing happened)."
+* **Support** - You should default to believing the reporter. Ask if there's anything you can do to make the incident reporter feel safe, emotionally whole, or restored. Explain the possible outcomes that are available, as provided in the [Code of Conduct](CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) (correction, warning, temporary ban, permanent ban). However, avoid making any direct promises for exactly how the report will be handled until the investigation is concluded.
+* **Acknowledgment** - At the end of the meeting, thank the incident reporter for being part of the community and for reaching out about the incident. Let the reporter know that you will be in touch to explain how the incident will be resolved after the investigation is complete.
+
+## Incident number
+
+{Assign a number to this incident for tracking purposes.
+It can include the date an investigation was opened.
+For example, yyyy-001.}
+
+## Name of community moderator who took the report
+
+{Put your name here.}
+
+## Name of incident reporter
+
+{If the reporter wants to be anonymous, include a simple description of their role or involvement in the project.}
+
+## Reporter's contact information (optional)
+
+{Ask the reporter if they would like to provide their name and contact information.
+If yes, fill in the contact information.}
+
+## Permission from incident reporter to proceed?
+
+{Yes/no.} {If no, ask if they would like to hold the report in escrow.}
+
+## Date, time, and location of incident (optional)
+
+{yyyy-mm-dd} {time} {location}.
+
+## Additional witnesses or contacts (optional)
+
+{List anyone who might be able to provide additional information as part of the investigation.}
+
+## Incident description
+
+{Only document information required to inform the report resolution.
+Where possible, avoid documenting your opinion about the incident, or any information about individuals that is not relevant to the report.}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct%20incident%20record) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/guide_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/guide_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..690259ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/guide_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# Code of Conduct remediation record template guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+This is the guide that explains how to use the Good Docs Project Code of Conduct remediation record, which is part of the Code of Conduct template set.
+
+The Code of Conduct template set includes:
+
+* **Code of Conduct** - Use to create and explain your community's Code of Conduct.
+* **Code of Conduct response plan** - Use to create and explain the policy your team will follow as you handle Code of Conduct incidents.
+* **Code of Conduct incident record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator takes an incident report from a community member.
+* **Code of Conduct remediation record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator meets with a community member to explain the consequences of a Code of Conduct violation.
+
+You might also consider using the `../our-team/template_our-team.md` template to let your community members know who they can contact to report a Code of Conduct violation. This document is useful beyond Code of Conduct violations. It is a core document that helps you clearly communicate who belongs to your open source project or organization.
+
+---
+
+## Why do I need a Code of Conduct remediation record?
+
+See the `guide_code-of-conduct.md` for reasons to incorporate a Code of Conduct and response plan.
+
+The Code of Conduct remediation record is part of the documentation that needs to be kept when investigating and resolving Code of Conduct incidents.
+It is important to file this documentation to enable the community moderators to identify and prevent potential repeated patterns of abuse in the community.
+
+## Content of the Code of Conduct remediation record template
+
+The following sections provide guidance about how to fill out each section of the Code of Conduct remediation record template.
+
+:information_source: The Code of Conduct remediation record template includes boilerplate text that you can customize or adapt, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text.
+
+### About the "Introduction" section
+
+The *Introduction* section includes a description of the goals the community moderator should keep in mind while taking an incident report from an individual.
+The community moderator should refer to this section regularly to ensure that they stay focused on the goal of explaining the outcome of the Code of Conduct violation.
+These meetings have the potential to be stressful and full of high emotions.
+The introduction section provides some guidelines for keeping these meetings under control.
+
+### About the "Incident number" section
+
+The incident number should match the same incident number assigned on the [Code of Conduct incident record](../code-of-conduct-incident-record/template_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md) for this incident.
+
+### About the "Name of community moderator who remediated the incident" section
+
+List the name of the community moderator who remediated the incident here.
+
+### About the "Name of community member involved in the incident" section
+
+List the name of the individual who committed the Code of Conduct violation here.
+
+### About the "Outcome" section
+
+Indicate the outcome of the Code of Conduct violation, as discussed with the other community moderators.
+
+### About the "Behavior modification plan" section
+
+Indicate the steps that will be taken as part of the outcome of the Code of Conduct violation.
+For example, if the outcome is a temporary ban from the community, indicate what steps will be taken to remove the individual's access to community forums, repositories, etc.
+
+### About the "Do you agree to follow the plan?" section
+
+After explaining the behavior modification plan, the community moderator should ask directly whether the individual will agree to follow the plan and note their response here.
+
+### About the "Consequences if they do not agree to the behavior modification plan" section
+
+In this section, list the consequences for failing to agree to the behavior modification plan.
+The suggested consequence is removal from the community.
+
+### About the "Who can they appeal this decision to?" section
+
+Fill out the details for appealing a decision in this form.
+If the appeals process doesn't change, simply add that to this form from the start for all incidents.
+
+### About the "Reported person's response to the plan" section
+
+Record the details of how the reported person responded to the plan here.
+
+### About the "Additional information gathered" section
+
+If any additional information needed, it can be noted here.
+
+## Additional resources
+
+In creating this form, the authors were inspired by the [Otter Tech Code of Conduct Enforcement Training](https://otter.technology/code-of-conduct-training/).
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct%20remediation%20record%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/template_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/template_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a54da63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-remediation-record/template_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# {Organization name} Code of Conduct remediation record
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md).
+
+---
+
+TIPS FOR THE COMMUNITY MODERATOR:
+When meeting with a community member to explain the outcome of a Code of Conduct violation, strive for these goals:
+
+* **Preparation** - Simply tell the community member beforehand that you wish to discuss an issue privately. Invite only one other community moderator for support if needed.
+* **Calmness** - When explaining what behavior prompted the Code of Conduct investigation, calmly state what the behavior was without judgment or emotion. State the impact on the incident reporter or the community.
+* **Clarity** - Set a clear behavior modification plan. If possible, get the community member to agree to this plan.
+* **Privacy** - Do not disclose the identity of the incident reporter or allow them to be contacted. If the community member under investigation wants to contact the incident reporter to apologize, explain that you can take the apology on their behalf. With your permission, a public apology may be acceptable under the circumstances.
+
+## Incident number
+
+{Use the same incident number that was assigned to the incident report.}
+
+## Name of community moderator who remediated the incident
+
+{Put your name here.}
+
+## Name of community member involved in the incident
+
+{List the name of the community member who committed the Code of Conduct violation.}
+
+## Severity level
+
+Select one:
+
+[ ] High
+[ ] Medium
+[ ] Low
+
+## Impact level
+
+Select one:
+
+[ ] High
+[ ] Low
+
+## Outcome
+
+Select one:
+
+[ ] Correction
+[ ] Warning
+[ ] Temporary ban
+[ ] Permanent ban
+[ ] None
+
+{List any additional details about the outcome and consequences as needed.}
+
+## Behavior modification plan
+
+{List the details of the behavior modification plan as discussed with the other community moderators.}
+
+## Do you agree to follow the plan?
+
+{Yes/no.} {If no, proceed to the consequences listed in the next section.}
+
+## Consequences if they do not agree to the behavior modification plan
+
+{List the consequences if the community member who committed the Code of Conduction violation does not agree to the plan.
+The suggested consequence is removal from the community.}
+
+## Who can they appeal this decision to?
+
+{Explain the options for appealing a decision as explained in the Code of Conduct policy.
+Explain that they must still comply with the incident response plan even if an appeal process is underway.}
+
+## Reported person's response to the plan
+
+{Provide details about how the community member responded to the proposed plan.}
+
+## Additional information gathered
+
+{List any other observations or notes as needed.}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct%20remediation%20record) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/guide_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/guide_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d51565c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/guide_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+# Code of Conduct response plan template guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+This is the guide that explains how to use the Good Docs Project Code of Conduct response plan, which is part of the Code of Conduct template set.
+
+The Code of Conduct template set includes:
+
+* **Code of Conduct** - Use to create and explain your community's Code of Conduct.
+* **Code of Conduct response plan** - Use to create and explain the policy your team will follow as you handle Code of Conduct incidents.
+* **Code of Conduct incident record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator takes an incident report from a community member.
+* **Code of Conduct remediation record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator meets with a community member to explain the consequences of a Code of Conduct violation.
+
+You might also consider using the `../our-team/template_our-team.md` template to let your community members know who they can contact to report a Code of Conduct violation. This document is useful beyond Code of Conduct violations. It is a core document that helps you clearly communicate who belongs to your open source project or organization.
+
+---
+
+## Why do I need a Code of Conduct and a response plan?
+
+See the `guide_code-of-conduct.md` for reasons to incorporate a Code of Conduct and response plan.
+
+## Content of the Code of Conduct response plan template
+
+The following sections provide guidance about how to fill out each section of the Code of Conduct response plan template.
+
+:information_source: The Code of Conduct response plan template includes boilerplate text that you can customize or adapt, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. If you use the boilerplate text, make sure you replace the project name placeholders with your own project name.
+
+### About the "Introduction" section
+
+The introduction section explains the purpose of the response plan document.
+
+### About the "Community moderators" section
+
+In the *Community moderators* section, you can list the names of the community moderators or link to a document that lists the community moderators, such as a website that uses the [Our Team](../our-team/template_our-team.md) template.
+
+Alternatively, you could list the names of the community moderators and their preferred contact information, such as their Slack handles.
+You could also link to a dedicated email address or contact form.
+
+Remember to respect your community moderator's privacy by only including contact methods that go through official project channels, such as community forums or project-issued email accounts.
+Don't include personal email addresses or contact information.
+The goal is to strike a balance between making your moderators easy to contact while also respecting their privacy.
+
+### About the "Contacting a community moderator" section
+
+In the *Contacting a community moderator* section, provide clear instructions for the best way to contact the community moderators.
+Filling out this section will require some pre-work on your part to clearly think through how community moderators should be contacted.
+
+### About the "Community moderator values" section
+
+In this section, articulate the values that your community moderators should strive to uphold.
+You can customize the provided boilerplate text or write your own.
+
+### About the "Requirements for community moderators" section
+
+In this section, explain the eligibility requirements for your community moderators.
+Once again, this section will require some pre-work for you to think through what your community moderators will need to do to be prepared to serve in this role:
+
+* How should individuals be selected or nominated to serve in this role?
+* What qualifications should someone in this role have?
+* What training will be required to serve in this role?
+
+Community moderators do need training in handling Code of Conduct incidents in order to be effective in this role.
+
+Some training options and resources you can consider using:
+
+* **[The Code of Conduct book](https://frameshiftconsulting.com/resources/code-of-conduct-book/)** - This free book can act as a baseline guide for handling Code of Conduct incidents. Your community moderator team could possibly host a book club and go through the chapters together, discussing them as they go. The authors of this book also offer Code of Conduct training workshops.
+* **[Mozilla's Community Participation Guidelines Enforcement](https://mozilla.teachable.com/p/cpg-training-contributors)** - This free course was developed by Mozilla for Mozilla community moderators and only takes a few hours to complete. However, be aware that this course is not as comprehensive as your community may need. The training is also specific to Mozilla's Code of Conduct, although some of its principles are general enough to apply to many projects.
+* **[Otter Tech Code of Conduct Enforcement Training](https://otter.technology/code-of-conduct-training/)** - Otter Tech is a diversity and inclusion consulting firm that offers regular workshops. The course provides a general framework for how to respond to Code of Conduct violations and provides many opportunities to role-play and practice acting as a community moderator. The Otter Tech training is excellent, but expensive and is only offered in U.S. friendly time zones.
+* If there are other resources that we are not aware of, please [open an issue](https://github.com/thegooddocsproject/templates/issues) to let us know!
+
+In addition to these resources, we recommend holding regular practice sessions with your community moderators where you role-play what it would be like to handle an actual incident if one were to occur.
+Try creating a hypothetical situation and see if you can take it through the entire process to its conclusion.
+
+### About the "Community moderator terms of service" section
+
+In this section, describe your plan for rotating community moderators or limiting terms of service if needed.
+
+### About the "Reviewing the Code of Conduct" section
+
+In the *Reviewing the Code of Conduct* section, indicate your timetable for reviewing the Code of Conduct and supporting policy documents.
+
+Consider reviewing your Code of Conduct and your response plan on a yearly basis at least.
+An annual review can also be a good time to check that each community moderator is familiar with your Code of Conduct policies and that they have been sufficiently trained in handling Code of Conduct incidents.
+Ensure that someone in your community is responsible for regularly reviewing the Code of Conduct policies.
+If your community uses a calendar, add an event to your calendar to remind you to do the yearly review.
+
+### About the "Key terms used in this document" section
+
+This section explains the meaning of the terms used throughout the remainder of the document.
+You may change these terms if you'd rather use different ones.
+If you do change the terms, make sure you find and replace all instances of the old term in the document.
+
+### About the "Handling incident reports" section
+
+The *Handling incident reports* section includes several subsections.
+It makes up the main body of this document and explains how you will handle incident reports.
+
+The remediation process explained in this template was based on the Mozilla process for handling incidents.
+Feel free to adapt the process for your community if needed.
+Whatever you do, we want you to truly make this process your own.
+Take time to really think through the logistics of how to make this process work for your community.
+
+:information_source: All of the sections in the Code of Conduct response plan template includes boilerplate text that you can customize or adapt, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. If you use the boilerplate text, make sure you replace the project name placeholders with your own project name.
+
+### About the "Overview" section
+
+The *Overview* section provides a brief overview of the different phases of handling a Code of Conduct incident.
+
+### About the "Listen" section
+
+The *Listen* section explains the policy and procedures for meeting with a Code of Conduct incident reporter to gather information about the Code of Conduct violation.
+
+At the end of this phase, the investigating moderator should fill out a [Code of Conduct incident record](../code-of-conduct-incident-record/template_code-of-conduct-incident-record.md).
+
+### About the "Triage" section
+
+The *Triage* section provides guidelines for assigning an initial severity and impact assessment.
+
+* **Severity** refers to the overall seriousness of the behavior and the risk that behavior will be repeated.
+* **Impact** refers to how public the incident was and the number of community members who were or who could have been impacted by the incident, especially members of marginalized communities.
+
+You may use your own assessment categories and definitions if preferred.
+
+### About the "Recommend" section
+
+The *Recommend* section provides guidelines for recommending a suggested response to the Code of Conduct incident.
+
+### About the "Respond" section
+
+The *Respond* section explains how to meet with the accused individual to deliver the suggested response and behavior modification plan.
+
+At the beginning of this phase, the investigating moderator should fill out the [Code of Conduct remediation record](../code-of-conduct-remediation-record/template_code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md).
+
+### About the "Resolve" section
+
+The *Resolve* section explains how to conclude the Code of Conduct investigation by filing the necessary paperwork for record-keeping purposes.
+
+It is important to record and store this documentation to enable the community moderators to identify and prevent potential repeated patterns of abuse in the community.
+
+### About the "Handling incident appeals" section
+
+The *Handling incident appeals* provides guidelines for handling incident appeals.
+
+Filling out this section will require some pre-work on your part to clearly think through which team should best handle appeals.
+
+### About the "Preventing conflicts of interest" section
+
+The *Preventing conflicts of interest* section explains the conditions that can be considered a conflict of interest and the steps that should be taken if a community moderator has a conflict of interest.
+
+## Additional resources
+
+The authors of this template cannot stress enough the important of ensuring your community moderators are trained in the protocol and best practices for handling Code of Conduct incidents.
+
+The following lists some of the resources for training your moderators that were mentioned earlier in this guide:
+
+* [The Code of Conduct book](https://frameshiftconsulting.com/resources/code-of-conduct-book/)
+* [Mozilla's Community Participation Guidelines Enforcement](https://mozilla.teachable.com/p/cpg-training-contributors)
+* [Otter Tech Code of Conduct Enforcement Training](https://otter.technology/code-of-conduct-training/)
+
+Once again, if there are other resources that we are not aware of, please [open an issue](https://github.com/thegooddocsproject/templates/issues) to let us know!
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct%20response%20plan%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12ce0150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+# {Organization name} Code of Conduct response plan
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md).
+
+---
+
+This document explains:
+
+* How to contact the current {Project name} community moderators to report a [Code of Conduct](code-of-conduct.md) incident.
+* The policies and procedures that community moderators should follow when responding to a Code of Conduct incident.
+* Additional governing policies for the community moderator team (also sometimes referred to as the "Code of Conduct committee").
+
+## Community moderators
+
+For a list of the current {Project name} community moderators and the best way to reach them, see [Community Moderators](our-team.md).
+You may contact any of these individuals to make a Code of Conduct incident report.
+
+{Instead of linking to a separate page, you could list the names of the community moderators and their preferred contact information.}
+
+## Contacting a community moderator
+
+You can contact a community moderator to make a Code of Conduct incident report or to discuss the process and options related to Code of Conduct incidents.
+To make an incident report, send a message to the community moderator that you have the best working relationship with and feel most comfortable talking.
+
+To contact a moderator, please {describe your preferred contact method, such as sending a direct private message on Slack or some other method}.
+Community moderators will respond as soon as they possibly can.
+They might also request a one-on-one meeting with you (such as a phone call or online video conference) to get more information about the incident.
+
+## Community moderator values
+
+Community moderators should strive to:
+
+* Occupy a position of trust within {Project name} community.
+* Be active listeners who can show empathy and understanding when meeting with an incident responder.
+* Respect the privacy of incident reporters or other potentially sensitive and private information they may have access to in this role.
+* Be fair and open-minded when investigating an incident and recommending a response.
+* Develop healthy self-care strategies to prevent burnout and reduce personal stress.
+
+## Requirements for community moderators
+
+The {Project name} community moderators play an important role in the community because they help ensure the community is healthy, vibrant, and welcoming to all contributors.
+Because of the crucial nature of this role, potential community moderators should be invested in the long-term health of the
+{Project name} community and should be willing to develop a set of communication skills that may require some formal training.
+For that reason, individuals who are interested in serving as community moderators must:
+
+* Commit to a day or half-day formal training in incident response skills within {required time period} of joining the moderator team. Formal training involves taking an online training course in incident response skills, mediation, or arbitration. Or it could also involve participating in an informal workshop in incident response skills led by a current {Project name} moderator. Upon joining the moderator team, the new moderator can work with other moderators to develop a training plan and ensure this training requirement is met.
+* Be recommended for the team by either another community moderator or a member of the {Project name} core team. Nominated individuals should demonstrate the values and qualities necessary to carry out the responsibilities of community moderators. Note that {Project name} community members may first volunteer for consideration and then seek a recommendation afterwards.
+* Be active contributors to the {Project name} who have participated in the community for at least three months. Contributions can include authoring pull requests, submitting issues, attending meetings regularly, and participating in {Project name} community forums.
+* Not be subject of an ongoing {Project name} Code of Conduct incident.
+
+## Community moderator terms of service
+
+The {Project name} community moderator team should consist of 3-5 community members at a given time.
+To prevent burnout, community moderators should serve for a recommended term limit of {time period}, unless there have been few or no incidents in that space of time.
+Community members should stagger terms of service to ensure there is some continuity on the team over time.
+Community moderators may return to serve second terms after a break from service.
+If possible, outgoing community moderators should recommend a replacement from the community.
+
+## Reviewing the Code of Conduct
+
+The Code of Conduct and this document (the Code of Conduct response plan) should be reviewed by the moderator team at least once a year, typically in {time period}, to ensure these documents are meeting the needs of the community.
+The {Project name} community will notify the community of any revisions by publicizing the revisions in the community's {communication platforms used by the community}.
+
+## Key terms used in this document
+
+This section provides a definition of key terms and roles that appear in the incident response policy that follows this section:
+
+* **Incident** - A behavior by a member of the {Project name} that allegedly violates the community [Code of Conduct](code-of-conduct.md). Also known as a "Code of Conduct incident" or "conduct violation."
+* **Incident report** - Begins when a member of the {Project name} reports behavior that violates the community Code of Conduct. The incident report refers to the violating behavior that is then investigated by community moderators. Also sometimes referred to as the "report."
+* **Incident reporter** - The person who reports a Code of Conduct violation to a community moderator. Also sometimes referred to as the "reporter."
+* **Handling an incident report** - The process of investigating and resolving an incident report as explained using the processes and guidelines in the subsequent sections. Also known as "investigating a report."
+* **Investigating moderator** - The community moderator who will handle the incident report and ensure the report moves through all six stages. Also known as the "investigator."
+* **Accused individual** - The accused individual is the person who is alleged to have violated the Code of Conduct.
+* **Escrowed reports** - An incident report where the reporter has not give permission to proceed with an investigation. If the reporter gives permission to keep the report "in escrow," these escrowed reports will not be acted upon until there is a second report of the same incident or a similar incident involving the same individual. The goal of an escrow report is to retain a record of incidents in case there is a pattern of misbehavior by the same individual.
+
+## Handling incident reports
+
+An incident report begins when a member of {Project name} contacts a community moderator to report an incident.
+The moderator who is contacted should handle the incident report and should try to respond as soon as possible.
+This moderator will become the investigating moderator.
+
+The investigating moderator may involve another community moderator as an additional investigator or as a replacement investigator under these conditions:
+
+* If the moderator who was contacted by the incident reporter does not feel comfortable investigating and handling the incident alone.
+* If the moderator cannot handle the incident in a timely manner and must ask a different moderator to investigate the incident report.
+* If the moderator needs to be recused because of a conflict of interest.
+
+If the moderator who was contacted by an incident reporter intends to involve an additional community moderator for support or as a replacement, they should first inform the incident reporter, explain the circumstances, and offer the opportunity to withdraw their incident report if they are uncomfortable having another moderator involved.
+
+To promote impartiality, if the incident reporter is a community moderator themselves, then a different community moderator must handle the report.
+See [#preventing-conflicts-of-interest](Preventing conflicts of interest) for more information.
+
+### Overview
+
+All incident reports have six stages:
+
+1. Listen
+2. Triage
+3. Recommend
+4. Respond
+5. Follow up
+6. Resolve
+
+See the following sections for more information about what occurs in each phase.
+
+### Listen
+
+During the listening phase, the investigating moderator will:
+
+* Listen to the incident reporter's explanation of the Code of Conduct violation.
+* Explain the available outcomes.
+* Obtain permission to proceed to the next steps in the investigation.
+* Fill out the {link to your [Code of Conduct incident record](code-of-conduct-incident-record.md)}. NOTE: This record can be filled out after taking the report if needed.
+
+Throughout the process, the investigating moderator will treat the reporter's identity as confidential and will only disclose their identity to other moderators on a need-to-know basis.
+
+The investigating moderator should talk directly to the person who reported the incident either through an online video conference or by phone.
+
+During this meeting, the investigating moderator should:
+
+* Note the reporter's name and contact information.
+* If possible, note the incident's date, time, and/or location.
+* Listen carefully to the incident reporter and get a complete understanding of the incident, its context, and the parties involved. The moderator should strive to listen with empathy and understanding. They should default to believing the incident responder.
+* Ask what the incident reporter would need in order to feel emotionally whole or restored. Explain the possible outcomes that are available, as provided in the [Code of Conduct](code-of-conduct.md) (correction, warning, temporary ban, permanent ban). However, the moderator should not make any direct promises for exactly how the report will be handled until the investigation is concluded.
+* Obtain permission from the incident reporter to proceed with the investigation. If permission is not granted, the investigator can offer to hold the incident report in escrow. Escrowed reports will not be acted upon until there is a second report of the same incident or a similar incident involving the same individual. The goal of escrow reports is to retain incident reports in case there is a pattern of misbehavior by the same individual.
+
+During or immediately after the meeting, the investigating moderator should:
+
+* Fill out the {link to your [Code of Conduct incident record](code-of-conduct-incident-record.md)} to ensure that all information from the meeting has been accurately captured. The investigating moderator should avoid over-documenting the incident: only document information required to inform the report resolution. Where possible, avoid documenting your opinion about the incident, or any information about individuals that is not relevant to the report.
+* File the incident record in the {describe where these files are kept}. If permission was not obtained, the incident report is kept in the incident record archives. If the incident reporter wanted to keep the report in escrow, the incident report is kept in the escrow incident report archives.
+* If permission was obtained, proceed with the rest of the investigation.
+
+If necessary, the moderator may need to conduct additional interviews with other corroborating witnesses or may have to review any additional recorded evidence of the incident (such as emails, documents, message transcripts, or chat histories).
+
+### Triage
+
+After completing the listening phase, the moderator should assign an initial risk and impact level to the incident using their best judgment based on the following guidelines.
+
+#### Severity levels
+
+Severity refers to the overall seriousness of the behavior and the risk that behavior will be repeated:
+
+
+
+ | Severity level |
+ Definition |
+ Examples |
+
+
+ | High |
+
+
+ - The incident is extremely severe and/or there is a high likelihood the behavior will occur again in the future.
+ - Incidents that are harassing, dangerous, abusive, violent, offensive (especially to marginalized groups), or which threaten the physical and/or psychological safety of one or more community members are designated as high severity.
+ - Repeated medium- or low-level offenses by the same individual are also automatically designated as high severity.
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Sexual assault or unwanted sexual attention
+ - Violent threats or language
+ - Personal attacks
+ - Derogatory language (especially aimed at marginalized groups)
+ - Repeated inappropriate comments after a warning
+
+ |
+
+
+ | Medium |
+
+
+ - The incident is moderately severe and is potentially disruptive to the community.
+ - The incident could possibly cause one or more community members to feel unwelcome or uncomfortable in the community.
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Mildly inappropriate comments or jokes
+ - Bullying
+ - Tone-policing
+ - Repeatedly dominating a conversation (such as repeatedly talking over another person or not inviting discussion from others where appropriate)
+ - Excessive profanity
+ - Sustained disruptions of community events
+
+ |
+
+
+ | Low |
+ The incident is minor in nature and doesn't pose serious harm or risk of harm. |
+
+
+ - Heated discussions or disagreements between community members.
+
+ |
+
+
+
+#### Impact levels
+
+Impact refers to how public the incident was and the number of community members who were or who could have been impacted by the incident, especially members of marginalized communities:
+
+
+
+ | Impact level |
+ Definition |
+ Examples |
+
+
+ | High |
+
+
+ - The incident occurred in a public event, in a {Project name} meeting or community event, or on a community forum (such as on a mailing list or in Slack).
+ - The accused individual is a {Project name} leader or a high-profile community member.
+ - Incidents involving someone who was representing {Project name} in an official capacity while the incident occurred.
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Comments in the {Project name} Slack or mailing list.
+ - Comments or actions in a {Project name} meeting.
+ - Speaking or participating at a conference or fund-raising event as a representative of {Project name}.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | Low |
+
+
+ - The incident occurred in a private conversation, message, or email. Also includes posts or comments made in a forum or context outside of official {Project name} channels, such as on a personal social media account.
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Comments in a private email.
+ - Comments in a direct message on Slack.
+ - Comments or actions made in a one-on-one meeting in person or virtually.
+
+ |
+
+
+
+### Recommend
+
+Once an initial severity or impact level has been assigned, the investigating moderator should send a private message to the rest of the community moderators through email.
+Moderators who have recused themselves over conflicts of interest should not be included in this email.
+It would also be appropriate to send a separate direct message on Slack to notify the other moderators to check for the email to ensure everyone is aware of the email.
+
+In the email, indicate your assessment of the incident's severity and impact level and your recommended response.
+See the [Code of Conduct](code-of-conduct.md) for the four possible responses to a conduct violation (correction, warning, temporary ban, permanent ban).
+
+Community moderators have an ethical responsibility to respond as soon as possible and work toward consensus.
+Delaying action in response to the Code of Conduct violation can possibly make the situation worse.
+
+In their response, moderators should indicate whether they agree with the incident severity and impact levels and the recommended response.
+If community moderators disagree with the original assessment, the moderators should indicate the nature of their disagreement. Where disagreements occur, the committee should work quickly to reach a consensus (ideally within 1-2 days) and may require a video conference discussion.
+If a consensus cannot be reached and has ended in a stalemate, the response should be put to a vote.
+In incidents where a tied vote occurs, the chair of the community moderators acts as the deciding vote.
+
+After a response has been recommended, the incident reporter should be notified of the outcome of the investigation and the recommended response before proceeding.
+
+### Respond
+
+Once the incident response has been determined by the community moderators, the investigating moderator should meet with the accused individual in person (either through an online video conference or by phone).
+The moderator may invite an additional moderator to attend the meeting if support is desired.
+
+Before this meeting, the investigating moderator should fill out the [Code of Conduct remediation record](code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md) and use this document to guide the meeting.
+
+In this meeting, the moderator should explain the nature of the reported incident and the specifics of the incident response (correction, warning, temporary ban, permanent ban).
+The accused individual will be given a chance to respond (within reason) and will be informed about the process for appealing the incident response.
+
+If a new Code of Conduct violation occurs in this meeting (such as a derogatory or threatening comment made to a community moderator or about another member of the community), it should be treated as a separate incident and should be reported as a new incident to the community moderators.
+
+If the individual wishes to appeal the incident response, the community moderator can send them a link to this document for information.
+Ensure that the individual is aware that they must still comply with the incident response plan even if an appeal process is underway.
+
+To protect the identity of the incident reporter, the accused individual must not be given the identity of the incident reporter nor will they be allowed to contact the incident reporter, even to apologize.
+If an apology is required as part of the response, the following options are permissible:
+
+* The apology can be delivered to the investigating community moderator who will then deliver it to the incident reporter.
+* The apology may be delivered in a public forum with permission from the investigating community moderator.
+
+During or immediately after the meeting, the investigating moderator should fill out the any additional notes on the [Code of Conduct remediation record](code-of-conduct-remediation-record) to ensure that all information from the meeting has been accurately captured.
+
+### Resolve
+
+The investigating moderator should implement the consequence(s) of the incident response, depending on what the response was.
+The moderator should also follow up with the incident reporter to let them know what the outcome of the report was.
+
+If a temporary ban was implemented, the community moderator who handled the incident should meet with the accused individual to ensure compliance before readmittance into the community.
+
+All documentation should be stored in the {describe where your documents are kept}:
+
+* The [Code of Conduct incident record](code-of-conduct-incident-record.md) form.
+* The [Code of Conduct remediation record](code-of-conduct-remediation-record.md) form.
+
+It is important to file this documentation to enable the community moderators to identify and prevent potential repeated patterns of abuse.
+
+## Handling incident appeals
+
+If an accused individual wants to dispute the decision of the community moderators, that individual is entitled to one appeal.
+An appeal can be requested directly from the community moderators using the same process of reporting an incident.
+That means that the accused individual can send a direct message to one of the community moderators to request an appeal.
+While the appeal process is underway, the accused individual must still comply with the incident response plan.
+
+When an appeal is requested, 2-3 members of {Project name} {team name} will review the incident documentation and the reason for the appeal.
+They will consult with the community moderators about the investigation and decision-making process to determine if the Code of Conduct was fairly and properly applied.
+They will then recommend to uphold, modify, or reverse the original incident response.
+Decisions made by the {Project name} community moderators are final.
+
+## Preventing conflicts of interest
+
+A moderator is considered to have a conflict of interest when any of the following conditions are met:
+
+* The moderator is the individual accused of a Code of Conduct violation.
+* The moderator has a close working or personal relationship with the individual accused of a Code of Conduct violation that could impede their ability to be impartial.
+* The moderator was personally involved in the Code of Conduct violation in some way (such as being the direct target of a Code of Conduct violation). Merely witnessing or being present during the incident does not necessarily qualify as a conflict of interest. Merely being part of a protected group that was targeted in a derogatory statement or action does not necessarily qualify as a conflict of interest.
+
+Moderators that meet any of these conditions should recuse themselves from all discussions and decisions about the incident where they have a conflict of interest.
+Another member of the community moderation team should act as the investigating moderator.
+The moderator with a conflict of interest should ensure that another moderator is designated to handle the incident.
+
+If the accused individual is a leader or prominent member of the {Project name} community, avoidance of a conflict of interest may not be possible as all moderators could possibly have a personal working relationship with the accused individual.
+In this situation, recusal is not necessary and moderators should instead make their best effort to remain impartial.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct%20response%20plan) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/guide_code-of-conduct.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/guide_code-of-conduct.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee1f8767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/guide_code-of-conduct.md
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# Code of Conduct template guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+This is the guide that explains how to use the Good Docs Project Code of Conduct, which is part of the Code of Conduct template set.
+
+The Code of Conduct template set includes:
+
+* **Code of Conduct** - Use to create and explain your community's Code of Conduct.
+* **Code of Conduct response plan** - Use to create and explain the policy your team will follow as you handle Code of Conduct incidents.
+* **Code of Conduct incident record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator takes an incident report from a community member.
+* **Code of Conduct remediation record** - A form that is filled out when a community moderator meets with a community member to explain the consequences of a Code of Conduct violation.
+
+You might also consider using the [Our team template](../our-team/template_our-team.md) to let your community members know who they can contact to report a Code of Conduct violation. This document is useful beyond Code of Conduct violations. It is a core document that helps you clearly communicate who belongs to your open source project or organization.
+
+---
+
+## Why do I need a Code of Conduct and a response plan?
+
+A Code of Conduct is a lot like a good insurance policy: hopefully you'll never have to enforce it.
+However, if or when a problem occurs in your community, you'll be glad that your Code of Conduct is there to support you.
+
+A Code of Conduct has many purposes and benefits. It can:
+
+* Help you define and clearly communicate your organization's mission, values, and guiding principles.
+* Encourage members of your community to behave ethically and inclusively.
+* Make your community a better place to collaborate and work.
+* Demonstrate to prospective community members that your community is one that is warm, welcoming, and safe to join.
+
+But it's not enough to merely have a Code of Conduct.
+You should also have a clear plan for how your team will respond if a Code of Conduct incident occurs.
+Your response plan should include important details, such as:
+
+* How incidents are reported and documented.
+* Who will receive and handle Code of Conduct incidents.
+* How incidents are investigated and resolved.
+* How you will handle appeals or potential conflicts of interest.
+
+When you have a well-defined Code of Conduct response plan in addition to a Code of Conduct, it demonstrates that your community takes its ethical responsibilities seriously.
+It means that you are willing to do more than simply talk about your community values: you will actively live by them.
+
+Hopefully, as you create your Code of Conduct and your response plan, your community's leaders will have many important conversations about your community values and you will carefully think through the logistics of promoting and upholding those values in your community.
+
+## Maintenance strategy
+
+A Code of Conduct is considered a foundational document for a healthy open source community.
+For that reason, it is important to review your Code of Conduct and your response plan regularly to make sure it hasn't gone stale and still meets your community's needs.
+
+If you do have a Code of Conduct incident, consider holding a retrospective meeting shortly after resolving a Code of Conduct incident to make sure your Code of Conduct and response plan was effective.
+
+In addition to retrospectives, consider reviewing your Code of Conduct and your response plan on a yearly basis at least.
+An annual review can also be a good time to check that each community moderator is familiar with your Code of Conduct policies and that they have been sufficiently trained in handling Code of Conduct incidents.
+Ensure that someone in your community is responsible for regularly reviewing the Code of Conduct policies.
+If your community uses a calendar, add an event to your calendar to remind you to do the yearly review.
+
+## Content of the Code of Conduct template
+
+The following sections provide guidance about how to fill out each section of the Code of Conduct template.
+
+:information_source: The Code of Conduct template includes boilerplate text that you can customize or adapt, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. If you use the boilerplate text, make sure you replace the project name placeholders with your own project name.
+
+### About the "Opening statement of purpose" section
+
+The first section in the template is where you'll put your opening statement of purpose.
+Your opening statement should include information about your core values and the purpose of your Code of Conduct.
+
+### About the "Expected behavior" section
+
+An effective Code of Conduct can help your community feel more warm and welcoming if it starts with a section outlining the positive, prosocial behaviors you'd like to see in your community.
+In the *Expected behavior* section, you can list the specific behaviors and attitudes that best support the ethical values you mentioned in your opening statement.
+
+### About the "Behavior that will not be tolerated" section
+
+The *Behavior that will not be tolerated* section is extremely important, so you should definitely include this section in your final draft.
+Due to differences in culture and upbringing, some community members might not actually be aware of what behavior is considered unacceptable.
+For that reason, you need to clearly explain the specific behaviors that are not allowed in your community.
+
+As the authors of the [Code of Conduct book](https://frameshiftconsulting.com/resources/code-of-conduct-book/) state: "People often overestimate the level of shared values they have with other people in their community, which is why it is helpful to state your community's values explicitly."
+
+### About the "Consequences of unacceptable behavior" section
+
+The *Consequences of unacceptable behavior* section is also very important because you want to be transparent about what actions your team might take when resolving Code of Conduct incidents.
+
+This section should include:
+
+* Instructions or links for reporting a Code of Conduct incident, such as a link to your Code of Conduct response plan.
+* A list of the possible consequences that could result from a Code of Conduct violation.
+* A statement indicating that compliance is necessary.
+
+### About the "Reporting an incident" section
+
+The *Reporting an incident* section should include clear instructions for reporting Code of Conduct violations.
+In this section, try to communicate that your moderators are approachable and that you encourage community members to reach out, even if they're not sure if the incident is a violation or not.
+Not all community members necessarily want to file an official report and may instead just want to discuss their concerns in private.
+
+### About the "Addressing Code of Conduct reports" section
+
+In this section, include a general statement about how Code of Conduct reports will be handled and adjudicated.
+This section could include:
+
+* A statement that complaints will be reviewed and investigated promptly and fairly.
+* A privacy policy.
+* The appeals process
+* A notice that an internal record will be kept for all incidents.
+
+Consider adding a link to your [Code of Conduct response plan](../code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md) to this section for more details.
+
+### About the "Where this Code of Conduct applies" section
+
+This section indicates the spaces in which the Code of Conduct applies.
+Include the main spaces where your community officially communicates with one another or where project leaders might represent the project publicly.
+Examples can include conferences, meetups, community forums, and social media platforms.
+
+### About the "Related resources" section
+
+Use the *Related resources* section to link out to helpful resources, such as [Code of Conduct response plan](../code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md) and your [Our team page](../our-team/template_our-team.md).
+
+You can also include any articles that inspired your values as you wrote your Code of Conduct.
+
+## Additional resources
+
+In creating this Code of Conduct, the authors adapted or were inspired by the following resources, listed alphabetically:
+
+* [Ada Initiative](https://adainitiative.org/continue-our-work/conference-policies/)
+* [Apache Foundation Code of Conduct](http://www.apache.org/foundation/policies/conduct#code-of-conduct)
+* [Citizen Code of Conduct](https://github.com/stumpsyn/policies/blob/master/citizen_code_of_conduct.md)
+* [The Code of Conduct Book](https://frameshiftconsulting.com/resources/code-of-conduct-book/)
+* [Contributor Covenant 2.0](https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/2/0/code_of_conduct/)
+* [Django Code of Conduct](https://www.djangoproject.com/conduct/)
+* [Mozilla Community Participation Guidelines](https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/about/governance/policies/participation/)
+* [No more rock stars: how to stop abuse in tech communities](https://hypatia.ca/2016/06/21/no-more-rock-stars/)
+* [Otter Tech Code of Conduct Enforcement Training](https://otter.technology/code-of-conduct-training/)
+* [Rust Community Code of Conduct](https://www.rust-lang.org/policies/code-of-conduct)
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/template_code-of-conduct.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/template_code-of-conduct.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae7f0bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/code-of-conduct/template_code-of-conduct.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+# {Organization name} Code of Conduct
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_code-of-conduct.md).
+
+---
+
+{Include your project's opening statement of purpose in this section.
+Replace your own project's name in the indicated placeholder text.
+You are welcome to customize or reword this boilerplate text as needed.
+Alternatively, you can write your own project's statement of purpose from scratch.}
+
+{Project name} and its members, contributors, sponsors, and leaders pledge to make participation in our community a positive, inclusive, and safe experience for all.
+{Project name} encourages contributions from everyone who shares our goals and wants to participate in a healthy, constructive, and professional manner.
+
+This Code of Conduct aims to support a community where all people should feel safe to participate, to introduce new ideas, and to inspire others.
+This includes everyone, regardless of: ability, age, background, body size or type, caste, disability (either visible or invisible), education, ethnicity, family status, gender, gender identity and expression, geographic location, level of
+experience, marital status, nationality or national origin, native language, personal appearance, race, religion, sexual identity and orientation, socio-economic status, or any other dimension of diversity.
+
+Openness and respectful collaboration are core values at {Project name}.
+We are committed to being a community that everyone feels good about joining, and we will always work to treat everyone well.
+No matter how you identify yourself or how others perceive you, you are welcome.
+We gain strength from diversity and actively seek participation from those who enhance it.
+
+These guidelines exist to enable all {Project name} community members to collaborate effectively.
+As such, this document outlines both expected behavior and behavior that will not be tolerated.
+The Code of Conduct isn't an exhaustive list of things that you must do or can't do.
+Rather, take it in the spirit in which it's intended.
+It's a set of guidelines to make it easier to enrich our community.
+
+## Expected behavior
+
+We expect our members, contributors, and leaders to:
+
+* Participate in the community actively and authentically. Your meaningful contributions add to the health and longevity of this community.
+* When you make commitments, do your best to keep those commitments. Other community members will trust you and build confidence in you if you fulfill your promises. If something may prevent you from keeping a commitment or if you discover you won't be able to complete a task on time, try to notify others as soon as possible.
+* Attempt collaboration before conflict. Seek out and be respectful of differing opinions, styles, viewpoints, and experiences.
+* Give and accept constructive feedback, gracefully. When expressing disagreement, be professional and respectful. Be open to learning from and educating others where needed.
+* Demonstrate empathy and kindness toward other people. Be considerate and respectful in your word choice, speech, and actions. Show respect with the terms you use to address others.
+* Look out for those around you in the community, especially if you are in a position of influence. Alert the {Project name} {link to your community moderators document [community moderators](../our-team/template_our-team.md)} if you notice a dangerous situation, someone in distress, or violations of this Code of Conduct, even if they seem inconsequential.
+* Gracefully accept responsibility and apologize to those affected by any mistakes, whether made intentionally or unintentionally. If someone says they have been harmed through your words or actions, listen carefully, make amends, learn from the experience, and correct the behavior going forward.
+* Focus on what is best for the overall community, not just for each of us individually. Ensure that leadership roles and opportunities are well-distributed across the community membership and not just centered in one person or the same few people. To help our community develop and build up leaders at every level of the {Project name}, ensure that you share knowledge with others as much as possible and be mindful of fostering healthy dialogue where no one voice dominates a conversation.
+
+## Behavior that will not be tolerated
+
+The following behaviors are unacceptable within our community, whether they occur online, offline, privately, or publicly:
+
+* Violent language or threats directed against another person.
+* Sexist, racist, or otherwise discriminatory jokes and language.
+* Deliberate intimidation, following, or stalking (online or in person).
+* Personal insults, especially those related to gender, sexual orientation, race, religion, or disability. This includes misgendering, name calling, and mockery.
+* Trolling (posting controversial comments in order to provoke others), insulting, or making derogatory comments.
+* The use of sexualized language, jokes, or imagery, and sexual attention, inappropriate physical contact, or sexual advances of any kind.
+* Bullying, tone-policing (attacking a person's tone rather than the content of their message), or repeatedly dominating a topic of conversation (such as regularly talking over another person or not inviting discussion from others where appropriate).
+* Publishing or threatening to publish others' private information without their explicit permission. Private information includes physical addresses, email addresses, and emails or other communications sent privately or non-publicly.
+* Deliberate "outing" of any private aspect of a person's identity without their consent except as necessary to protect vulnerable people from intentional abuse. This includes sharing personally identifying information ("doxing").
+* Excessive or unnecessary profanity.
+* Deliberate misgendering.
+* Knowingly making harmful false claims about a person.
+* Pushing a person to drink alcohol when they don't want to drink, or deceiving someone into drinking alcohol.
+* Marketing to our community members either individually or collectively without their express approval. Solicitations on behalf of your business should be restricted to designated channels or areas. For more information about appropriate ways to market your business to the community, ask one of the {Project name} {link to your community moderators document [community moderators](../our-team/template_our-team.md)}.
+* Repeatedly communicating with a community member who has asked you to leave them alone.
+* Sustained disruption of community events, including meetings and presentations.
+* Recording or photography at community meetings and events without explicit permission.
+* Advocating for, or encouraging, any of the above behavior.
+* Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a professional setting.
+
+## Consequences of unacceptable behavior
+
+Unacceptable behavior from any {Project name} community member, contributor, sponsors, or leaders will not be tolerated.
+We expect everyone to comply with requests to stop unacceptable behavior immediately.
+
+If any community member engages in unacceptable behavior, any community member or moderator should report the incident to the {Project name} {link to your community moderators document [community moderators](../our-team/template_our-team.md)}.
+The moderators will investigate the incident to determine the incident's severity and overall impact to the community.
+See our {link to your [Code of Conduct response plan](../code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md)} for more details.
+
+Depending on the risk and impact level, the moderators may respond by requiring:
+
+* **Correction:** A private, written warning from community moderators, providing clarity around the nature of the violation, an explanation of why the behavior was inappropriate, and what behavior is expected going forward. A public apology may be requested.
+* **Warning:** A warning with consequences for continued behavior. No interaction with the people involved is allowed for a specified period of time. This includes avoiding interactions in community spaces as well as external channels like social media and it includes unsolicited interaction with community moderators. Violating these terms may lead to a temporary or permanent ban.
+* **Temporary ban:** A temporary ban from any sort of interaction or public communication with the community for a specified period of time. No public or private interaction with the people involved, including unsolicited interaction with community moderators, is allowed during this period. Violating these terms may lead to a permanent ban. Readmittance to the community usually requires an additional meeting with a community moderator to ensure future compliance.
+* **Permanent ban:** A permanent ban from any sort of public interaction within the community.
+
+The action taken is at the discretion of the {Project name} {link to your community moderators document [community moderators](../our-team/template_our-team.md)}.
+Participants are expected to comply immediately, and further action may be taken in case a participant does not comply.
+
+Every community member is entitled to one appeal using the [same process for reporting a Code of Conduct incident](#reporting-an-incident).
+Community members are expected to comply with the requested action while appeals are being considered.
+After an appeal has been resolved, the decision is considered final.
+
+## Reporting an incident
+
+Instances of abusive, harassing, or otherwise unacceptable behavior may be reported to one of the {Project name}
+{link to your community moderators document [community moderators](../our-team/template_our-team.md)}.
+If you would like to discuss your concerns or if you have personally experienced unacceptable behavior, please reach out to a community moderator as soon as possible.
+
+We encourage reaching out to a community moderator, even if you are unsure whether something counts as a Code of Conduct incident or even if the situation is merely something you observed and did not happen to you directly.
+
+Please reach out as soon as possible if:
+
+* You would like to discuss any concerns.
+* You have personally experienced unacceptable or potentially unacceptable behavior.
+* You want to report a situation happening to someone else.
+
+## Addressing Code of Conduct reports
+
+All complaints will be reviewed and investigated promptly and fairly.
+If possible, community moderators will recuse themselves in cases where there is a conflict of interest.
+See our {link to your [Code of Conduct response plan](../code-of-conduct-response-plan/template_code-of-conduct-response-plan.md)} for more details.
+
+An internal record will be kept of all incidents.
+However, all community leaders are obligated to respect the privacy and security of the reporter of any incident.
+In some cases, community moderators may determine that a public statement will need to be made.
+If that's the case, the identities of all victims and reporters will remain confidential unless those individuals instruct us otherwise.
+
+If you feel you have been unfairly accused of violating these guidelines, please follow the [same process for reporting a Code of Conduct incident](#reporting-an-incident).
+
+## Where this Code of Conduct applies
+
+These guidelines apply to all members of the {Project name} and to all {Project name} activities, including but not limited to:
+
+* Representing the {Project name} at public events and in social media.
+* Participating in the {Project name} meetings and events, whether virtual or in person.
+* Participating in the {Project name}'s related messaging forums, including our Slack workspace and mailing list and other {Project name}-related correspondence.
+* Interpersonal communications between {Project name} community members, whether virtual or in person.
+
+While this Code of Conduct applies specifically to the {Project name}'s work and community, it is possible for actions taken outside of the{Project name}'s online or in-person spaces to have a deep impact on community health if it concerns the {Project name} or its members in some way.
+The Code of Conduct moderators reserve the right to consider communications or actions that occur outside of official {Project name} spaces if they have a demonstrated impact on one or more community members.
+
+## Related resources
+
+{Include a list of links to related resources, such as your Code of Conduct Response Plan and the Our Team page where you list who can be contacted to report Code of Conduct incidents.
+You can also include additional information, such as links to articles that explain the rationale behind your Code of Conduct.}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Code%20of%20conduct) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/example_concept.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/example_concept.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53541312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/example_concept.md
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Concept example
+
+The Good Docs Project has an official example of this template in action.
+You can view this example at the Chronologue documentation site: [How Chronologue works](https://chronologue.dev/octavia/concept_coordinate-system)
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/guide_concept.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/guide_concept.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f230883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/guide_concept.md
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+# Concept template guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+## What is a concept doc?
+
+A concept document serves as a comprehensive guide, offering clear, concise, and consistent information on a specific concept or process.
+It acts as a roadmap, logically organizing information to enhance comprehension and readability.
+By providing essential background information, it enables readers to align their existing knowledge with the tasks they need to perform and gain valuable insights into products, processes, or systems.
+
+For instance, a concept document called "Object-oriented programming" would offer a structured explanation of the core principles of OOP, helping team members gain a deeper understanding of this programming paradigm and serving as a bridge towards implementing OOP effectively in software development projects and facilitating the application of these principles in practice.
+
+Concept documents can be thought of as extended definitions of major abstractions, such as a mechanism or a function.
+They help explain the context and components of a product or service and how these elements fit into a broader framework.
+
+## Why do I need a concept doc?
+
+A concept document is important for conveying foundational ideas or processes.
+The key reasons why a concept document is integral include the following:
+
+* **Alignment and collaboration**: A concept document serves as a shared point of reference for businesses and teams, holding high-level ideas and enabling all stakeholders to align their understanding and expectations.
+By having a shared document that holds the ideas, it is much easier to communicate ideas and track progress.
+Having a central description of core concepts reduces repeated explanations through a document.
+It is much easier to have a concept document that can then be referenced when needed.
+* **Reader comprehension**: Concept documents are important because they provide foundational knowledge and background that gives readers context that will help in understanding more specific content.
+
+ Readers can see the connections and relationships between different elements, helping them make informed decisions about your product.
+ Decision-making is much easier to do if the reader understands the broader context.
+ A concept doc presents information at the appropriate level of detail to help readers:
+
+ * Proceed to other types of content, such as how-tos and reference, with all the foundational knowledge, background and context necessary to use the tool or system.
+ * Make an informed decision about using certain features of your solution and prioritize efforts throughout the development process.
+ * Know how certain concepts relate to the broader context.
+ They can see the connections and relationships between different elements and how they fit into a bigger picture.
+
+## Where is its place in the whole documentation?
+
+A concept document provides the necessary context and foundational understanding for new ideas, processes or features that are introduced.
+They act as a bridge between the overall ideas and the more detailed instructions or guides, allowing readers to understand the core of what is going on before they move on to more complex operations.
+It also acts as a primer for users who are not yet ready to dive into concrete operations or step-by-step guides.
+By presenting the core concepts and principles in a clear and structured manner, the concept doc gradually develops the reader's understanding.
+
+## How does the reader get to this document?
+
+In the reader's critical user journey through documentation, a concept document is usually in the early sections.
+While concept documents are commonly found at the beginning of documentation, they can also appear throughout when introducing new concepts to provide the necessary context.
+
+There are two main options here:
+
+1. Users start their journey with this document or land here from the search results.
+2. Users get there in the middle of their journey because they stumbled upon an unknown concept.
+In this case, the document serves as a middle layer (to make a decision about using this concept).
+
+Ryan Young in the talk "Is it (layer) cake: Thinking in content levels" calls this approach a layered cake (of content).
+Users use mid-level documentation to close the gaps between low (execution) and high (overview) level.
+You will use them to help users decide what to do next. Therefore, you can present integration guides, use cases, and broad concepts on this level.
+
+It is important to notice that users will not follow a defined flow through the documentation.
+They may jump through different levels of content as they need to.
+
+They may land in your concept document by clicking a link in the How-to document prerequisites or by clicking a link from a related concept document.
+
+Understanding these pathways is essential for tailoring the content to meet the varying needs of users who either start their exploration with the concept or arrive here as part of an ongoing information quest.
+
+## Contents of the concept document
+
+Sections which should exist in a concept template include:
+
+### (Optional) An introductory paragraph
+
+Optionally, you may begin the document with an introductory paragraph before diving into the definition.
+This introductory paragraph can set the stage, explaining the concept's relevance and importance.
+It provides readers with a context for what they're about to learn and what they can expect in the document.
+
+Apply the inverted pyramid technique here by starting with a high-level overview.
+
+You may skip it and jump right into the definition section.
+
+### Giving a definition
+
+Define the concept so that you and your reader will have a shared understanding of the language used throughout the document.
+Think of it as a glossary definition.
+
+This is a good moment to define the scope of the concept - define its boundaries, what you'll cover in a document and how deep into details you will dive and the extent of the details you will provide.
+
+It may be useful to define what is out of scope - what you don't mean by that concept and what won't be covered.
+If the concept has synonyms in other spheres or products, it may be useful to explicitly disassociate from them in this section of the document to ensure a uniform understanding of the concept.
+
+Provide an overview of how the concept fits into a bigger picture.
+This involves explaining how the concept interacts with other concepts [already known by your audience](#use-known-concepts-and-examples), provided you have knowledge of their level of understanding.
+Additionally, you can break down the concept into smaller, more digestible pieces.
+By doing so, you help your readers make connections, recognize patterns, and gain a deeper understanding of the subject matter.
+
+Sometimes, concepts are explained by using [analogies](#metaphors-and-analogies) that the user should be familiar with.
+For example, while explaining the complex topic of how electricity goes through wires, you could relate it to a more familiar topic, such as how water goes through pipes.
+It helps to bridge knowledge gaps.
+
+Also, when you give a definition, it may be useful to stick to problem-solution or benefit-focused language.
+
+### (Optional) A visual aid or a diagram
+
+Use a diagram to illustrate how the concept is organized or how it fits into a broader system; a decision tree, a flow chart, or a system overview diagram is best suited for these tasks.
+
+Usually a concept is best explained with one diagram.
+This primary diagram should be placed close to the top, typically under the description.
+Presenting the diagram early helps draw the reader in, and helps them orient themselves visually.
+
+Sometimes multiple diagrams should be used to explain different aspects of the concept, and these should be placed next to relevant annotations about it.
+
+To enhance the clarity of a diagram illustrating a process related to the concept, consider adding numbered elements within the diagram itself.
+Additionally, including a legend positioned at the bottom of the picture can explain the meaning behind each numbered component.
+
+Diagrams are most valuable when they simplify complex relationships, depict processes, or illustrate hierarchies.
+Be cautious not to overwhelm the document with unnecessary visuals if the concept is easily explained through text alone.
+
+### (Optional) About the "Background" section
+
+The background section may describe the prehistory of the concept if it is important for better understanding.
+You can provide relevant information and context that helps readers understand the following contexts:
+
+* Historical background (where the idea originated from, is there any legacy that made it work like that).
+* Industry context (any significant changes in the sector you're working in that influenced the concept).
+* Market and technology trends, any new disruptive technologies that appear (Artificial Intelligence(AI)), business trends (recession, remote work), or industry regulations (for instance, General Data Protection Regulation (EU GDPR)).
+
+It can describe how or why something was designed or developed, what decisions were made in the past and why.
+In addition, you can describe the alternatives.
+
+### About the "Use cases" section
+
+The use cases section is a good place to apply the StoryBrand framework (referred in the [Resources document](resources_concept.md)) to engage readers and add more storytelling elements.
+Storytelling helps engage users and memorize concepts by association with the story.
+Research in neuroscience has revealed that narratives, such as those applied in the StoryBrand framework, engage multiple areas of the brain and the distinction between reading and real-life gets blurred.
+Read more regarding that in the [Resources document](resources_concept.md).
+
+The Storybrand technique is a specific approach to storytelling that involves framing the story in terms of a protagonist who has a problem and needs a guide to help them solve it.
+The concept or solution being presented is positioned as the guide that can help the protagonist overcome their challenges and achieve their goals.
+By framing the concept in this way, the reader is more likely to engage with the story and see the product as a valuable solution to their problems.
+
+1. Make your user a protagonist of the story.
+2. Define what challenges they're facing, so you can craft a story that resonates with them.
+3. Set the stage for the story.
+Highlight the specific problem or obstacle that your target audience is encountering.
+Make it relatable and evoke empathy.
+4. Position your concept or feature as the guide that can help the protagonist overcome their challenges and achieve their goals.
+Outline the steps or key concepts that the user needs to understand to effectively use the product or feature.
+5. Illustrate how the user's life or business can be transformed by using a concept.
+
+For example, you're talking about the containerisation concept, and your "protagonist" is a system administrator in a large company, and they are experiencing numerous typical problems, such as slow deployments, difficulty scaling up service, or frequent power outages.
+So you act as a guide and introduce the "protagonist" to containerised applications, their infrastructure and how various aspects of these solve the protagonist's problems.
+
+By following this framework, you can create a concept document that captures attention, communicates the value of your product or feature, and motivates readers to take action.
+
+When using storytelling as a technique in a concept document, it's essential to strike a delicate balance between engaging the reader and ensuring that the concept remains relevant and comprehensible.
+A common pitfall for writers is becoming overly enthusiastic about their story, which can lead to an overload of information that might distract from the core concept.
+Thus, as you weave a story into your concept, always consider how it enhances understanding rather than overwhelming your audience with unnecessary details.
+
+### (Optional) About the "Comparison" section
+
+If the concept has few implementations, versions, or types, or it has a direct preeceder, you may put in a comparison table.
+This table helps answer questions such as:
+
+* What is the difference between this element and a similar element?
+* Why do I need to choose a certain option?
+
+| What | Why needed |
+|-----------------------|--------------------|
+| {concept} type 1 | A reason to use it |
+| {concept} type 2 | A reason to use it |
+
+### (Optional) About the "Related resources" section
+
+Provide links or references to additional resources that can help readers explore the topic further or dive deeper into specific aspects of the concept.
+
+If you have many related links, split them into a few groups (for example, How-to's, Linked concepts, External materials, etc.), not more than 3-5 links each, to avoid overwhelming a reader with a wall of links.
+
+## Best practices for concept documents
+
+Within the realm of concept documents, there exist dozens of valid approaches and documentation techniques.
+Each author, armed with their experience, must choose the right technique tailored to the specific demands of the task at hand.
+
+Concept documents are more than just collections of ideas; they're a careful mix of clarity and detail.
+Crafting them requires skill in both technical and narrative aspects, making it a significant challenge.
+Choosing the right technique involves navigating communication intricacies to ensure that the document resonates with its audience, serving as a beacon of understanding in the vast amount of information.
+
+Here are the key practices for crafting an effective concept document:
+
+### Scope
+
+The scope of your concept document is a foundational element.
+It should be dedicated to a single concept and strike a balance between comprehensiveness and relevance.
+Here's how to define the scope:
+
+* **Dedicate to a single concept**: Ensure that your document focuses on just one concept to prevent confusion or information overload.
+If the explanation begins to explain another concept, it is advisable to start a different concept document and provide a link.
+* **Avoid instructional and referential information**: The concept document should also avoid instructional text and step-by-step guides which are different types of documentation.
+* **Select the right depth of understanding**: Dive deep enough to provide a thorough understanding without overwhelming the reader.
+* **Define essential information**: Consider what would be valuable to someone who has never encountered the concept before. Use this perspective to define the scope.
+
+### Structure
+
+A well-structured concept document is crucial for enabling readers to
+incrementally build their understanding of the concept.
+
+Consider the following practices:
+
+* **Inverted pyramid technique**: Consider using the inverted pyramid technique, where you start with a high-level overview and then gradually delve into the details. This approach helps readers quickly grasp the main idea and then explore further as needed.
+* **Definition**: Provide a clear and concise definition of the concept.
+* **Key questions**: Address the key questions of what, when, who, why, where, and how (5W and 1H), placing these explanations near the beginning of your document. One more technique is to answer the question "How can I use it" or "How it helps me" from the reader's perspective.
+* **Headings and subheadings**: Organize your ideas using headings and subheadings to enhance readability and accessibility.
+* **Chunking**: Break down complex concepts into smaller parts, and use abstraction to focus on the most important information.
+* **Real-world examples**: Include real-world examples and use cases to provide context and help readers understand how the concept is applied.
+
+### Language
+
+The language used in your concept document should prioritize clarity and simplicity, tailored to the audience's expertise level.
+To enhance accessibility:
+
+* **Minimize jargon**: Strive to minimize the use of domain-specific jargon and technical terms to make the document more accessible, especially for new users.
+* **Conversational tone**: Maintain a conversational tone that fully engages the reader.
+* **Avoid implementation details**: Stay clear of delving into implementation-specific details, as your document should focus on the conceptual content.
+
+### Metaphors and analogies
+
+Metaphors and analogies are effective tools for enhancing the relatability and clarity of your concept document.
+When using them:
+
+* **When to use metaphors and analogies**: Use them when they enhance understanding, align with your audience's background, and bring clarity and context.
+* **When to be cautious**: Exercise caution when there's a potential lack of understanding due to cultural, age, or background differences or when they might complicate the concept.
+
+A List Apart style guide (referred in the [Resources document](resources_concept.md)) advises avoiding extended metaphors if possible, so think case by case whether your audience will understand them and if it adds anything to their understanding.
+
+Best practices for metaphors and analogies:
+
+* **Opt for universal metaphors**: Choose universal metaphors that are culture, age, and background-independent.
+* **Ensure alignment**: Ensure that the metaphor or analogy seamlessly aligns with the concept and enhances clarity.
+* **Understand your audience**: Consider your audience's familiarity with the chosen metaphor before incorporating it into your document.
+
+While universal metaphors are generally safe and reliable, they may not always be as engaging or memorable as more specific or popular culture references.
+The decision to use universal metaphors or pop-culture references should be guided by your understanding of your target audience, concept complexity, and the specific goals of your concept document.
+
+Analogies act as memory aids, turning abstract ideas into tangible mental images.
+These mental images can serve as reference points when your audience needs to recall the concept or explain it to others.
+
+### Use known concepts and examples
+
+Connect complex ideas with familiar concepts or examples to enhance understanding:
+
+* **Pick familiar comparisons**: Choose comparisons and examples that are easy to understand, considering your audience's background.
+* **Enhance understanding**: Linking new information to known concepts helps readers grasp the new information more effectively.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Concept%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/process_concept.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/process_concept.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c08fbe77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/process_concept.md
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+# Concept template process
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this document for best practices about how to research, write, and maintain this type of content. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+This document explains best practices for researching, writing, and
+maintaining a concept document. It extends and structures the
+information described in the template guide in a step-by-step way. As
+you explore this process document, you'll gain insights into crafting
+clear and consistent concept documents.
+
+## Before writing a concept document
+
+Before you begin working on your concept document, you may take the
+following preparatory steps to ensure that you are well-equipped to
+create a comprehensive and effective document:
+
+* **Learn about your audience**: Understand your target audience or
+ audiences, their familiarity with the subject matter, roles,
+ responsibilities, and specific needs or pain points. This knowledge
+ will empower you to tailor the document's content and language
+ effectively.
+
+* **Map out the concept**: Create an overview or map of the concept,
+ including its connections to other concepts, its place within the
+ broader system, and dependencies. This step helps your understanding
+ and may later serve as a visual aid in your concept document. See
+ the [Visual aid](#create-visual-aids-for-a-concept-document) section below.
+
+* **Explore the concept's background**: Gain insights into the
+ prehistory, background, and any limitations that have shaped the
+ concept. Engage with developers or project managers to grasp the
+ broader context in which the concept operates.
+
+* **Define scope and boundaries**: Clearly outline what the concept
+ encompasses and what it does not, research information within these
+ boundaries.
+
+* **Collect common questions and concerns**: Review internal chats,
+ external support systems, or public discussions to gather common
+ questions and concerns related to the concept. Look for inquiries
+ such as "What is it?" "Why do I need it?" "Why not use {Y}?"
+ "When shouldn't I use it?" to anticipate and address them in your
+ document.
+
+## A guide to naming your concept document
+
+There is a difference between the type of information and the actual
+document titles. The type of information is usually called Concept (used
+in GitLab and DITA frameworks) or Explanation (used by Diataxis
+framework).
+
+Both terms refer to the same document type: a high-level overview of a specific
+topic/concept/feature that helps a user to understand complex ideas and context.
+For the purposes of this template, they will be treated as synonyms.
+
+Within a documentation set, you have some flexibility in the title
+naming convention. Common title options include:
+
+* Overview of {concept or subject}
+
+* Introduction to {concept or subject}
+
+* About {concept or subject}
+
+* Understanding {concept or subject}
+
+* Background
+
+* Name of the {concept or subject} as a noun. For example: Payments. Note that GitLab recommended this option as the primary option in their contributing guide.
+
+Less common options include:
+
+* Crash Course
+
+* {concept or subject 101}
+
+* {concept} Tour
+
+Avoid using titles such as "Overview" or "Introduction" without any
+additional nouns that describe the topic of the concept documentation.
+Vague titles are less discoverable.
+
+In concept documentation, avoid vague titles like "Overview" or "Introduction" as they hinder discoverability,
+impacting SEO. These titles offer no clear indication of content, reducing visibility on search engines
+and hindering user experience, including omission from search result snippets.
+
+For SEO optimization, use descriptive and
+keyword-rich titles that clearly convey the main topic or concept
+covered in the document. This not only improves discoverability but also
+helps search engines understand the content's relevance to specific
+queries.
+
+**Note:** *Do not confuse a Concept document which is a part of
+technical documentation with two other types of documents that are also
+referred to as 'Concept Documents'. One of them is a Proposal or a
+Request For Comments (RFC). The other is a component of the Game Design
+Document (GDD). Both are commonly known as concept documents.*
+
+## Writing for varied audiences
+
+Before delving into the content creation process, it's important to organize your concept document in a way that caters to diverse audiences. Employ the following strategies to enhance the document's accessibility:
+
+* **Identify audience categories**: Categorize your potential audiences, including developers, managers, end users, and support engineers. Clearly define a few personas with varying levels of expertise and interests. A good example of defining personas can be found from the [The Good Docs Project](../user-personas/process_user-personas.md).
+* **Assess specific needs and goals**: For each audience category, evaluate their unique needs, goals, and expectations from the concept document. Understand how the document can address their specific concerns or challenges.
+* **Determine industry relevance**: Recognize the industry to which each audience belongs. Tailor your document to different industry contexts, considering that each sector may require distinct perspectives or applications of the concept.
+* **Audience's role and relationship**: Understand the role and responsibility of each audience in relation to the concept. Whether they are decision-makers, implementers, presenters, or evaluators, recognizing their roles will help you effectively address their needs.
+* **Contextual understanding**: Dive into the work situations and problems faced by your audience. Consider whether they are evaluating the concept, looking to understand its practical applications, or preparing presentations. This deeper contextual understanding allows you to frame the concept in a way that resonates with real-world concerns.
+
+When you are tasked with writing for multiple audiences, consider the
+following strategies:
+
+* **Chunking**: Divide your concept document into clearly defined sections or chunks. Each section can cater to a specific audience or address a particular aspect of the concept. This structure enables readers to easily skim and locate the information most relevant to them.
+
+* **Layering different depths of explanation**: This involves weaving two narratives into one: a high-level conceptual story for non-technical readers and the details craved by your tech-savvy audience. Start a section with a high-level, simple explanation geared towards non-technical readers, providing an overview of the concept, its relevance, and the benefits it offers. Use relatable examples, analogies, and visual aids to enhance understanding. Then progressively expand into detailed technical explanations for the benefit of your tech-savvy audience. Dive into the intricacies, technicalities, and specifics of the concept. Include code samples, in-depth analyses, and comprehensive details that cater to readers seeking a deeper understanding.
+
+* **Splitting into multiple documents**: If the concept is complex and the information for each audience significantly diverges, consider creating separate documents for each audience. This approach ensures that each group receives tailored, focused content that directly addresses their needs.
+
+## Write a concept document
+
+The process is described in the [template guide](guide_concept.md).
+
+## Create visual aids for a concept document
+
+Visual aids play a crucial role in concept documents by making complex
+information more accessible and engaging for the reader.
+
+Visual aids encompass various elements, including diagrams (such as
+decision trees, context diagrams, and flowcharts), small videos,
+comparison tables, and images. These elements are strategically chosen
+to complement the narrative and help the reader grasp the concept more
+effectively.
+
+If you go with a diagram option, regardless of the type it should
+represent relationships between key components, providing a
+comprehensive overview of the concept's structure and connections.
+
+| Diagram Type | Value | When to Use |
+|-----------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| Context Diagram | Provides an overview of system components and their interactions. | Use when illustrating how the concept fits into a broader framework or ecosystem. |
+| Flowchart | Represents step-by-step processes and decision points. For example, how the concept evolved or which decisions were made throughout the evolution. | Ideal for explaining sequential procedures or illustrating decision-making within the concept. |
+| Decision Tree | Depicts decision scenarios and outcomes. | Effective when presenting choices and consequences related to the concept. |
+| Infographic | Utilizes visuals and icons to convey complex information. | Suitable for providing a high-level overview of the concept, especially when visual appeal is crucial. Can be used to visualize numbers. |
+
+Incorporating visual aids follows principles of multimedia learning,
+notably [Mayer's spatial contiguity
+principle](resources_concept.md). This principle emphasizes
+the importance of keeping text and related visuals close together and
+aligned. By doing so, concept documents prevent overwhelming the reader
+with disjointed information and promote a seamless understanding of the
+material.
+
+Videos can be useful when demonstrating dynamic processes, showcasing
+real-world examples, or providing an illustration of the process (for
+instance, if some concept developed over time).
+
+However, it might be useful to use videos sparingly and ensure they add
+value to the document without overwhelming the reader, because watching
+the video takes time and your reader may lose context of an article.
+Also, videos are expensive to produce and maintain. But the good news is
+that conceptual documentation is slower to become obsolete than
+instructional documentation, because processes and interfaces change
+more often than fundamental concepts and approaches.
+
+Videos for concept docs should be concise and short. Consider including
+a white-board styled drawing to enhance information presented. Also,
+videos are hard to skim through which is a frequent scenario for the
+concept document.
+
+By incorporating these visual aids strategically, concept documents not
+only convey information more effectively but also enhance the reader\'s
+overall comprehension of the concept at hand.
+
+## Maintain a concept document
+
+To ensure that your concept document remains a valuable and reliable
+resource, it's essential to establish a maintenance plan. Consider the
+following best practices for keeping your concept document up-to-date
+and accurate:
+
+* **Version control**: Implement a version control system for your concept
+document. Use tools like Git or similar version control systems to track
+changes and reference previous versions.
+
+* **Regular review**: Set a schedule for periodically reviewing the
+concept document, especially when there are updates to the underlying
+concept or when new linked concepts become available. Regular reviews
+help ensure the document\'s continued relevance.
+
+* **Communication with stakeholders**: Maintain open lines of
+communication with relevant teams, such as developers, project managers,
+and subject matter experts, to ensure that the document reflects the
+most accurate and up-to-date information about the concept.
+
+* **User feedback**: Consider adopting user feedback as a valuable source
+of improvement. Solicit input from readers, stakeholders, and users to
+identify areas where the document can be enhanced or clarified. Things
+to test and gather feedback carefully are definitions, analogies and
+metaphors, and examples.
+
+* **Testing updates**: Whenever significant modifications are made to the concept,
+it's imperative to validate their effectiveness within the document.
+Ensure that any alterations in the context and components of the concept are accurately portrayed.
+Several techniques can be employed to gauge user comprehension:
+
+ * **Explaining in simple terms**: Request a reader to articulate the concept in their own words, leveraging techniques like "Explain Like I'm 5." This method often simplifies complex ideas for better understanding.
+ * **Real-world scenarios**: Present readers with practical situations associated with the concept and inquire about how they would apply their knowledge in those scenarios.
+ * **Feedback channels**: Offer readers the chance to provide feedback through surveys or dedicated forms. This feedback can uncover areas of confusion or misunderstanding, facilitating improvements.
+
+* **Visual components**: Ensure that visual aids, if used in the document,
+are also updated when necessary. Diagrams, charts, and other visuals
+should remain consistent with any changes to the concept they represent.
+To make it easier to keep them up to date, use the diagrams-as-code
+approach. It means you describe the diagram with a markup and the
+tooling takes care of the visual rendering, so that you don't need to
+store them as pictures and update each time. Read more in a Quick
+introduction to Diagram as Code referred in the [Resources document](resources_concept.md). Write diagrams using any notation
+of your choice or a notation that is understandable by your audience.
+
+* **Documenting changes**: Display document version. This
+documentation serves as a reference to understanding the document's
+evolution and the reasoning behind specific updates. Update the document
+to reflect any new insights or changes in the concept's context.
+
+Typically, it is sufficient to include a "Last Updated: {Date}" on a
+page, which may be provided by your Content Management System.
+
+Versioning documents can help a returning reader expect change. If
+versioning, consider using a MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH semantic versioning
+pattern.
+
+It may look somewhat like this:
+
+| Version | Date | Description |
+|---------|------------|--------------------------------------|
+| 2.0 | 2023-06-01 | Added a new limitation |
+| 1.1 | 2023-02-01 | Enhanced explanation of key concepts |
+| 1.0 | 2023-01-01 | Initial Concept Document |
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Concept%20process) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/resources_concept.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/resources_concept.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45c9a46a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/resources_concept.md
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Concept document template resources
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project!
+Before using the template, read this document to see high quality examples of the template in action and to review the resources that were consulted when this template was created.
+Want to explore more templates?
+Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+## Examples of concept documents
+
+The following examples have been selected as they are widely referenced and considered by us or others to include high-quality material we should look at.
+
+* [Google Document AI overview](https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/docs/overview)
+(Accessed 2023-09-10):
+This overview serves as a guide to the fundamental concepts of using Document AI.
+It also contains a short explanatory video on the subject.
+
+* [Introduction to the DOM](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Document_Object_Model/Introduction) (Accessed 2023-09-10):
+This overview of the Document Object Model by Mozilla gives the definition of the DOM and all the linked concepts (like fundamental data types, interfaces), describes how it is
+built, and gives a few examples of how it can be used.
+It stands out for its comprehensive coverage and user-friendly approach.
+The inclusion of practical examples makes it an effective resource for grasping the fundamentals of the DOM.
+
+* [Introduction to infrastructure monitoring](https://docs.splunk.com/Observability/infrastructure/intro-to-infrastructure.html#nav-Introduction) (Accessed 2023-09-10):
+This concept document effectively introduces Splunk Infrastructure Monitoring by providing a clear overview of its purpose and capabilities.
+It also presents a well-structured hierarchy of its components and offers concise, actionable information on how users can get started and leverage its features, making it a comprehensive and informative reference for users seeking to understand and utilize Splunk Infrastructure Monitoring.
+
+* [Inside Ubuntu Core](https://ubuntu.com/core/docs/uc20/inside) (Accessed 2023-09-10):
+This concept document provides a detailed explanation of the architecture and components of Ubuntu Core, including Ubuntu Core 22 (UC22) and Ubuntu Core 20 (UC20), highlighting how they are built upon Ubuntu LTS releases and the role of snaps in managing system elements.
+It effectively uses a component scheme to visually represent the relationships between various components, making it an excellent resource for understanding the inner workings of Ubuntu Core for embedded devices and its use of snap packages for system management.
+In Ubuntu documentation it is specifically included into the Explanations section.
+
+* [About Autonomous Database Workload Types](https://docs.oracle.com/en/cloud/paas/autonomous-database/adbsa/about-autonomous-database-workloads.html#GUID-E1C8C5F2-22FB-4225-A3B9-9E78277A5834) (Accessed 2023-09-10):
+This concept document provides a clear and concise overview of different workload types supported by Oracle Autonomous Database, including Data Warehouse, Transaction Processing, JSON Database, and APEX Service.
+It effectively explains the purpose and features of each workload type and provides architectural illustrations to enhance understanding, making it a valuable resource for users seeking insights into Oracle Autonomous Database offerings.
+Architectural illustrations enhance user comprehension, making it a valuable resource for users seeking insights into Oracle Autonomous Database offerings.
+
+## Articles and books
+
+| Source material | Best practice or section we've used |
+| --------------- | ----------------------------------- |
+| [DITA Concept type topics](https://docs.oasis-open.org/dita/dita/v1.3/os/part2-tech-content/archSpec/technicalContent/dita-concept-topic.html) (Accessed 2023-09-10) | This description of the concept type of DITA topic helped us to elaborate on this information type structure, because DITA is known for its structured authoring basements. |
+| Jared Bhatti, Sarah Corleissen, Jen Lambourne, David Nunez, Heidi Waterhouse Docs for Developers: An Engineer's Field Guide to Technical Writing Paperback - Apressm First edition (October 2021) | Chapter 2. Conceptual documentation section helped us to understand how the Conceptual document should be structured and what are required and optional information. |
+| [GitLab topic types](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/documentation/topic_types/concept.html) (Accessed 2023-09-10) | From GitLab's content type framework we have taken the idea that a content document should answer the question What is it, and also what is a good and bad practice for a concept document title. |
+| [Grafana Writer's Toolkit](https://grafana.com/docs/writers-toolkit/structure/topic-types/concept/) (Accessed 2023-09-10) | Grafana Writer's Toolkit helped us to understand which types of content can be included in concepts. |
+| [Diataxis Explanation type](https://diataxis.fr/explanation/) (Accessed 2023-09-10) | Despite that in Diataxis this type of content is called explanation, this framework's website helped us to understand the value and place of the conceptual information in the documentation and in which situation users need this type of documents. |
+| [A List Apart Style Guide](https://alistapart.com/about/style-guide/#metaphor) (Accessed 2023-10-23) | From this style guide, we've taken recommendations regarding the use of metaphors and analogies. They emphasize the importance of selecting metaphors and analogies that are clear, culturally sensitive, and relevant to the audience. |
+| [Mayer's principles of multimedia learning](https://waterbearlearning.com/mayers-principles-multimedia-learning/) (Accessed 2023-10-23) | From this article, we've derived the Spatial Contiguity Principle which emphasizes that effective learning occurs when text and visuals are positioned in close proximity on the screen. |
+| [Inverted Pyramid: Writing for Comprehension](https://www.nngroup.com/articles/inverted-pyramid/) (Accessed 2023-11-06) | From this article, we've taken a description of an inverted pyramid principle used to structure articles. |
+| [The StoryBrand 7-Part Framework: Your Complete Guide to a Clearer Message](https://www.mojomedialabs.com/blog/complete-guide_storybrand-framework) (Accessed 2023-11-06) | From this article, we've taken a brief overview of a StoryBrand framework used for storytelling. |
+| [Quick introduction to Diagram as Code](https://www.devonblog.com/none/quick-introduction-to-diagram-as-code/) (Accessed 2023-11-06) | Refer to this article to know more on diagrams-as-code approach. |
+| [Your Brains on Fiction](https://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-neuroscience-of-your-brain-on-fiction.html?pagewanted=all) (Accessed 2023-11-06) | From this article, we've taken neuroscientific research about the impact of stories on the brain, revealing that reading narratives triggers not only classical language regions but also various sensory and motor areas. |
+| [Ryan Young - Is it (layer) cake: Thinking in content levels](https://youtu.be/0OKRNQvZbL4) (Accessed 2023-11-06) | From this talk, we've taken a framework called a layered cake of content. It describes a tiered structure designed to cater to diverse user needs and navigational preferences. At the pinnacle are the high-level content pages, strategically crafted for orientation, guiding users through the landscape of possibilities with overview pages. Delving into the intricacies, the low-level content pages take center stage, focusing on implementation and offering step-by-step instructions. Bridging the realms of high and low, the mid-level content pages facilitate decision-making, providing a deeper understanding than high-level content without the exhaustive detail of low-level, incorporating integration guides and concept documents. |
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Concept%20process) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/template_concept.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/template_concept.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b48a7e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/concept/template_concept.md
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+# Concept template
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_concept.md).
+>
+> This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.
+
+A summary paragraph introducing a concept, explaining its importance or
+relevance, and providing an overview of the content that will be covered
+in the document (scope).
+
+Typical wording to use is:
+
+* This article explains the basics of {concept} and how it works in {the tool or context}.
+
+{Then include a paragraph with a definition of the concept you are explaining.
+If more definitions are needed, include those definitions here as a bulleted list.}
+
+{This section usually doesn't have a separate heading that explicitly says
+Definition; it can precede all the rest.}
+
+Typical wordings to use are:
+
+* {X} is;
+
+* {X} represents
+
+* {X} is connected to
+
+* {X} are organized {describe the way how}
+
+* {X} is similar to
+
+* {X} addresses the common pain points of ...
+
+* {X} solves the challenge of ...
+
+* By implementing {X}, users can ...
+
+* By using {X}, {specify users/target audience} gain ...
+
+* To use {X}, you create {Y}
+
+{Add visual aid to complement your explanations visually.}
+
+{Image goes here.}
+
+(Optional) Image/Figure: {Image title, which concisely explains the image or
+figure. It can be represented by annotations on the image.}
+
+## (Optional) Background
+
+{Use this section to provide a reader with a context, prehistory, or background information.}
+
+Typical wordings to use are:
+
+* The reason {X} is designed that way is because historically, ...
+
+* The idea of {X} originated from the growing demand for ...
+
+* Recent advancements in {X} and {Y} have opened up new possibilities
+ for ...
+
+* With the rise of {X}, the need for things such as {Y} has become
+ paramount.
+
+* Over the past decade, {advancements in technology} have transformed
+ the way ...
+
+## Use cases
+
+{Use this section to provide use cases and explain how a reader can
+benefit from a concept.}
+
+## (Optional) Comparison of {thing being compared}
+
+{Use this section to compare options or alternatives.}
+
+Table: {Table title which concisely explains the comparison.}
+
+## (Optional) Related resources
+
+{Use this section to provide links to documentation related to the concept that the user can read for more information.
+If you can name this section manually (it is not generated automatically or has a heading pre-agreed within a team),
+we recommend to use "Related concepts" or "Additional information" as more descriptive ones.}
+
+If you would like to dive deeper or start implementing {concept},
+check out the following resources:
+
+How-to guides
+
+1. Item 1
+
+2. Item 2
+
+Linked concepts
+
+1. Concept 1
+
+2. Concept 2
+
+External resources
+
+1. Resource 1
+
+2. Resource 2
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Concept%20template) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/guide_contact-support.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/guide_contact-support.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f098ea6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/guide_contact-support.md
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+# Contact support user guide
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the [contact support template](/contact-support/template_contact-support.md), read this document for best practices about how to research, write, and maintain this type of content. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## About the contact support page
+
+A contact support page typically consists of communication channels, discussion forums, and links to other resources to assist users with issues that they are having with your product. Contact support pages are sometimes confused with Contact us pages or support portals. Though these documents help the users contact the organization and provide support, they differ in purpose and audience. The following table describes the differences:
+
+
+
+
+ |
+ Contact support |
+ Contact us |
+ Support portal |
+
+
+
+
+ | What kind of organization should use this content type? |
+
+
+ - Best for organizations with simpler support systems with only a few options or methods for contacting support
+ - Better for startups or smaller companies
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Best when you need multiples ways to contact your organization for a variety of purposes or needs, including sales or press contacts
+ - Valuable to all organizations, regardless of size
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Best for organizations with a mature support system with multiple options or methods for contacting customer support based on the customer's needs
+ - Better for larger or well-established companies
+
+ |
+
+
+ | Who is their audience? |
+
+
+ - Current users of the product
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Potential users of the product
+ - Can also be targeted at new or first-time users who have recently purchased the product and need to get started
+ - Can also include people who want to contact the business for other related possibilities, including potential business partnerships or media inquiries
+ - Can also include existing customers who need support
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Current users of the product
+ - Can also be targeted at new or first-time users who have recently purchased the product and need to get started
+
+ |
+
+
+ | What is their purpose? |
+
+
+ - Helps users connect with a support agent for more help
+ - Could possibly link to other resources for additional support, such as product documentation and community forums
+
+ |
+
+
+ - To help potentials users who want to try the product to get started, either by talking to someone in sales or downloading a free or trial version of the product
+
+ |
+
+
+ - To provide users with the tools to find the best solutions to the problems on their own
+ - If they can't solve their problem, the contact support page helps them reach either other users or a support agent for more help
+
+ |
+
+
+ | What is the end goal? |
+
+
+ - Customer retention and success
+ - Help the customer solve their problem without feeling frustrated with the product
+ - Positive product reviews on review sites (such as Google Search Reviews or Yelp)
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Bring in new users and get them to try or buy the product
+ - Turn prospective users into customers
+
+ |
+
+
+ - Customer retention and success
+ - Help the customer solve their problem without feeling frustrated with the product
+ - Positive product reviews on review sites (such as Google Search Reviews or Yelp)
+
+ |
+
+
+
+
+## Why do I need a contact support page?
+
+Companies tend to have different approaches to solving technical issues with their product. So, providing a central location that contains links to different resources can be invaluable. For example:
+
+* It helps empower users to solve the issues that they are experiencing with the product.
+* It helps users know which communication channels they should use to request technical support and the amount of time it takes to receive a response.
+* A contact support page is an important component of a larger business strategy to improve customer experience and success. The contact methods used by a business can provide insights into the user experience, which can be helpful in improving the product. For more information about customer support strategies, see [the Contact support process document](/contact-support/process_contact-support.md).
+* It's efficient and cost-effective for the business because it empowers users to solve the issues they are experiencing with the product. If users are still struggling, then they can receive guided assistance from the support agent.
+* You can guide the user to contact the support team using the organization's preferred communication methods, especially those methods which have enabled customer issue tracking data. As a result, the company can possibly track trends in customer issues and use this information for quarterly reviews about the customer support strategy or to reveal recurring issues in the product that are impacting several users at once.
+
+## Best practices for contact support pages
+
+* Research your company's support strategy: When deciding the communication channels for your company/organization's contact support page, consider picking ones that best align with the customer support strategy. Consider presenting the most important or preferred contact support methods first. For more information about customer support strategies, see [the Contact support process document](/contact-support/process_contact-support.md).
+* Set standards for response times: Help users know when they can reasonably expect to hear back from a support agent.
+* Indicate support agent availability: When adding chat and phone numbers as a communication option, add contact hours to help users gain a better understanding of when support agents are available.
+* Offer self-serve options: Users tend to prefer solving the issue on their own before going to a support agent, so consider adding links to the company's knowledge base or product community forums.
+* Use plain language: Balancing technical jargon with everyday terms helps users understand what they are reading.
+
+## About the "Contact support" section
+
+The following information explains how to fill in the different sections of the contact support template.
+
+### About the "Contact support" section
+
+This section greets users with a statement or question to capture their attention and create a welcoming environment. For example, you could say:
+
+* Hi! How can we help you?
+* Welcome to our support center!
+* We're here to help!
+* Need help? Find the answers you need from our excellent support team.
+
+### About the "Our products" section
+
+This section presents the icons or names of your organization's products. The images are typically hyperlinked to other resources and presented in a row for easy navigation. For organizations that have only one product, it is usually at the center of the page and has other sources like its navigation next to it.
+
+### About the "Support plans" section
+
+This optional section presents the different levels of support that users receive. It is recommended for organizations that offer different tiers of support for their product, such as a free and paid subscription. This information is best presented in a table. For an example, check out the [Plans and Pricing table on Zoom](https://zoom.us/pricing).
+
+### About the "Contact details" section
+
+This section of the contact support page is the most important because it is where you list the different methods for contacting a support agent. This template lists the following contact methods:
+
+* Phone number
+* Text message
+* Email address
+* Live chat
+* Social media
+
+Delete any contact methods that do not apply to your company. It's best to pick the communication channels that suit your company's support strategies. When deciding the order in which you present the contact details, it should align with the customer support strategy. For more information about customer support strategies, see [the Contact support process document](/contact-support/process_contact-support.md).
+
+Additionally, always include a statement that indicates when the customer can expect a response for each contact method. If certain communication channels are only available at specific times, indicate those times for each one.
+
+### About the "More support" section
+
+This section is where users go if they need more self-help with their issues. Possible options include:
+
+* Slack or Discord channels
+* Knowledge base
+* Community forums
+
+Some companies might want users to choose self-help options before they contact a support agent. For example, they may encourage users to browse a knowledge base or community forum. If your company prefers this strategy, consider placing this section before the contact details section when using the template.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our[feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Contact%20support%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/process_contact-support.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/process_contact-support.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..220b93f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/process_contact-support.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# Contact support page process
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the [contact support template](template_contact-support.md), read this document for best practices about how to research, write, and maintain this type of content. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## How to do research for your company's contact support page
+
+Before you start creating a contact support page, you need to know what your company's overall customer support strategy is and how this page aligns with that plan. To elaborate, a customer support strategy is a plan formulated by a company with the goal of making and keeping their customers happy.
+
+This strategy is often created by the customer success team, which begins by developing their goals and business objectives. Possible objectives or goals can include:
+
+* Resolving issues with the product quickly.
+* Improving the customer onboarding process.
+* Increasing customer product engagement and adoption.
+
+Developing an effective customer support strategy can sometimes be difficult. On the one hand, businesses want to provide customers with excellent customer support that helps them troubleshoot and resolve the issues they have with the product. But on the other hand, they also need to keep their operating margins for customer support as low as possible by reducing labor costs to prevent cutting into profits.
+
+Various factors might influence a company's customer support strategy, such as the company's size and overall business strategy. For example, Apple provides its customers with services like 24/7 customer support and many possible support communication channels, such as the support chat app. This company can afford to provide this high level of customer support because it is large and has a wide user base. Apple's customer support strategy is built around [their belief in establishing a strong bond with customers](https://cxjournal.medium.com/customer-experience-strategy-of-apple-revealing-the-secret-e33007e51c9b).
+
+By contrast, the startup tech company, Pieces By Developers provides support through Discord and a [GitHub repository](https://github.com/pieces-app/support) where people can post questions on the Discussions tab, open bug reports, engage with other users, and find self-help options. Unlike Apple, this company is a startup that needs to keep their support costs low. For that reason, Pieces by Developer has aligned their support strategy and customer experience around [building a strong community](https://code.pieces.app/blog/community-driven-support-with-pieces-for-developers).
+
+To gain knowledge about your company's customer support strategy, find the team at your company who is responsible for developing the customer support strategy. Typically, this team is called the Customer Support team, but it could also be called the Customer Success team. Try to arrange a meeting with the lead or a representative from this team. During this meeting, use the following questions to learn more about the strategy:
+
+* Who does the company provide support to?
+* What are the company's guiding principles or goals for their customer support strategy and why?
+* In what order should customers use the methods when seeking support?
+* If you could change a customer behavior with a support method, what would you want it to be?
+* Which self-help options should customers be encouraged to use?
+* What kind of information do we need to get from customers in order to give the appropriate level of support they need?
+* Based on the Customer Satisfaction Rates (CSAT), how can we help our customers quickly get the help they need?
+
+## How to write the content for your contact support page
+
+Now that you better understand your company's customer support strategy, start thinking of ways to design a contact support page that aligns with it.
+
+Here are some other things to consider when writing the content for your contact support page:
+
+* Ensure that the contact methods align with the strategy that you learned about during the research phase. It's best to pick the communication channels that suit your company's support strategies. When deciding the order in which you present the contact details, it should align with the overall strategy.
+* Identify whether you need additional front-end support for this section of your website, such as design or development support to create an intake form for customer support requests. You might also need front-end support to add interactive elements to the page, such as a thought-bubble icon or pop-up chat windows.
+* Write your company's team time availability and phone number based on their location and timezone.
+* Consider dividing the support page into adaptive contact pages, with each page providing support for a specific product or a category of issues the customer might be experiencing.
+* If your product has an SLA (Service Level Agreement), make sure your company's contact support page matches this document.
+
+## How to maintain a contact support page
+
+As your company grows, its customer support strategy will change. To ensure this content remains fresh and up-to-date, stay connected with the person who aided you in the research phase by having regular or quarterly meetings.
+
+Consider using the following methods to evaluate whether your contact support page is still effective:
+
+* **Check out the feedback from users:** Consider reviewing the product reviews on social media, blog posts, the company's website,community forums. It would help you see current issues that the customer has with the product, making it easier to determine the company's CSAT (Customer Satisfaction Rate).
+* **Check the hyperlinks:** Test the hyperlinks and contact methods to ensure they work correctly and that they send users to the right communication channel or information. Remember, incorrect or broken links create a frustrating and difficult user experience.
+* **Develop strategies to work with limited resources:** If your organization or company decides to remove information such as the company's email address from the contact support page, find alternative solutions that can support and empower customers in troubleshooting issues. This could be done by providing a link to the community forums.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Contact%20support%20process) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/resources_contact-support.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/resources_contact-support.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acf04548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/resources_contact-support.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# Contact support page resource guide
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using [the contact support page template](template_contact-support.md), read this document to see high-quality examples of contact support pages and review the resources below. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## Examples of contact support pages
+
+* **[Constant Contact](https://community.constantcontact.com/t5/Contact-Support/bd-p/contact-support)** - Constant Contact's support page provides different ways users can find assistance and solutions for their marketing issues, such as live chat, email, and community forums.
+* **[Hubspot](https://help.hubspot.com/?_ga=2.32288827.42970265.1714521684-601084526.1709179413&_gl=1*mpto06*_ga*NjAxMDg0NTI2LjE3MDkxNzk0MTM.*_ga_LXTM6CQ0XK*MTcxNDUyMTY4My42LjAuMTcxNDUyMTY4My42MC4wLjA.)** - Hubspot has a link to a knowledge base center at the top of its contact support site. It includes links to other communication channels like chat and social media at the bottom of their support site.
+* **[Apple Contact Support Center](https://support.apple.com/contact)** - Apple's contact support center is a centralized hub for customers to find information about their products. Like the HubSpot Help Center, it provides a variety of articles for customers to refer to and different ways to contact the company.
+* **[Balena](https://www.balena.io/support)** -Balena's support page provides links to the product's community forum, documentation, and open source code for developers who want to improve their features.
+* **[Zappo's](https://www.zappos.com/c/contact-us)** - Zappo's has a list of links that provide different forms of support.
+* **[Nintendo](https://en-americas-support.nintendo.com/app/contact/session/L3RpbWUvMTcxNDUxNjU2NS9nZW4vMTcxNDUxNjU2NS9zaWQvZlVYX2VnNWVVUFJTcWx3Z1lJREZxbHpVcER0dnVQRktPald5MnJhZlNLcVFrdFlSZDNNanJ4YzgzamNlWUo2Z29MaVpqT0NlX0VqWDBuODBObldNNCU3RXlMMGlIa21tQU9MMEcwRF9ZOWlrNTdwUUJickh5RVFKWnclMjElMjE%3D)** - Nintendo's contact support page contains a dropdown menu where users can pick a topic that contains content to help them solve their product's issue. In addition to having links to different communication channels, there is a section called "Contact Corporate" where businesses can contact Nintendo for potential partnerships and other queries.
+* **[Shopify](https://www.shopify.com/contact)** - Their support page provides two links for support, empowering users to choose the option that best suits their needs.
+* **[Mailchimp](https://mailchimp.com/help/mailchimp-support-options/)** - This support page provides users directions on how to gain assistance based on the type of plan they have.
+* **[Zoom Plans and Pricing](https://zoom.us/pricing)** - This company's support page provides a table of different services based on the type of plan users have.
+
+## References
+
+The authors want to acknowledge the resources that have been inspired or informed this template:
+
+
+
+ | Source material |
+ Best practice or section |
+
+
+ | Understanding customer support and customer service |
+ Hiver teaches the history of customer support, the different components of this form of support, and how it is implemented. The article recommends using an omnichannel approach to customer support as it helps solve problems quickly and streamlines the customer support process, increasing customer loyalty. |
+
+
+ | How to build an effective customer support knowledge base |
+ Zapier describes how to organize a help center, choose what to document on a customer support page, and create easy-to-understand content. The article also provides ample examples of popular websites and how they manage the different sections of their customer support pages. When it comes to creating digestible content, Zapier suggests using different forms of multimedia to convey explanations. |
+
+
+ | How to create customer support content that rocks
+ |
+ This article contains an example of an eCommerce customer journey on a website to dive into different sections like product pages, FAQs, knowledge base or community, and blogs. Under each section, the article goes into detail about how to best deliver information to the user. A best practice that they recommend is adding customer ratings to make it easier for users to find solutions to their issues with a product.
+ |
+
+
+ | 7 steps to improve your customer support strategy in 2024 |
+ This article provides steps on how businesses can improve customer support strategies. One of the points made is that customers gravitate towards authentic voices. With this advice in mind, the company's phone number is added to the contact support template. |
+
+
+ | 8 Best Practices for Designing a Helpful Contact Page |
+ This article gives eight tips for creating an effective, user-centric, contact support. One of its best practices is to set expectations for response times, which is presented in the phone number subsection of the contact details section in the template. |
+
+
+ | How Customer Self-Service Improves First Contact Resolution Rate |
+ This article describes the ways self-service options can improve a business's First Contact Resolution Rate (FCR). It stresses that user experience matters because the way users find information can determine the success of a product. For that reason, it suggests providing visual aids like a chat bubble icon or a contrasting button. With this in mind, the "Our Products" section of the contact support template encourages the use of product icons and hyperlinking them. |
+
+
+ | 13 Actionable Ways to Improve CSAT and Keep it High | Fullview |
+ This article provides tips on how businesses can improve their low customer satisfaction score (CSAT). The "More Support" section in the contact support template was heavily inspired by the author's suggestion, "join where the customers frequently hangout". |
+
+
+ | 7 proven ways to reduce customer churn rate |
+ This article describes 7 strategies businesses can decrease customer churn rate, which is the percentage of customers who no longer purchase a product. One key tip is to provide diverse sets of communication channels as customers more often want to solve the issue on their own before interacting with a support agent. With this in mind, the "Our Products" section is the first communication channel shown in the Contact Support template. |
+
+
+ | 9 Types of Customer Service & Support Models - Whatfix |
+ This article describes different kinds of customer service models and their benefits and disadvantages. For example, it mentions that live chat support provides immediate responses to customers, which increases customer loyalty. For complex situations that might need something beyond live chat support, the article mentions the benefits of adding email as a communication option. With this in mind, the template contains both methods. |
+
+
+ | 10 Types of Customer Service: And which one is the best for your business |
+ This article covers similar material to the previous article. However, it mentions additional contact support methods that aren't mentioned in the first one, such as virtual reality (VR). It also encourages businesses to base the types of support methods on their company's needs. As a result, the "Other Communications section" in the Contact Support template has the suggestion for users to delete the content that does not suit their company. |
+
+
+ | Contact us page design: 11 best practices |
+ This article describes 11 best practices for designing a contact us page. One of the tips mentioned adding a simple form that users can fill out to request support. It was not included in the final template because it would require front-end development and design. However, an intake form could benefit some organizations. |
+
+
+ | Customer Experience Strategy of Apple - Revealing the Secret |
+ This article goes in depth on how Apple formulated its customer support strategy. It is used as an example in the "How to do research for your company's contact support page" section of the process document to describe how a company's size influences their decision about which communication channels to use in their contact support page. |
+
+
+ | Community-Driven Support with Pieces for Developers |
+ This blog post talks about the start-up company's community-driven approach to track and solve problems users have with the product. Like the article about Apple's customer service strategy, it has been used in the "How to do research for your company's contact support page" section of the process documentation to describe how a company's size influences their decision about which communication channels to use in their contact support page. |
+
+
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Contact%20support%20resources) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/template_contact-support.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/template_contact-support.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b417dd73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contact-support/template_contact-support.md
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+{If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [Contact Support guide](../contact-support/guide_contact-support.md).}
+
+{This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.}
+
+# Contact {company name or product name} support
+
+{Write a hook to capture the attention of users and set a welcoming, friendly tone. For example, "Hi! How can we help you?".}
+
+## Our products
+
+{Product icon}
+
+[{Name and link to product page}]({Hyperlink to product's documentation or landing page here})
+
+{Tip: If your company/organization has more than one product, consider placing the products and their hyperlinked information in a row.}
+
+## Support plans
+
+{This section is optional. If support is only provided based on certain subscription levels or there are different tiers of support, indicate which subscription levels or plans come with support, possibly in table form.}
+
+
+
+ | Free plan or basic license level |
+ Pro plan or next license level |
+
+
+ | Free |
+ {Cost per month/annually} |
+
+
+
+
+ - {First feature}
+ - {Second feature}
+ - {Third feature}
+
+ |
+
+
+ - {First feature}
+ - {Second feature}
+ - {Third feature}
+
+ |
+
+
+
+## Contact details
+
+{Delete any of the following sections that do not apply to your organization.}
+
+### Phone number
+
+Our agents are available by phone at:
+
++x-xxx-xxx-xxxx
+
+{Replace placeholder text with your phone support phone number}
+
+Agents are available at {list available times and days that agents are available. For example: Mon-Fri x am-x pm time zone}
+
+{Tip: Hyperlink the support phone number for mobile users.}
+
+### Text message
+
+Text the {company name} support team at:
+
++x-xxx-xxx-xxxx
+
+{Replace placeholder text with your text support phone number}
+
+{Tip: Hyperlink the support phone number for mobile users.}
+
+### Email
+
+Email us at:
+
+{[your-support-email@your-company-name.com](mailto:your-support-email@your-company-name.com)}
+
+{Tip: Hyperlink the email.}
+
+You can expect a response by {list maximum response times here. For example, within 24 hours}.
+
+### Live chat
+
+Need a quick response? Chat with a support agent:
+
+[{Live chat}]({link to chat url})
+
+### Social media
+
+Connect with us on:
+
+{X (Twitter)} at [{@companysocialprofilename}]({link to social media url})
+
+{LinkedIn} at {https://www.linkedin.com/in/your-company-name/}
+
+{Add additional social media accounts as needed.}
+
+### More support
+
+Need more support? Check out these links below:
+
+* {hyperlink to self-help options, such as community forums, Slack or Discord, or a knowledge base}
+
+{Note that some companies might choose to put this section at the top of their contact support page in order to encourage users to solve problems on their own before contacting an agent.}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Contact%20support%20template) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/example_contributing-guide.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/example_contributing-guide.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..290f8d5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/example_contributing-guide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Contributing guide example
+
+The Good Docs Project has an official example of this template in action.
+You can view this example at the Chronologue repository: [Chronologue contributing guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/chronologue/docs/-/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/guide_contributing-guide.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/guide_contributing-guide.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b87d1f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/guide_contributing-guide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+# About the Contributing Guide Template
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+## Introduction
+
+The contributing guide template provides a baseline for building your project's contributing guidelines and contribution workflow. This document will help you learn about contributing guides and how to use the template.
+
+## Why do you need a contributing guide?
+
+Contributing guides are important because they communicate your process for contributing, which can help you with the following:
+
+* Attract additional help with your project.
+* Ensure the quality of work that your contributors submit.
+* Make your project more inclusive because the contributing guide allows people to onboard themselves without assistance.
+
+You can tailor your contributing guide to focus on one or a variety of contribution types, such as the following:
+
+* Source code
+* Documentation
+* Outreach initiatives
+* Translation efforts
+* Issue management
+* Content strategy
+* IT support
+* Social media
+
+What you include in your contributing guide depends on your project's needs.
+
+## When do you need a contributing guide?
+
+Regardless of how big, small, new, or old your project is, you will need a contributing guide for the following reasons:
+
+* Your project is open source and relies on outside collaboration.
+* To attract more contributors to your project.
+* To enhance the quality of the contributions.
+* To establish processes, expectations, and guidelines for contributing.
+* To ensure that contributors have all the information and resources available to contribute; this gives your contributors a way to self-serve and help themselves, which reduces some of the maintenance burdens on the project maintainers.
+
+## Voice and tone
+
+Before you build your contributing guide, consider what kind of tone and voice you want to communicate to contributors. The "voice" communicates your personality, while the "tone" communicates your attitude. Ask yourself if you want your contributing guide to sound formal, humorous, or conversational.
+
+The following are some examples:
+
+* Conversational tone and voice: We're excited to have you join the project! Now that you've joined, check out the following ways you can contribute.
+* Formal tone and voice: Thank you for your interest in joining the project. The following are ways you can contribute.
+
+## Best practices
+
+Open source projects name this file in all caps to make it easier to discover: CONTRIBUTING.md.
+
+## Template overview
+
+Throughout the contributing guide template, you will see the following:
+
+* A variety of sections and subsections to help you provide granularity.
+* Boilerplate text that you can change. \
+**Note:** Boilerplate is the standardized text you can use and reuse within the template.
+* Placeholder text indicated in {curly brackets}.
+
+The contributing guide template is customizable; you can **reorder, rename, and remove sections** that do not apply to your project.
+
+The following sections provide guidance and context on how to fill out the contributing guide template.
+
+### About the "Welcome" section
+
+Introduce your project to your contributors with a welcome message. In your welcome message, list and explain how people can contribute and refer them to those sections within your contributing guide. Also, list contributions your project **does not accept** to clarify the scope.
+
+**Example:** Welcome to the Open Source Project's contributing guide, and thank you for your interest.
+
+If you would like to contribute to a specific part of the project, check out the following list of contributions that we accept and their corresponding sections that are within this guide:
+
+* To contribute to our templates, see the following:
+
+ * Templates Contributing Process
+ * Our Content Style Guide
+ * Criteria for the Templates Submissions and Reviews
+
+* To contribute to our content strategy, see the following:
+
+ * Content Strategy Contributing Process
+ * Share Your Content Strategy Ideas
+ * Content Strategy Workshops
+
+* To contribute to our style guide, see the following:
+
+ * Style Guide Contributing Process
+ * Our Content Style Guide
+ * Share Your Content Style Ideas
+
+However, at this time, we do not accept the following contributions:
+
+* Source code
+* Project maintenance
+* Translation
+* Issue triaging
+
+### About the "Overview" section
+
+Provide a brief description of your project's purpose and objectives that you want to highlight to contributors.
+
+**Example:** The purpose of The Open Source Project is to unify software developers who can collaborate to produce a high-quality analytics application for data scientists.
+
+### About the "Ground rules" section
+
+Inform your contributors about your project's behavior policies. Behavior policies are rules and expectations on how to behave and not behave when contributing.
+
+Provide a list of general behavior policies or share a link to your Code of Conduct if you have one established.
+
+**Example:** Before contributing, read our **Code of Conduct** to learn more about our collection of rules, standards, values, and behavior expectations that you must adhere to.
+
+**Example:** To be an active contributor, you must adhere to the following behavior policies:
+
+* Be respectful of differing viewpoints.
+* Kindly accept constructive criticism.
+* Do not use derogatory language.
+* Be empathetic towards fellow contributors.
+
+### About the "Community engagement" section
+
+Provide information on how contributors can engage with your project outside of their contributions; this can include sharing recurring meeting details, a link to your project's Slack space, an email distribution group, or a link that allows contributors to sign up for newsletters.
+
+### About the "Share ideas" section
+
+Describe how contributors can propose their ideas for the project. Ideas can be suggestions for process improvements, new tools to use, new documentation, and more. Ensure you mention where and how contributors can share their ideas and the review and approval process. Alternatively, you can share a link to a template or form that contributors can use to share their ideas.
+
+### About the "Before you start" section
+
+List and describe contributors' prerequisites before contributing to the project. A prerequisite is any condition that must happen before a person can contribute.
+
+**Example:** Before you start contributing, ensure you have the following:
+
+* A computer
+* A strong internet connection
+* A GitHub account \
+**Note:** If you do not have a GitHub account, follow GitHub's [Signing up for a new GitHub account](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/signing-up-for-github/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account) instructions.
+
+### About the "Environment setup" section
+
+An environment is a workspace on your computer that contains a set of necessary programming tools, applications, and plugins to develop source code. This section is mainly relevant for people interested in contributing to your project's source code.
+
+Provide a procedure on how to set up the environment for your project. As you explain how to set up the environment, ensure you provide any conditional steps, especially if there are different steps for specific operating systems.
+
+#### About the "Troubleshoot" section
+
+Describe or provide an external link to a procedure to diagnose and resolve problems that may arise when contributors set up their environment. The primary purpose of this section is to help contributors understand why there is a problem and how they can fix it.
+
+### About the "Best practices" section
+
+List and describe best practices for contributing to your project; sharing best practices can ensure the quality of contributions. Best practices can include coding, managing local and remote repositories, and other general standards you believe would benefit contributors to follow for your project.
+
+For inspiration on best practices, specifically for coding, see the following articles:
+
+* [Coding Guidelines](https://docs.typo3.org/m/typo3/reference-coreapi/main/en-us/CodingGuidelines/Index.html)
+* [Google Python Style Guide](https://google.github.io/styleguide/pyguide.html)
+* [Google Style Guides](https://google.github.io/styleguide/)
+
+Also, if you have a parent guide for best practices, provide a link to it in this section instead of listing all the best practices from the parent guide.
+
+### About the "Content style guide" section
+
+A style guide contains a set of standards on how to write and format content consistently. If you accept documentation contributions and have established a style guide, explain the purpose of a style guide and share an external link to it for contributors to review and reference. However, if your project does not have a content style guide but would like to establish one, use The Good Docs Project's [Style Guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/style-guide/template_style-guide.md) template as a baseline for creating one.
+
+**Example:** Read our [Style Guide](https://example.com/) to understand our guidelines for formatting and writing documents. The purpose of our style guide is to ensure consistency in the tone, voice, and structure of our documentation.
+
+### About the "Contribution workflow" section
+
+This section contains the following subsections to help describe your project's contribution workflow:
+
+* **Fork and clone repositories**: Identify repositories that contributors must fork and clone for your project. Also, since the process to fork and clone repositories is the same for most version control tools, such as GitHub and GitLab, feel free to link contributors to read the [Using the Fork-and-Branch Git Workflow](https://blog.scottlowe.org/2015/01/27/using-fork-branch-git-workflow/) article by Scott Lowe or to any Git guide.
+* **Report issues and bugs**: Explain how contributors can report problems with the User Interface (UI), application, source code, and more.
+* **Commit messages**: Explain how contributors can create and format commit messages. Feel free to link contributors to read [How to Write Better Git Commit Messages - A Step-By-Step Guide](https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/how-to-write-better-git-commit-messages/) by freeCodeCamp; this article provides examples of both good and bad commit messages.
+* **Branch creation**: Explain how contributors can create branches and merge changes.
+* **Pull requests**: Explain how contributors can submit pull requests (PRs). You should ensure that you address the following:
+
+ * Your project's PR merge policies
+ * Who reviews PRs
+ * The estimated timeframe for PR reviews
+ * What can a contributor do if they do not receive a response
+ * What a contributor can do to get their PR reviewed
+ * The approval and review process
+
+* **Releases**: Explain your project's release process and cadence, such as if they are monthly, bimonthly, weekly, or continuous.
+* **Issue management**: Explain the general process for how your project manages issues, such as tagging and assigning issues.
+* **Text formats**: Explain what text formats contributors must use; this is especially important for documentation contributions. Text format types include a specific Markdown flavor, HTML, and JSON.
+
+## Additional resources
+
+* [Coding Guidelines](https://docs.typo3.org/m/typo3/reference-coreapi/main/en-us/CodingGuidelines/Index.html) by TYPO3
+* [Google Python Style Guide](https://google.github.io/styleguide/pyguide.html) by GitHub
+* [Google Style Guides](https://google.github.io/styleguide/) by Google
+* [Using the Fork-and-Branch Git Workflow](https://blog.scottlowe.org/2015/01/27/using-fork-branch-git-workflow/) by Scott Lowe
+* [Giving Respectful Feedback](https://symfony.com/doc/current/contributing/community/review-comments.html#giving-positive-feedback) by Symfony
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Contributing%20guide%guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/template_contributing-guide.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/template_contributing-guide.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7dbf50c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/contributing-guide/template_contributing-guide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# {Project Name} Contributing Guide
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_contributing-guide.md).
+>
+> This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.
+
+## Welcome
+
+Welcome to the {Project Name} Contributing Guide, and thank you for your interest.
+
+If you would like to contribute to a specific part of the project, check out the following list of contributions that we accept and their corresponding sections that are within this guide:
+
+* {Contribution type 1}
+ * {Section 1}
+ * {Section 2}
+ * {Section 3}
+* {Contribution type 2}
+ * {Section 1}
+ * {Section 2}
+ * {Section 3}
+
+However, at this time, we do not accept the following contributions:
+
+* {Contribution type 1}
+* {Contribution type 2}
+* {Contribution type 3}
+
+## {Project Name} overview
+
+The purpose of the {Project Name} is to {describe your project's objectives or provide an external link to an introductory document, such as the project's README file}.
+
+## Ground rules
+
+Before contributing, read our {link to the Code of Conduct} to learn more about our community guidelines and expectations.
+
+## Community engagement
+
+Refer to the following channels to connect with fellow contributors or to stay up-to-date with news about the {Project Name}:
+
+* Join our project contributors on {name and link to online chat}.
+* Participate in our project meetings on {specify the day of the week and cadence} at {specify time and timezone}, where you can provide a status update or raise questions and concerns about your contributions. Use the following link to join: {link to online meeting space}
+* Stay updated on the latest news and changes to the project by signing up to receive our newsletter. Sign up with the following link: {link to the sign-up page for the newsletter}
+
+## Share ideas
+
+To share your new ideas for the project, perform the following actions:
+
+1. {Step 1}
+2. {Step 2}
+3. {Step 3}
+
+## Before you start
+
+Before you start contributing, ensure you have the following:
+
+* {Item 1}
+* {Item 2}
+* {Item 3}
+
+## Environment setup
+
+To set up your environment, perform the following actions:
+
+* {Step 1}
+* {Step 2}
+* {Step 3}
+
+### Troubleshoot
+
+If you encounter issues as you set up your environment, refer to the following:
+
+* Windows: {share a link to an external page that shares troubleshooting steps or share the procedure as sub-bullets}
+* macOS: {share a link to an external page that shares troubleshooting steps or share the procedure as sub-bullets}
+* Linux: {share a link to an external page that shares troubleshooting steps or share the procedure as sub-bullets}
+
+## Best practices
+
+{Option 1} Our project has adopted the following best practices for contributing:
+
+* {Item 1}
+* {Item 2}
+* {Item 3}
+
+{Option 2} Our project uses the {name and link to resource for best practices, such as a coding style guide or writing style guide} as our parent guide for best practices. Reference the guide to familiarize yourself with the best practices we want contributors to follow.
+
+## Content style guide
+
+Read our {name and link to your style guide} to understand our guidelines for writing and formatting documents. The purpose of our style guide is to ensure consistency in the tone, voice, and structure of our documentation.
+
+## Contribution workflow
+
+### Fork and clone repositories
+
+{Provide instructions on how to fork and clone your repository. Alternatively, provide a link to a Git guide that explains the process.}
+
+### Report issues and bugs
+
+{Provide instructions on how to report problems.}
+
+### Issue management
+
+{Provide instructions on how to create, tag, and assign issues.}
+
+### Commit messages
+
+{Provide instructions on how to format commit messages.}
+
+### Branch creation
+
+{Provide instructions on how to create and/or name a branch.}
+
+### Pull requests
+
+{Provide instructions on how to submit a pull request. Share a link to an example pull request or include the pull request template you want contributors to use within this section.}
+
+### Releases
+
+{Provide a description of the release process and cadence for the project, such as the source code.}
+
+### Text formats
+
+{Provide information on what you need contributors to know and use to edit and create documents.}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Contributing%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/guide_glossary.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/guide_glossary.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c42c2d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/guide_glossary.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+# Glossary guide
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the glossary [template](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/glossary/guide_glossary.md), read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## Introduction
+
+A glossary is a common reference document that organizes terms and their definitions. It is best practice for glossaries to only store terms that are specific to a particular industry, organization, or team. Terms or descriptions defined in an established dictionary typically shouldn't be included in a glossary.
+
+For example, a glossary explaining web application terms should not include agricultural terms unless they have a unique meaning or use for that project, team, or organization.
+
+### Glossaries and terminology systems
+
+A base glossary usually includes a term, definition, and abbreviation (if there is one). More complex glossaries can include additional information, including localization notes, related terms, term provenance, and more. These more advanced glossaries are called terminology systems and are covered in the Good Docs Project's terminology system [template and guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/terminology-system/guide_terminology-system.md?ref_type=heads).
+
+The table below has a non-inclusive summary of information types commonly found in glossaries and terminology systems.
+
+| Information Type | Glossary | Terminology System |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| **Term** | Yes | Yes |
+| **Abbreviation** | Yes | Yes |
+| **Definition** | Yes | Yes |
+| **Alternative term** | No | Yes |
+| **Rejected terms** | No | Yes |
+| **Related terms** | No | Yes |
+| **Part of speech** | No | Yes |
+| **Provenance** | No | Yes |
+| **Notes for translation and localization** | No | Yes |
+| **Context sentence for translation and localization** | No | Yes |
+| **Modified on (date entry last changed)** | No | Yes |
+| **Description of modification** | No | Yes |
+
+## Why do you need a glossary?
+
+A glossary can be very useful to an organization. It can:
+
+* Be a "cheat sheet" for team jargon, helping onboard new contributors faster.
+* Lower miscommunication caused by the use of obscure terms, or terms with multiple accepted definitions that may overlap or conflict.
+* Help users better understand the language used in and about a product.
+* Integrate with web pages to provide hover-over popup definitions (if saved in a machine-readable format).
+* Improve accessibility of websites and pages.
+* Simplify translation efforts for international teams and organizations.
+
+## Before writing a glossary
+
+1. Evaluate whether a new glossary is needed:
+ a. Is there an existing glossary that can be revised?
+ b. Does the identified audience require a glossary based on their knowledge level?
+2. Identify your audience.
+3. Research the most appropriate glossary format for your intended use.
+4. Gather terms.
+5. Consider the information you need for each term.
+
+For more detailed information on the glossary writing process, refer to the [Glossary Process](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/glossary/process_glossary.md) document.
+
+## About the glossary template
+
+### About the "Term" column
+
+The term you're defining.
+
+#### Tips for gathering terms
+
+* Consider whether the glossary will be a private team resource or available to the public.
+* Select terms with a meaning specific to your audience.
+* Search your existing source documents for common terms and acronyms.
+* Consult the glossary's audience to find terms that aren't yet defined, or have unclear definitions.
+
+### {Optional} About the "Abbreviation" column
+
+The term's abbreviation or acronym (if it has one).
+
+### About the "Definition" column
+
+A short definition for the term, no more than one to three sentences.
+
+If the definition already exists elsewhere (for example, in an online dictionary), and that definition matches your team's use of the term, use the published definition.
+
+If an authoritative definition does not already exist, you'll need to write one. Reference the [Glossary Process](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/glossary/process_glossary.md) document for definition writing best practices.
+
+### {Optional} About the "Source" column
+
+A hyperlink to the definition's source, if you did not write the definition yourself.
+
+## Example glossary entry
+
+| Term | {Optional} Abbreviation | Definition | {Optional} Source |
+| --- | --- | --- | --- |
+| application programming interface | API | An API, or application programming interface, is a set of defined rules that enable different applications to communicate with each other. It acts as an intermediary layer that processes data transfers between systems, letting companies open their application data and functionality to external third-party developers, business partners, and internal departments within their companies. | https://www.ibm.com/topics/api |
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Glossary%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/process_glossary.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/process_glossary.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d1d5b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/process_glossary.md
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+# Glossary process
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this document for good practices about how to research, write, and maintain this type of content. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## How to research a Glossary
+
+Researching a glossary requires a strong understanding of your audience and how that audience will interact with the published glossary. For example, consulting a glossary in a printed book is very different from using one on a website.
+
+Knowing both your audience and how they will work with the glossary will help you determine which terms to include and the glossary's final format. However, it is also important to keep in mind during this research phase that your glossary will likely grow in the future. Be aware that as more terms and information get added, your glossary might take on a larger and more generalized audience.
+
+### Identify the audience
+
+As you put together your initial terms list, consider the following questions about your glossary:
+
+* Will it be publicly available or private to an organization?
+* Will it be for technical or non-technical audiences?
+
+Answering these questions will help define the style and content of the glossary terms' definitions. For example, you would not include technical details such as API specifications if the glossary is intended for a broad, non-technical audience.
+
+Consult the glossary's intended audience to create your initial list of glossary terms. The following individuals could be excellent resources:
+
+* Those who have recently joined the team, project, or organization and are still learning or have recently learned the vocabulary.
+* Those completely unfamiliar with the team, organization, or project.
+* Those who are familiar with the team, organization, or project and who have insight on which terms should and should not be included.
+
+Remember that a glossary should not define every term possible, just the ones relevant to your team, project, or organization. A glossary should include the following:
+
+* Terms unique to the team, organization, project, or knowledge domain.
+* Terms that don't appear in a standard dictionary, or which have a different meaning than their dictionary definition in this organization, project, or team.
+
+Keep in mind that your glossary's audience might change in the future, as your glossary grows. Therefore, it's advisable to consider a more generic audience when first creating the glossary. Remember that adding terms later, if needed, is straightforward.
+
+### Research the format
+
+When you have a good idea of your ideal audience and the terms they need defined, consider the following:
+
+* How will readers interact with the glossary?
+* How will the glossary owner update and maintain the glossary?
+* Do you need your glossary to provide hover-over popup definitions on your website?
+* Will you eventually share this glossary with other organizations using similar terminology?
+
+Readers interact with different content structures in different ways. For example, a reader interacts with a glossary saved as a table in a text document differently from one accessed through hover-over popup definitions on a website. So, you'd need to write and structure your glossary in a format appropriate for its intended readers.
+
+You should carefully consider the ease of post-publication maintenance. Remember that your glossary is very likely to grow in the future - either by adding new terms, more information about those terms, or both. Therefore, consider a format that's easy for both glossary contributors and owners to maintain.
+
+At this stage, look at as many examples of working glossaries as possible. The results of usability tests on your existing documentation or website, if you have them, are also valuable. These resources will help you identify the format that will work best.
+
+Tables in text documents and spreadsheets are popular formats for a new glossary. We've summarized some pros, cons, file formats, and possible use cases for both types in the table below.
+
+| | Table in a text document | Spreadsheet |
+| -- | -- | -- |
+| **Pros** | - Reader-friendly.
- Easy to share publicly on a website.
- Easy to add new terms by adding rows. | - Easy to convert to machine readable formats.
- Easy to expand terms and term data by adding columns or rows.
- Easy to sort and filter. |
+| **Cons** | - Requires manual sorting. | - Not always reader-friendly.
- More difficult to copy into target documents such as Word, Google Docs, or Markdown. |
+| **Typical formats** | - Table in Google doc
- Table in Microsoft Word file | - Google sheet file
- Excel spreadsheet file
- CSV file
- JSON file
- YAML file |
+| **Use cases** | Internal glossary for a single team or project. | Support hover-over popup definitions for a website. |
+
+### Make a glossary machine-readable
+
+When a glossary grows to include more term information than just abbreviations and definitions, it becomes a terminology system.
+
+A terminology system is a spreadsheet-based document that stores the same content as a glossary, but includes more information for each term. The additional data for each term can include but is not limited to the following:
+
+* Modification records
+* Translation notes
+* Related terms
+* Rejected terms
+* Alternative terms
+
+Both the Glossary and [Terminology System](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/terminology-system/guide_terminology-system.md?ref_type=heads) templates from the Good Docs Project have been designed to make adapting a glossary into a terminology system straightforward.
+
+To develop a glossary into a terminology system, we recommend converting the glossary file to a spreadsheet format (if not done already) and adding a column for **unique identifier or "key"** for each term:
+
+Ideally, this identifier will allow you to link directly to that term entry, instead of the general glossary page. It also makes the glossary more compatible with machine reading. The key can sometimes be the term itself, or a shortened version of the term. Adding this identifier will also allow a glossary user to order terms by their key, not just the term itself.
+
+## How to write a glossary
+
+To write a glossary, gather the terms you've decided to include and either reference a definition written by an authoritative source, or write your own. If you can find a more authoritative definition of your term, such as from a standards body, or your company-wide glossary, then reference that definition and provide a link to the original source in the **Source** column.
+
+If a term is unique to your team, organization or project, or is a common term that has a unique meaning in that context, you must write a definition yourself. Consider consulting subject matter experts in your team, organization, or project most familiar with the term's unique usage to capture it in a definition. Cite or reference the standard definitions as well.
+
+### Best practices for writing definitions
+
+A good definition should provide enough information to prevent a reader from confusing one term with another. It should provide a brief but thorough explanation of the term's meaning, with enough specifying detail to distinguish that term from similar terms.
+
+For example, defining a tiger as a large cat native to Asia is insufficient, as this definition could also apply to several leopard species. A much more thorough and accurate definition of a tiger would be: "a large Asian carnivorous mammal (Panthera tigris) of the cat family having a usually tawny coat transversely striped with black" (Merriam-Webster).
+
+A definition sentence should start with the term it is describing. Using the example above, you'd edit the definition to start with "A tiger is a large Asian carnivorous mammal…" rather than just "a large Asian carnivorous mammal…".
+
+Repeating the term in its own definition may seem redundant. But as a table-based glossary grows, it gets easier for its terms to get separated from its definitions, especially if the glossary is manipulated with scripting or queries. Repeating the term within the definition is a redundancy that allows the **Definition** column to remain coherent, even when removed from the **Term** column.
+
+The [ISO 704:2009](https://www.iso.org/standard/38109.html) standard recommend writing a definition in a way that allows the definition to replace the term in a sentence, and still retain coherency. While this is theoretically good practice, it may become unwieldy with terms requiring a lot of technical specificity.
+
+**More tips for writing definitions:**
+
+* Define one term at a time.
+* Use common terms in definitions that the audience is likely to understand.
+
+## How to maintain a glossary
+
+Appoint a single owner responsible for future glossary maintenance. Without a named owner, it is very easy for a team to think that other member(s) are going to keep the glossary updated, and no one actually does.
+
+Task the glossary owner with reviewing the glossary on a regular cycle, such as quarterly. They will be responsible for the following tasks:
+
+* Updating the definitions of existing terms.
+* Adding any new terms and their definitions.
+* Ensuring the new terms and definitions do not overlap with existing terms.
+
+One way to do this is to have the glossary owner consult with individuals who have used the glossary to find any missing terms or confusing definitions. Depending on your glossary's audience, these individuals could be:
+
+* New project members or contributors
+* New employees
+* Team members most familiar with the needed terms
+
+If done on a regular basis, glossary reviews and updates should not require a large amount of work. However, changes can pile up very quickly if the glossary goes without updates for an extended period.
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Glossary%20process) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/resources_glossary.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/resources_glossary.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91ac6614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/resources_glossary.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Glossary Resources
+
+Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this document to see high-quality examples of the template in action and to review the resources that were consulted when this template was created. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates) GitLab repository.
+
+## Examples of glossaries
+
+* [Github glossary](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/quickstart/github-glossary) - This resource provided an example of a glossary in a published web page, with each term or heading linkable.
+* [Glossary - Fisheye Server 4.7 (Atlassian)](https://confluence.atlassian.com/fisheye047/glossary-981149994.html) - This resource provided an example of a glossary in a published web page, with each term or heading linkable.
+* ["My glossary template" (Open University)](https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/402344/mod_resource/content/3/eco_1_glossary_template.pdf) - This resource provides an example of a glossary with a simple table-in-document format.
+* [Content Design Glossary Template (Atlassian)](https://www.atlassian.com/software/confluence/templates/content-design-glossary) - This resource provided an example of glossary that combined the table format and linkable header approaches.
+
+## References
+
+The authors of this template want to acknowledge the resources that were consulted in the making of this template and how it informed certain elements of the template:
+
+| Source material | Best practice or section |
+| --- | --- |
+| ["Writing Definitions"](https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/general_writing/common_writing_assignments/definitions.html). Purdue Online Writing Lab, Purdue University. | Referenced for information on how to write term definitions.
**Key Takeaway:** Write a definition using simple and common terms. |
+| ["How Do You Write a Good Definition?"](https://www.johner-institute.com/articles/regulatory-affairs/and-more/how-do-you-write-a-good-definition/). Johner Institute. | Referenced for information on how to write term definitions.
**Key Takeaway:** Use limiting characteristics to make a definition specific to one term |
+| [Benefits of a Terminology Glossary and Style Guide.](https://www.dynamiclanguage.com/benefits-of-a-terminology-glossary-and-style-guide/) Dynamic Language. | Referenced for the benefits of a glossary in a business use case.
**Key Takeaways:**
- A glossary unifies language about a subject.
- A glossary helps ensure consistent translation and localization. |
+| [The 6 Main Benefits of a Business Glossary](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/6-main-benefits-business-glossary-george-firican/). George Firican. | Referenced for the benefits of a glossary in a business use case.
**Key Takeaway:** Appoint a glossary 'owner' responsible for ongoing document maintenance. |
+| [ANSI/NISO Z39.19-2005 (R2010) Guidelines for the Construction, Format, and Management of Monolingual Controlled Vocabularies](https://www.niso.org/publications/ansiniso-z3919-2005-r2010). NISO. | Referenced for existing standards on writing a term definition.
**Key Takeaways:**
- Contextual information on controlled vocabularies relevant to expanding a glossary into a terminology system.
- Write a definition with enough detail to avoid confusion with other, similar concepts|
+| [Tiger Definition and Meaning](https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/tiger). Merriam Webster. | Source of the "Tiger" definition used as an example in definition writing. |
+| [What is an API (application programming interface)?](https://www.ibm.com/topics/api). IBM. | Source of the "API" definition used in example glossary entry. |
+| [SKOS Simple Knowledge Organization System Primer](https://www.w3.org/TR/skos-primer/). W3C. | Referenced for existing standards for term and definition concepts and organization.
**Key Takeaways:** Contextual information on controlled vocabularies relevant to expanding a glossary into a terminology system. |
+| [ISO 704:2009 Terminology work - Principles and methods](https://www.iso.org/standard/38109.html). ISO | Referenced for existing standards for writing a term definition.
**Key Takeaways:**
- Introduced standard that a definition should replace a term in a sentence without loss of meaning.
- Contextual information on controlled vocabularies relevant to expanding a glossary into a terminology system. |
+| ["Create a well crafted glossary for software documentation"](https://indoc.pro/documentation-types/glossary/). Indoc. | Referenced for information on glossary research and planning processes.
**Key Takeaway:** Term collection is the first step to glossary creation. |
+| ['"Speaking the same language"--the importance of having a glossary of "commonly used terms" or "jargon" when implementing a project management methodology and managing projects'](https://www.pmi.org/learning/library/clear-definitions-fundamental-terms-principles-490). PMI. | Referenced for benefits of a glossary in a business use case.
**Key Takeaway:** Glossaries are a tool for decreasing miscommunication and facilitating onboarding for projects or teams. |
+| ["Technique G62: Providing a glossary"](https://www.w3.org/WAI/WCAG22/Techniques/general/G62#:~:text=A%20glossary%20is%20an%20alphabetical,of%20a%20word%20or%20phrase.). WCAG 2.2 Techniques. | Referenced for benefits of a glossary in business use case.
**Key Takeaways:** Publishing an online glossary is a web accessibility technique. |
+| ["Glossary maturity levels"](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/docs/glossaries/maturity-levels/). The Good Docs Project. | Referenced for information on glossary types and structures.
**Key Takeaways:** Provided contextual information on evolving a simple glossary into a machine-readable and potentially shareable terminology system. |
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Glossary%20resources) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/template_glossary.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/template_glossary.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e377ef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/glossary/template_glossary.md
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Glossary template
+
+{If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [Glossary template guide](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/blob/main/glossary/guide_glossary.md).}
+
+{This template includes boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.}
+
+| Term | {Optional} Abbreviation | Definition | {Optional} Source |
+| --- | --- | --- | --- |
+| {Term} | {Abbreviation} | {Definition} | {Source} |
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=Glossary) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/guide_how-to.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/guide_how-to.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..73d53e6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/guide_how-to.md
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+# How-to guide
+
+> Thank you for downloading this template from The Good Docs Project! Before using the template, read this template guide for information about how to complete each section. Want to explore more templates? Check them out in our [templates GitLab repository](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates).
+
+## Introduction
+
+The how-to take your users through a series of steps required to solve a specific problem. It shows your users how to solve a real-world problem or complete a task in your application, such as how to create an issue in GitHub.
+
+**Note:** A task is an action that your users can do with your product to accomplish a goal. Multiple tasks may be involved in achieving a goal.
+
+The how-to clearly describes a set of sequential steps your users must complete to accomplish a task. The how-to assumes that a user has basic knowledge of the application and has already read the quickstart and the tutorial.
+
+Do not use a how-to to teach concepts.
+
+How-tos are often confused with [tutorials](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/tree/main/tutorial). How-tos are task-oriented, while tutorials are learning-oriented. The table below identifies the differences between the two.
+
+| Tutorial | How-to |
+| -------- | ------ |
+| Learning-oriented: Helps beginners or expert users learn a new feature in a hands-on way. | Task-oriented: Helps an expert user accomplish a task or troubleshoot an issue. |
+| Follows a carefully managed part from the start to the end. | Aims for a successful result and guides the user along the safest, surest way to the goal.|
+| Eliminates any unexpected scenarios and provides users with a successful finish. | Alerts the user to the possibility of unexpected scenarios and guides how to deal with them. |
+| Assumes that users do not have any practical knowledge and must explicitly state any tools, file configurations, conceptual details, and so on. | Assumes that users have practical knowledge of tools, file configurations, applications, and so on. |
+
+## Why do I need a how-to?
+
+A how-to is often used to help advanced users perform a task correctly. It can:
+
+* Demonstrate to your users the different capabilities of your application.
+* Guide your users to solve a real-world problem within the application through an ordered series of steps.
+* Help answer specific questions that users may have.
+* Make users comfortable using the application.
+* Improve the user experience, and help reduce costs by lowering the number of support requests.
+
+New users can also benefit from a how-to, provided the how-to is well-written and states any prerequisite knowledge required to complete the task.
+
+## Before writing a how-to
+
+Before you start working on your how-tos, identify:
+
+* The main use cases for your application.
+* The different scenarios that your user may encounter in the real world while completing a task. If this, then that. In the case of …, an alternative approach is to…
+* The surest and safest way to complete a task. By suggesting multiple ways to complete a task, you're asking users to think through the different ways and choose. Save your users' time and effort by eliminating the options.
+* The different error scenarios that a user may encounter while completing a task, and their corresponding solutions.
+
+## Best practices for writing a how-to
+
+* Address one logical goal (task) per how-to page. Try to avoid cases where only a subsection of the how-to is relevant to the user.
+* Prepare your users for the unexpected, alert the user to its possibility and provide guidance on how to deal with it. For example, include callouts such as a warning, caution, or note to communicate important information while completing a task.
+* Use conditional imperatives. If you want x, do y. To achieve w, do z.
+* Do not explain concepts.
+* Sometimes it's helpful to occasionally provide links to supporting pieces of documentation for more information.Especially, when the user might need a link to supporting background or [conceptual](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/tree/main/explanation) information and/or [reference](https://gitlab.com/tgdp/templates/-/tree/main/reference) materials. However, avoid providing too many links within the guide. Keep your users on a single page as much as possible and provide links to additional resources at the bottom of the page.
+* Avoid over-documenting multiple ways of achieving the same task. If there is more than one way to complete a given task, pick and only document the most common or recommended method of completing the task. Additional methods should be omitted or mentioned by providing a link or reference document.
+* Avoid writing edge cases at the boundaries of your application's capability.
+* Always ensure that the steps provided in your how-to guide are technically accurate. Test your how-to instructions from start to finish so that you can uncover omitted steps, incorrect details, steps out of order, and information gaps that block users. If it's not possible to test it yourself, have a developer or subject matter expert demonstrate the step to you and record the session, if possible.
+* Re-test instructions after every notable product release to ensure instructions are still accurate and work end-to-end.
+* Lengthy how-tos can overwhelm users. Focus only on one task in your how-to and restrict to a maximum of 8-10 steps per task. If the task is too big and complex, you may break down the task into multiple logical sub-tasks with their own steps.
+
+## About the "Overview" section
+
+Use this section to provide the following:
+
+* A clear description of the problem or task that the user can solve or complete.
+* When and why your user might want to perform the task. For example, in a guide for creating a pull request, you might tell users that pull requests are used to let others know about the changes you have pushed to a branch on a repository.
+
+The how-to assumes that a user has basic knowledge of the application and knows what they want to achieve.
+
+Here are some examples:
+
+* This guide explains how to create an issue on GitHub. You can create issues to track ideas, feedback, tasks, or bugs for work on GitHub.
+* This guide explains how to resolve merge conflict using the command line. Merge conflicts occur when competing changes are made to the same line of a file.
+
+## About the "Before you begin" section
+
+{This section is optional}
+
+This section describes what your users need to know, or need to have before they attempt the how-to. By stating the requirements up front, you prevent your users from getting halfway through and discovering that they need to go and read other documentation before they can continue.
+
+Use this section to communicate any prerequisites for this how-to, such as:
+
+* Familiarity with the application
+* Software and tools needed
+* Environments to set up and configure
+* Authentication and authorization information
+* Other guides or information to read
+* Links to procedures or information, or any useful pointers about how to get what they need.
+
+For easy understanding, consider grouping prerequisites into categories such as background knowledge and software prerequisites.
+
+Optionally, provide cues that signal to a user that they're probably in the wrong place and offer more suitable options. For example, If you are a Linux user, refer to {link to relevant Linux how-to guide}.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+```markdown
+Before you begin, ensure you have:
+
+* A conceptual understanding of RESTful APIs.
+
+Before you begin, ensure you have:
+
+* API credentials for the v3.5 API.
+* Access to the Postman application.
+* (Optional) A development environment (IDE) that displays API responses formatted for readability.
+```
+
+## About the "Steps" section
+
+The steps section is where you describe what the user needs to do. Use an ordered list structure to document the how-to steps. How you write your steps will vary depending on your organization's style guide. The template organizes the steps in the following way:
+
+```text
+{Task name}
+
+{Optional: Provide a concise description of the purpose of this task. Only include this if the purpose is not clear from the task title.}
+
+1. {Write the action to take here. Start with a verb.}
+
+ {Optional: Explanatory text}
+
+ {Optional: Code sample or screenshot that helps your users complete this step}
+
+ {Optional: Result}
+
+{Optional: If needed, you can add substeps below a primary step. Make sure to indent the substep one tab space over if you're using Markdown.}
+```
+
+Here is an example step:
+
+```text
+Create pull request
+
+Pull requests are used to inform others of changes you have pushed to a branch in a repository. Once a pull request is opened, you can collaborate with reviewers and make changes before merging into the base branch.
+
+1. To create a pull request, do the following:
+
+ 1.1. Navigate to the main page of your repository.
+
+ 1.2. Under your repository name, click **Pull requests**. By default, all open pull requests are displayed.
+```
+
+If you're including code samples in your steps, make sure they are also indented correctly:
+
+1. Set your Git username for your repository.
+
+ You can change the name that is associated with your Git commits using the `git config` command.
+
+ ```bash
+ git config user.name "Dakota Everson"
+ ```
+
+### Tips for writing steps
+
+* For task names, start with a [bare infinitive](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Infinitive#English) also known as plain form or [base form](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_verbs#Base_form) verbs. For example, "connect", "set up", or "build" and express the heading as a complete thought. Don't use the -ing form of the verb because it is harder to translate. Instead of saying, "Connect", you might say, "Connect to the VM instance".
+* For each step, optionally provide some background information about the task so users know what they're about to do and why. Continuing with the example, you might provide some best practices for creating memorable repository names.
+* Optionally, add a [code sample](https://developers.google.com/style/code-samples) or [screenshot](https://developers.google.com/style/images) after the explanatory text, depending on the type of how-to you're writing. Screenshots are a great way to show specific parts of the screen you are referring to in a step. Make sure your code samples work and are always up-to-date.
+* Remember to orient your users when walking them through each step. If they need to open a particular file or dialog box to complete the task, provide that information first.
+* Provide examples of sample output such as return data or a message so that the users can validate whether they performed the step correctly or not. For example, you might want to provide what a valid and expected result looks like on entering a command into a CLI.
+* Use plain language and define the terminology of any technical term next to it.
+* Include one action in a step.
+
+For additional tips on writing steps, see [Writing Procedural Steps](../writing-tips.md#writing-procedural-steps) from The Good Docs Project.
+
+## About the "See also" section
+
+It's likely that during explaining a multi-task process you will touch on other topics related to the current one, but not strictly required. This section is useful to provide your users with suggestions on further reading without interrupting the topic covered by the current document. An example might be setting up an email client, which requires working credentials for an active email address. The reader need not know how to install and run his/her email server to acquire that access, although this is potentially useful. The link to documentation on running a local mail server could therefore be included in the "See also" section.
+
+## Additional resources
+
+* Bhatti, J., et.al. 2021. [Docs for Developers: An Engineer's Field Guide to Technical Writing 1st ed. Edition](https://docsfordevelopers.com/).
+* [Diátaxis](https://diataxis.fr/). 2017. A systematic framework for technical documentation authoring.
+* Carey, M., et.al. 2014. [Developing Quality Technical Information: A Handbook for Writers and Editors](https://www.amazon.com/Developing-Quality-Technical-Information-Handbook/dp/0133118975/ref=sr_1_1?crid=ZJR527VZPRL6&keywords=developing+quality+technical+information&qid=1662901229&sprefix=developing+quality+t%2Caps%2C196&sr=8-1).
+* [Google Developer's Style Guide](https://developers.google.com/style/lists).
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=How-to%20guide) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/template_how-to.md b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/template_how-to.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90dddb2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/how-to/template_how-to.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# Title
+
+> If you need more information about how to fill in this template, read the accompanying [guide](./guide_how-to.md).
+>
+> This template includes writing instructions and boilerplate text that you can customize, use as-is, or completely replace with your own text. This text is indicated in {curly brackets}. Make sure you replace the placeholders with your own text.
+
+## Overview
+
+This guide explains how to {insert a brief description of the task}.
+
+{Optional: Specify when and why your user might want to perform the task.}
+
+## Before you start
+
+{This section is optional}
+
+Before you {insert a brief description of the task}, ensure:
+
+* Prerequisite 1
+* Prerequisite 2
+* Prerequisite 3
+
+## {Task name }
+
+{Optional: Provide a concise description of the purpose of this task. Only include this if the purpose is not clear from the task title.}
+
+{You can use this format to describe your steps:}
+
+1. {Write the step here. Use a verb to start.}
+
+ {Optional: Explanatory text}
+
+ {Optional: Code sample or screenshot that helps your users complete this step.}
+
+ {Optional: The result of completing this step.}
+
+2. {Write the step here. Use a verb to start.}
+
+ 2.1. {Substep 1}
+
+ 2.2. {Substep 2}
+
+### {Sub-task}
+
+...
+
+{This section is optional. Include a sub-task only if the task is big and complex.}
+
+## See also
+
+{Include references and/or links to other related documentation such as other how-to guides, conceptual topics, troubleshooting information, and limitation details if any.
+
+* Reference link
+* Concept link
+* Troubleshooting link}
+
+---
+
+> Explore other templates from [The Good Docs Project](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/). Use our [feedback form](https://thegooddocsproject.dev/feedback/?template=How-to%20template) to give feedback on this template.
diff --git a/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/images/importance.png b/meta/reference/good-docs-project-template-1.5.0/images/importance.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..56f3ac6e0eb218a88808021718654ab7e7c6dd19
GIT binary patch
literal 188284
zcmZsB19)alvhW*YVp|hi6Wg|Jzp;(U#P-Ct?MyJy#I|ia`Sb1FfA8M?_B>CY?$g~>
zb*ieXsuiXnCk_vb0}B8E;3XwQlmGzG{?DWb4f$D9UxHc$0KoBC3JWVp3JVh{INF(6
z+L!_W5@AW|P#Vg^7+Km%#0>yYB_X@O&_sZekOfGA8!j;nl2l|sj*&P9y3QABjGEkX
zlJHD3@l)FHP6iCLM3-6v_4NY(s+W<6{g?f5zYorvY?g!ZRWB&O9jZ<(2h<#ZNIj7u
z4CdaPl&qLhVhsSL9XheamPYEiJ2~sO>dv3zlUy8IMfXmd+>|?f!$c61UBZE7=
z>&Wt>#)$q}2mxt7%&BGOW5W6MB0l{q{;eTIxm6JU`#s1hpdKt
z6bMGVp_s7OpvFmT>7)t9iCvS=&M@hPyAuv%j@``qhy_bmw1w{{G9comF{S8czsZDT
zf*11yQjtJvar&b@mTC>9(wTzOPD2H8!&t>Ix*__RKox7cg$QXRQosi&&!nAhAP*vd
zBWR8!iSB;BW;&rH{2DYdG%a^OV$;fIILT0MZrDx_`MQpP8qjEo(@9A*UJ3gJ(%W{1MSFNM0>@n5S5)n4p*;
zyvzF+>k>Ck4Mjw;^mpvECpe5(5@;+uV=+(0)D&2=IQ5$fh^~n#g
z>Emr+uzBf5f6D=QS>3v~dmdk6+$t7^@OP5sDJ>BAwN>{8q>F5JOKt}0cMslT&l3k2
z`zFMz01-4q91#L(P#EL0Ov^Z#0d*?OegKLBWO9J20sbO%lRv%z`ywJv53)T<1_P;H+Soff#uM
zhbYeQT2bdhCsPTBqPJYjVO;_*O#YdoH@emwrDPJx<8hPV)fmIJ`UzI-!cOZU<`+cw(v+$PwDF@m~cs?8Q5IZ8N{
zTrZG7NlBEaCaxqqBf+Q8C3cD9i&Y&WH!*ia;tZxG!HlCB;vOCxQXiTa%BI3WlMbgK
zi|;L#DW)y7DP&cqS8SuqF8!%uUB><``lo27xUO(zepb&SD
zgXyx_N>y{GO~`WVvgxwwvTmLD+1hFF{mB`(7?PNKBvMoffy0d8T)>{frozePq~Ze8
zYVA<%ud6+Yh&ZaRDKR|U*Xar6%F#1w#qIeGV!_eWICDJ5jrEx<6Rp!v%NEOrIa5wz
z?9sk^Mi(UZOPh|PN#|ViE&|xrO+A;0HUS(cMFS12!Ea9!G9^*lqTNg}&
zJE4Q(^6V4d6K`359-Qu`UT3$*1jf8#jAkdPgX?DNIu~Q>nS5~BD%rApnO#L)IvZ9S
z;=cR7-rYdo35})-+IjkUX+H|Tun*#o2OIf&+WRm7EfGf!YYwjh4I`hu?q(2CeNJS~
za!!}Q!Y1}F3L$7>L*h|kTgONa9y$18hFM-`H4E!hD-D~)wi@v**RA-={o2FD$y%D<
z>k&1PNTRGFff91N;X^Nq^NPxO2;!*u`FS+?*}o&h)3BY`k_ot}T+L70IX+qn9o%++
z+l5zjFvl=Es8%TJ6p*CJ6t3h^GCz}?nU;t&Q&&@kq$DMllBfCU?N`ejba!+IQzE;W
zetGsbz#LHE$oxrjcaDE1Jud(&{XW}2n^~&g61Qq)>xV;8NnIH;xL>*7x%qOXe(eRm
z9_aY1-udG8`t}^|A`%^&H?1oTJ*`uy$v*Q^RZU|4cg4d}+|o)tlp~7M{cgOIvQxT<
zR-TRGiOJ6J47pqA*#O!0I8~Oin(R@+cgdzbVh_}7oSVk281M91vFC_e!vJ|f(_bN_
zFv^HBGa2MR=h@b5pYx6;V1r=&(gP+o$1Kt;xt!Mjgw$))vrUMZ6_44b8S@pp%Pp*K
zwsP+)9+*zNbPko4bR3?&_CJjchz&SJ5PqP%N&~~R!U}fxL8~EfF}J@2e_6qd(ra*?
zYF6?+3T7^@3$J5{@Q7e|
zM}tixt=^^k&2sJuHYGf&ytKTqoO|JWwWW@At?SYTs1u|2t4KRNho?vr5c|PDB5W~F
zR&-Vn-p-$2a$TG6pQX=Ja2ULFY|pV~98SY8k`mOxsM{7{f0(^!r!>>ODZU}D?{&SrcHIWOhu{;Y5l;9@z22VQ%rX=(Sa&V^0^c$2&(;Ob
zd;C*rwnqFQ7&WGDodJ4wQ2xnq0Q{_pk{z@Ieh)!3b2U!T4;Y&9(CckT0sL3LnDbyi
zc6N}(c65U7oUUhgK%NDl-vi)$dzj1Ru9lEZV;T%S0g`UiRkT+W;HQjcK2Es(-U`92
zih1eu!oY{-9qHLpdh@xU2shP`G?SGDP=A)80pK7w0Eo{L$YLbl?3|5cJ@P&)VC*F{od5s~vcD3Dq!Q`nC;oX$6%A(%Ss5;4J0QKGiJg%t
zy*tqUFFXJqcdpMO(A3$G$Q@{7>%`^GOY)B%T%YB?su@U#{?WzRnwLaFR)I*^&e4>J
zjh>O7k%SMHh=_>C(Zq~PNkr_Q;GbW-Bo@xj_FN1MZf1|&tJ7%3YPAsHku-qz)zWd(%@rbWaIfq|G%~T
zFU5a@)c9XWc1DhWhy1se|AbU^GIbQT1AdZp=KEiD{S)}#8~+K&!|)g9|0aq55%WK4
zKjq8^%fs+5o$QNIUSjNKa2kA`O6^Na%R5WHBGlNaMW8WHH|#wgdu!
z^-XNr^{$n4S`9<+;ou5WI5HC#LJNDgZbvb@G^+m6V+HUpq+
zMw96bcAJ1bH6+JRRa{Nt)?O2Cs%Fm2a}&60)|kV$MB&ES6|(ZH=zW9HD3Os;R>?!UF82VKor+Ar~|t6IK@OJwt}Xi3PphQ9wBP~3j%YoFh$P_iqN|T9RuTe
z=kyUAH%tTYNgmwp(j=b2F|cjf>)C@z-FW
zrlC0-z|?Qpc)xF!v$)*+8z^U-}UgZD24{@2UOAy?SY;EKEQ($ZS}kLLwB
zlbzpDu2Z6zPj=h=VF=%icRSGscFF%!?VnN;rv=$s#ME>D^?t+uF_YzUuZhd;TJg4x
z*Q6>AZ#c@BaK|eaip7!+-hnvC@
zi{c;S_h0JyOJDBYD4|y;MY8FucMl^p)eY!0YKyzW32SZ|Uyeo`-sa+>)a$P-qX7-NucyV?uTafJ+T`w}phCtP;#%iCj=CaVRy}dmTmA9!p9{i>LH^EzTuZj9T(uMyu
znSYUNq6okWa`mo`A~YNOxwj6#EcQufocBTJfFbqTk+
z+jismz8Ux{5W;mgPJB7W@6|Y+(J(M6F_EJe1NvOT-K)pVYl7RD+9UbzmYS0f&IQ)r
zo2vETI*9MKSnYd9^I+Q&3!JBaUOhPN0Ykh6&YSeFA!Dr36JadQ&0BZBtX-@k3frPk
zWP8`Wpd#XNOg^D1lT_*d*}O+tS-*+KmOV%PryKYePbe_X7KqRNJ&eH0t4KABa&Bn+3gX;wEL+Wd2f|8XZ{4=zN^Bz>xL9L&&UUpl;X9AHIKVC2@2|1tateooNSx69
zUzl{21Jx41v^&jNBQ?SAdO2^$_sVkkjeUPt?YD+Gw|8)GfhQ<*hJ+Lp?sEX+^Goif
z_3ib5|AB64SDM!8wsw#pB8fx)S5qxLg};08C=pERe-4S71eDO`58Y1B#<5hUKHsNN
z{bx4oWr9bqjhC#m#s$4D5Rt(sLRS&r5PuFf$%xI9Qx1nUmxZ*9q;}UctKv-8pLTuo
z&35{3nTM$oprPDSq^p)bKa0tSkotgJtxqjpJ
z_V$C0$U+sdv~3~=1OZBIOa_v2%$
zg3c7nKlp^*g>@L(^tpm$4{{%5IN40*2-@bU;RQ$d;aigaH{)~_17&VFo)qE=Fu*n=
z^m}z+@Bc@{S-bFE@Vq}wBPL4;dx#L+z$C&DW|kdw+Zm?FW^I)|ycws+un*Mrz8YXl
zI-?KQSfUVf?$9@5=9HxWdn~;|3H`-*4%HM6oCp7Yw*|j7G2y+>;yQq?zPR}-sIsKQ
zqCAuAyWqyeRTrQZdeFe_{q^bmPX)u`u%)IKs`W)PvG5NQHfdk}NK(W9;=?3Bv5D})
zgdgPj-x~ZV&jX+cYLIOX?T5)yS_IVyk3yqr@F%!w#vUL-!4?ttdbOKuYT4J_`+T2g
zvY$O}52w1|R}{tZ8{6r{(fPajy-fqILKfNglUXQCOh6YQ+jM{W#s
zb(ds>{QZd?A9NcZS#cY5p!<2QT1KL?sOYyG@108fY2D~6_w;A*AO90=L3;5w;h?}Y
zNE2xZKvBxw%qXg>nq%wv^4)^I-4{&y+ZdP7VdH4deIH%mtpboT>WA7a#|mgl$_kgEox4<
z8M<>(0lm>2tN}OJh0~@MSlxO5bIs!*^L$~dSe{V)?E36*u3X&=w<*(<5+>#UdZ$n0
zlZ+R5;p=m#3TDvO((=yy*`zrGwbju0v+3#WzPTIt8Ox)^(aH5xFbC(JghBdigEhjA
zitQx6bbjn+e=K1bkj?kD`8|gC)lk{=k>9S5CwdF6XUmJb?#G|}Z895^0B&Ld-_?8O
z&a`VsSB0Wge9!Q4%@Fby|((j{b@hFva4(T*X3W~|1FN{h!vW_|0WyBVD(J
z3{N2(x25}Q4zIHQEnmMfP0q2|bibY1ovnLa+(jOKas9_^?s|9FcKIBO;lIR?T`3~H
z6mpo)cqul2G*i6tR|MZM1Fp6>xb7vXFB^v7H?0BZ`AWduu!%5w7x*0Py5E{EIC7&B
z?yz}%)}L0LChmB5_$ccoU;nO?7;qE#Xw2U*NGG08*L&}oUwn!*yLvJ8y=ybw);*%h
zjGM!C=>l{?Lmjqj)c&lE$;!^lh}m|(xqi-$e9fg(=o@#UxySh)S|^q)i!+l2-)luV
zxmhxKM}4z({x*m3?jW6n^hNtI8<(DLO`~3Qi%<6c(*3bg{b{528$s@WQkiTm)^uAp
zzWHOFn_Od*O_=xXF4=XOx~)2d=z5(sc8z{#Q`|7eN)0iP(F+?NT$WXFUIHCMIUoTT+6gJ;Y+C$+h^=)1e;<9JQ0h)HNg-S^tCn6UU|Dw8Zg19s%C2_y-CBV-H-5
ziLLr^uF?B-FFUwWEt`eoMa2u(!CGk@@(d>0zNI9UO^uh|x}Wa$T)x9(80AAF#5?Sc
zto=+gRFnp!zrCuYesp)Ika9cYC~{PejVN0GYziB}`=Tv=oq()xhN)765kK25=C>CQ
zX4>gj^6WPo?gc`kV^_+q1>-`jgBKshXFU_QN4{~>j4Dt+4aYBcw%7Y
zZf=73(iK-{wB*4diL@C0(Fa`vx9nvn;cr^gkXOd|3tHW)OT&V*yp4e{(}na!_hh=6
z@oH0u$P>_$D4qvxX(Da8rG-4qkjM$oCe=<@#Q1KnRB$%CbsKrUtM6|Q7k(ET4XLb_
z@t-p~{<<(!il5#g5P^HaL?@R7*2Lqt-aXR>+W^OI%(2QKiHRVCUY+`|dBa}$;nl{OCdZWwZOHtK876eNGPqdvfmswo5^qfr@NeXDd?8G314x&&3O
zE>mKE#8})xC^a;G7k?%k)!MJY#T!CpvEqT)3QzG@J|km^(cShRtAn&WHME%dEHH+t
zrWTbI5C^nB3DJ$A(=e9eCfn(crQ+d)j(vp$!PD0%iXvAPUlDNEes%L7(ON)H6N|ZH
z1&YTBLB5IV=qb)tC}-r`N4HLDzM1H>*O7SB(wlOqzBinouDNYA{hZlS`_~VhK%y7EYqLLdPz61-gR~
zS*Xz_Q^x_feDJD#7%*2Bus_TL%!4sy-_X)Zarh%JT;{&<#N_8kf!_|zEU<_=Xes*J
zk2-aR`YB?`3&l@~-rn#yv6L5>3%kXJQB
zQ2~Eh{ykAD&$0|*Jo?_PxV}Q80dYCRO@x9W5UgRW!KVXPpQLzlcQ=OxXs6PZ9
zpwY10^w61+=Jb858ZnZZNg5Y9||JoxA
zC@#GJBY#I$gHGRHVccBGB}8q6LXMj+ztQFX`aMCmP~?j7M3Ltx~DeSP54
zr~e(T1Ux{DmZn;pX({$YKz`|Kq_
zl#w)tJzieS3ND4{Mj}(h*da*8{bA6M!6ZN2%bf3Sa{L7otKyLij1Gj?gAwTZ!=4}>
zxkUGh26jqr9D}9Y{BG56VH@IV?Y>60Nj#6MRWN05fVIYP$CkuI8cdS
z=(>-@Y}1?}N!g)~Nw3kQbt8b>GD}HsmeJJ-?N2&1iCtyt(9%;>NK7FY=0|JR$vfnd
zIs*DYkZ7_KtGAD;v99tH1mP!wI+z2Px6rvwgf5mhy!7g`+^Mfl9xEE2F79TrC%;Gv
zhYb3gLrmVyi|=Xi~9kH^@8+4z_3VkLy_$@Fh4LE;LHy-j4}
zX)dWk>N&yGaW5|i2_q@*H~mj!>M(ugJ8N;IT|
zEF;N#-kWWm-(u<`^FudU`C1OoHFyTL%;8-^yhUG>x}|6n2UCj)Hfx`Z0G)eB-%j+Z
z7GtnsTFfKfjfZX(8oQ;}%%>5Winy!d$`cC+Ljg0oLPuDL^*!2}%K{n5D|DRXOu5bc
zL7KHC*vP(Mn$#!2Ux;!ign~YtTu%=}>{E(jAO2NMs=J?5a#$8Jj4Xk39J_N9EtIVZ6DhL7m9X_3mMUkA=MUD
zCRZuWG%KKKeQM{eW7iLLBl9|MJ$MbWeOPnLKKtB?B|oX*>z%69ZiYiThkJFsKMjK3
z|6I1s&CQ*oUe{;8{b@Fyp?LhqhP#7uu@>Szd2*5lyoxwzxSLMKItLj|BSWUHjTLR&
zDf3hi4+LAUHe#Gd`xr!n5K95^@lOe>SS8V_=(=eKDeSzqp;a4EHU*XbP_`5$t?_zs
zYr-dPk4_R`F$PsdbYfvopJ0nzVo*X+CbA_LS`GF-z51Qz3
zesH&v7BZ468Tx@v1KQUiI-R5HtV3wlJX}Al6e%wP5fPzBBLHrHFi{tq3>jM4!M0VgJ<*Zst>*Ce(oE=e{R7
zLXo*IJU%m4OOl8%paxRCEhr+C3Nc|T{fkMldia)0|Ar`tJEcbmcd$asBz%bVyO|*x
zyc+Yw=kWZhm6&yd9CF!~LlJPIk?qduD!~#9>uh8-ZciQ+E7L@PJUId|st!^l7_Nv2
z1Xs=OuN$EN%SiMe(G7w#Cl}>7pohi1LjEGw;pzU0B}p;RnAfPyzN2H#K@k9qk#O#S
zzG|+@R&+-st;%P1iQaCHO;BjR;~V0J?C;^F*w*3bCf@KoWGZCWaqG`GjKm{pGR{O(
z%|{ALmpP;~c;(}Z=(3V|EapZC7%drV$08<4gRt7pw7$Zsavqd_o$^K3b(t4#o>BEY
z`$lW@GXZftPdgf-Z&FcGQIp3W{1TT347}C
z$!{99ikb+9uEkDh@W`8+8+$r3af)z7De2E!e&Mu`Rg@X@
z7q{!*WB}$4av516VN~L*%*|PW2YRp!c*KFWZ;JgPXekJpvtj+Y&Imc|dmcao<)=1WJ1~HLh8LD0C+o(Gg-Z#j~OaJ=)
zm)faOL7V?x%&jrtKt7b#o~Q|rlFCu-8Tmnu`4vWKM*phF6;=N0i`RgvS`sopG(~G)
zmxkIhvHbI>;A4D3LMjD5@sa4(;zgPADdxTW=K2pdFq(Np@=9M)Zm7^(%S5oxYiH
z+ih!pZYI*L14;q3F?n#!%u!=pHDg%$Qc)Dvfq0i%eBGjdeuB
zd4EevUGTdiScCxyMXEt)=6Ps4-4Y55s}|5w@c_wWJPbd4k!)1Pb84|s>28e#C%<&r+F~
z+2EtQe#nn9a+-nSWC>xbJ=)eIK4>W2P$iQH6soM8_c@`UXZ8H!Q)mIv2FZaW8sgle
zd@psYf}_erqE@TalElPWDTPVyJQ`7=5vl`Jz0Qm~QZAmQLp}?_AyJ+PyJ<(VcthPg
z(zYv}aJkUx;w^Z;uklk<9h+j*lGoD*B)Yb+lut)Uu_%an>B56~*}YA}rb3yahu6a7
zT!E{v(;qFV1OC2T+w~gvtnQlufyvgwL7u!RSWa;&u3hNe31GJFW!+n}ZJe}Rn=2`b
zIEqWL(K?8%xMg3}+FEzp>14%Eo?@`jJ7~HqXGf@pUL;5?Dzj67JE`r{9ZfJ8dh9%1a*N4aa#GB-te~Ig7BvY4Z>*c;bl8
zK!ga00+L~?-7?6OO?LNal&ruM-3Q`Yc=!cPeDOO7?u5=jeW9x}kkhhBP6QK`Lt*TL
zj}d^4#$=lm+xGX_2T}IpScoq3+?kSPvYVoko>EdQuXx`}G8`0zQ(-qPy*P?XSraLc
zM?0>qKl*kqr7oUY;cnrcrR2H9?jXL%)0hXNNI#>#&X|gl#V<=HdPCx9sVWGq0=Tw=k8eZS+OtTfwJWN;?TC+y#3c9=e+8lbZEQo|}_5Oh>CNeWvIIhmpSaUcyZ
zY1pCm!+Oo>ySJp+^KdVv!VtGFb#V`?C8u;j?k(WPZ1>m1G_bDc$RoBAO3mGLawkmg
zHsZWf@9^iK5x0ubz*T75CIx=q(q0i`BI({ZM!^(
zZR-c&UB~XOuc_l%z6ho?^kk@agtD@-YKn?mzI~2KLpwBs8_)C2r?)fm4;QMGHf-dl
zc!*xRLK0UXm1!&S^V{V4WbXEFl0{Sr<~(M@TU!JQ|))C^vjZ)tNO^K(mGigCNR
z5@v5M59J_?Mz#>F+y5EwIJgk@F}G!|HJ566d5FbDBpGQ>dIY7HV8gQiPAoij|2=Yp1`44)t=#xX`oE%R9BFsUW^DTAA
zBfU%^8QI{Li8pKF^>qbVU%4C
zZ$rqi1zPSQ6_3>7S3+G763XjGV9Y95R<>5{va>KrL5If*czIG{NV8z;ar_{d!>C&Q
za1$=^aIbpoZ7L?d1iU<>RHsI2{#Ch*w-Z4yHbe5Ajl+&5U_iQA_F%5Sqyf`lXbX)0WmE7-f+^sidR{Nw}Y)BtAl8
zsS}k`BApL)ozIFNTh}4zSGlNKr5E-fh~yzdiv!iXgA-`cLvD>wm~?rgnG1|4z*U34
z9An5_2dQ73dPdZYSC62j?NKvKvsfh*l)Cpn@QD~Gc?ycdEhiD;o6O&3_nyQp>)wvs
z`JcF;*G*%}!cb%cW(+ahk*P{(llhh50_n=~zlV^`d0i#+c^!Qro2JGd7`_ovNovaG
z&7Ossh86Yi=vdERnbp%xkt~|FzRao~i6BrBRrXESbk`1|7in==QR>Lymgt{}LQ$_{
z`WjbJpfBwAi+cfnQvD|^l>Bk_%-wWjyoX>33%#2iIE`7(_|3yrmK3%D}FV5Ne`Eh?ZRcVM{xck
z$j#ptG-vi*lGk+%IbB?mtH=n^=aQ?+g5UxaHCoq3=$g&dt?8&5I`#
z2#=blJgyS*#szb^DWemE*l~!7b-y>Ep>?v;^5!^|FWXe6&pTDYg@;#DvZ>AGb;l)k
zCCL2*E#4*;T?TU89mL6<>`Pheb*vt%RX2ii$)wsZ0}*hD&cZ^RV1o|@!nIwnYy(JI
zn$3eF`trWdfegiO%va9BLf$v#F&PihcuQQFQUT(Y?*Xh0teQ^7ol7I%)V_IDq33OC
z&kiTKHP^j8G^==o?V*9xSV)giKI`lzlvOq)H_}u(zH`sl6^?{&5jQui9!pDAL{gRa
z=JxprpaVvmO3kuFj1;m9ggy0w$})b!TDzZoldjg2+>kz)4u{*Mib1?ai^jHYU27*!
z@%Aq#355m+`~a0d`k`g5Q~O8Dx~$Y`w$F3UiA(0ty|#>iItxtkSSqF}Sy>8dr7^K>
z8gu!LR#zkoOj<6xs(&Q}5ZuFv2V(|f{yZg~fBvF>LKLM{d1X
zGw*0sPTQP2zHCJXwx^vFaXAvUy$ix9eN8#RER7C=AtmJ5+WGPmotZ;4tKd6j9O_kKwn@U?rKMsan=ohw=+6vdW@K$?5
zRe|*pMicvSD*D{H5-hCPn0#f?ONlb8dDxQC;xkMHT+^pM@i1fSwYpzg$qWt81EaLfaqcY+1(1l%
z+i&FgP}nveuL9zlbD#HAGkds+cot~bJ)n#mD)h}=?8cf@RHGVq(Y1^fOYeTV`|sTo
zXNw;0TQpTy#yz)MbK7%U8><=YLy
z>hp|97)#93<9qU3R*m}s=)9%nT#dn(@Pm8vD{X*oQihlj4wf}wH`(BND?I%BW@({y
z82S`D+RVj%Y)Xdr@=taYhxP;frBsIW_CHS4Qt&|czwQgQZ@i8Fb#byu?PMq0qU-Zw
zM}^nJIq^?wwB8H23zvIZ?#k{v&t^~~CiE|Y=5zUCT&;ryUVnD!YrUTw6Bw>UF?Dxo
zV3k>GSi?08cYurAk4xCAy1hek#`0aR0+D;g7y>LW>n}Di`4!A2>i()NHPW?vQMlGn
zK2IO@9UwlR=Mz|8g7$0%J%rAkIiB}Qi0w+7!jC2vZ`;qCl3h+JpkozcAXu8k*}1oR
zzf?F+6DRXqP@XB_pCBNhsVxV{^7iDRK-7-oV2n4rj3#TH?ZeLlh*nxWGv@#t+LUfj
zk$1Q}L(d4%7aP01f`P)sdz9
zLg{M0`8u=CF^@~+^t(TBG@_Cqk~x*pg3Lj7ws({%{Wprvb+Zk5tlE#?41GrWaFSz4
z64s>sWkx27n{(%g1h`7N;ki!@(w*-$;UJ%(3UR0o&!jMmX8fZ^#!i5JH!NpKxVCjh
zT;0?r(=Pp#+-XO}y~JQgj{yA3AEC1hnkQO4Hx+4YJ5}5j;i7Pb@q|P)Yx(W?_S;u%
zx4ScRm;#lW{tsNUFzxF~FGZ*}(qNM*bhYXq-kGYMPd~pcd}G||xsL!8`GydhCGa^#
zqsL%H8$sQ&*ju1qDusxxszFkXNnW%eZ*TYG_>_e&54P
z?VVoqJ2apE6A{(i^qZe-@*e=gd(F>IL)d~0`r)_0v
zTSKB5i*sE1qFs^nTnkYy3Ln%(>>*pU{cE*;G_D()q_h_B5L$
z*ANhHgi4dzD-Bmj{w=V
z`M?C|05hllkf@Pq&|qQ*RLd6iA=**MH
z!<%N=GvjsVPy|w%fDwEd8oMDZg=EOxYR_H4bhi&)wQkp-;!@`su;-QGjmNSixkX$}
zrprRdqG6M)6BGdClPnn8oqW%{AfY8H>~=x7VbIuPjQ+~=LDml4D+>`d;p7S=foEbA
z*PaT49~gA&Xu^W~z&6y{BD%2J4Bqa^{Qhrp?f0Ib`(1t8CW00jw9+a$&Jl9oJtYCn
zxNmftCep>cK=}=?;=OP4lX}ZF@CL!jG!P;)rxqlaRgUMqJ*0?+mTX1Ao|S2eh4{z1
z{ULc*qYOj!3W*vzvdPv|jAqe^gx
zO*NRO&dau*S3
zby=K^vH<6SZW_NJA(3{e5|gd8CO0Y>FB~cSaNzpu(Jf#(B(>ooGx$({uY5<1sSgOj
zH!R&|h6V3|W#F?<|ETJ8JUMIHn^Rw#D@IRaQ&by~BxY%iEvzJB>Ge8R$#W+vY1$B2
zL_0HG%!OJ4Ic!{7jTCZUeM=#yf`cbv2XIV)fUS3KTpCK8hK}SIhm>d&0
z7E;wTIRc@Qh=^wb_T+5*v^%WEXhj+xk4!ou`Sr9RrY@*Rr9SQ>nYFO0uu8j@vZ+eP
zZ0w>7XkE;2iJMH%Qr_nXsIf9qS&t-{F50m5-Y!^018w;kXN;cdOIYMUzO%_NIy^l{
z(7b>(Hj<|$#yggu^*qbvusRkia+4buV>IRzzZ=773xi&h3r75HJap)H?`jKPEG?=qdJ-E27*KgPc)7T
z*8(YF`EwbwOiBD_tl(Ls`B^2@d3{-9c_kKSL*C*^P1b49%k*YFpYc;)U}0PREO(Q1
zUFfTcB{-bAZC%-dUj0+U1sf!R<*vMS)4qhc9k=$vzjv`1e|~g
zv887F2#$HTEyKEN`5djju`bATodtWG04hKhAj~|)e)diD=Wiv|K$ivx>7tP~fHV-s
z5s%HokA?&Ag%sb%7JE|&pY3YbPP(=y<~YPEw4$F8(cQW)N}QfR_M!ur1Q-r(DE%Re
zo=g$JU8^FGGiN#MD6;(I-%N6B5x0!nRu;^~Zm~;w!X3sH{*5|DP#3n@Uj?~GvXh|H
zvl#Q1=P7tUzOd;j_y9N`^q?&_U`9jY6A-OdArjR=@t|@eK}bS^z3nbE_!F{WkHvtt
z7NzI12j)d{m^eghi(?mdQqi+gM%>nYi__~$enAsCM?zIHN7PXvSyU2OApn$6GlB#L
zA76UR$Otj}!oqzQ3?fOey*j;+=40g&}i#Qi@2lt630
zO98V?&8t_~s(bIXr4K(~g@8`=`x?MD_UmV(Pd~}}A9J|n4;;cH$w(lAbfgDhLOVYM
zKui=xuLFpy$zLHUs%|rfU|sgv$0nS6rWH`XQl(hy-K9&w5_JTzh*o^bZL*7wMxtZv0pd;Z#MEQK{(`Zoxzy)PEWk`34s(D!hh?t^imu$ke>3&B4gFF&aG(u8=~Fi7l(UG0E}~zkc=9oO<5Bt<
zTo($c2VIYzV&lL0O-uFesa!&X9K)ydh~GKgz*%rRVz7+PR{Lt)xWOu3e9>n9@sC!<
zK(I28*`fi%ZOY|WSn=3Vv`OlN^e<)Dyk@0seC8ROcl({*Mx?7XsLMk>-sY*WP3Se1
zm*}U+Ye2`LuTp%1*~$$tB{UwvqHuN4OhB42HLt>Fqs_)A@Lxkzq3yPXOf>I)pV3KVfyR
zz2S;l4O+^#rhi`>@~M-p=V6Cf0m>j%P)c8;X%-!7cIp@-t>VwZbGb|~d2BgY!s?!R
z-YOn{!j`--%ZljW3JG4Vj<&qi_B;Jd>vHr|%OAZD${Xbv9Zpen#fQ@2EURDL3(s2B
zt1nvZy9?dgoT{(2CbVdNSElG`?D?fwiRgsnK7fv}IuuDABlbF`o1}2lfQl69YRbL;
zQO8=@qyqts{pp11fa!$&P?8+M3W#DO?Hv5zwqV_Ep7j!d@d<0g8c|00^~A-3&bRU>k;$f0{a5{mM(W^z}C^g|BW2iY%WV
zDwhsYNy`G;0$?b>*RURoV!kXYk_8<|kv==gR99O*R#+r#Df#Cy@ZevrtN?(M8mx_7
z_SxG;oO&8cuis7rV!5EyTf_QQRx|Adn%l9aEk
zv5gCtSi`huY{>)nV?kPLKuSwf9t|k>Vf*c4y-qsQijSP)ph9)UMXNt#$IDfx=#Wph
ze!fTrzvSlCt8D$Wr)>3OPgwDqRX!cBDf)WyS$yCDHuBsvtZ2dnEQ45o7^sP+`%=?V*98%PSG%hD~41QNV^r%(8{F0Txug0BnbE;-gT{>xkjXwJ{E7(gQo*66#OcXYG
zr9IP*^e@yk$tzr|yeL4d_v>u_zyF6dzw$hFSC6Q>MMW?bjqwM_uwb+62{JZ1-S
zaHmUCw#5tx%X{^_rl_$Y`KbMSoqZu&n~w%&xU@mZ3u6RW)8NH(EO)K-|i}H=mi5
zUPqo_<;R>zo5ey*TdRNkQG5FdW;p@vvPu^majcE}?zb$bZ?B-op{AJv<=b12*oqIz
zQ5I_r_QYf}x}f&?=WWja{jc?)-mgy;SwpWOcGUNOL|q$=-eEA!fR4_F0XQy!&rG)^
z%%YT5;2s6v`Sdj!-?uw9%Y%Ux}NR{rlpN&2JH0!eW
zM4z7aX&i6LL9v
zCs^V5{W5@9x-)`KSg`Sd#5$3tQQ
z7NbHsU++cG39Z#NR=;YMZCJ1Xe`A0#*0V;GOAE@U?}Ytr$YFEub4+qa+Pl2`9Y
zm7lo7!9JQh
zH9&k50HFnoV?Uv-@
z>MV+jtv?p4+`+>vr$;X$Nl=QUAJ+&@i?Eu?O6bJxn;K3FX>U-{@BG)Wm&l_&H1qPp0GOf&~xjjfyQ^a(!&?y6^0*Z$X
zqa!Rs;v`0=r@AjcP)${8VPW$!EatOj*@77}sB`lzmqA4_^}I{(0oHrONb7<7PKr7!
zP_1cG7WYMtvQ|Al6kKiq68vkC+sB)4S|N49F_h|_IPgx23-XXdy{{B-
z<>N_sb|YFW#n9@p|Gt*$B_04~>a4l)IxB#qfmI>pfbVISF?$2zhWo$|!W1SlWkxAo
zvC-B(_K2-|db-(?CDzmZoGDLy!8Z^+4R}59{PV2n;6t(EvpzsB7g-fd+6ZDWi$JsW
z78Th6@h^U9Ew4Oh#qg4*OzKIunngzixE}3u&S!i;l-GA4^(6w@PEUE48whP(pj&yt
zI-F(=!Ip;}vsZ6rK*`{UlCpC2+sJQ!n|jj)eYC}zS1z}W_+u9$p91Pk+O4Nyup%I)
zIw7C;HBUa}Gg5LbX=N6v|H#o+IAR3W&OU%ejU>noatc%Lk}9)N_z>s!?`36Ln*rcK
zA;D(=z20HE3>-?sSpb`gnc}%-Hky|&vyHeJt(ozRtzWj(x=_!`(IH(14YTgl-=cwo
zafe{0P_wVpmsS}(Hm=7NX@k{NZm|;d=&+-YvBJIgu@+fX=e=zOl%Io8grIP
zLBH0|d)JoHR!abWzKB*j6`h>Iz~O++2O=uF=*NItGatG5z!x%DFB-WQZHU47+jFh%
z(T8jfIsU$13~tkKg;RW-O7gz!>w;HIt{ltbX3X#ag8<3nQMz~y3N{f
zACn7IJ@1F^KgmkQjRiR8(qD@XU|WNKtDj*cV-n53%}6
zmkOsn@(4IjViTY0AEa|ME2DK}x88cI-FDk;_WJ9uI|%;a4}WM=rcCjfKaZjI5h7=D
z7vsVBedfh3zW9&?6WHtjqiVd=Ad+IeCal`FOq$HL6ccSm7mzx()K
z$AB1LDW>mNKL#Lv<4u%tgZ07JsF7*(rA(W*0%i`n@FFWaInR#@sX9!mg2`2E`Ux7R{~AP
zt$gUO_@q8%U9b$70ceUyvp+zoJJW-ya;#u<)Gh{;sV|a1A887;7NAwv(u|*7xphUZ
zZV9JhOX*4p>oP=)WvB;OC>AWWxj+4>m2OyLHEPs!0He-2*9s3hn1v+61DMFjDvGOc
zfPow=v|)D#gsx{>m5PQE~
zvJh*EQXouLp5~PRVyy7*-gyVpnQN?^4y2Zjef+n-V?~D^L>Z8WOsD9nk{>$w^((FV
zoi}aOb1zxV>u+0E7HU=&7g`fm_X97x#KBQ6Rw3$kjaK{I3k)nD
zx9Vj}tOh^KLj0+_03`Y!Nj*7W60;H1F##(VfXYDmrXJ8YnqjT=@Re+>JwfAIH$M|7=Ro=-tcl;xv7W~WS|Ki`Rb><69L*qhIQeu_pzgqM|iUH`*
zgATQ_6Hc-sfK7^pV_Kl3_8KG!JpoK)DOZOSR>{^XEX24>ynN&J)&sp!!1MAcC)vpF
zd=~(RafZH01Igg)2_fkK9TA`50(#6?Ecy4Vtl{P7u--}4Hyna
zlK0+69&1HfoW@L-&r*mO?JNvHvFb9rQom-k?^05RUd{v5I`B|_UC&8w;!`XVmrL#7
zpj{d2nE{%4(+yUF>s~Pfj6w|n&;Kl-a~y4({>A|@`BJjmuYhy8Tr>fQYaf2d
zWL&JO_m<7tQJ8~||}vTIqlikZV10OFgignC&4C@p4ixA!-`W%(nRVZfTK
z0kqNxm_upm2(s`?@kPbWk$z>s>4Qb-ZU$&tx6(L!jxD_L7Hgv)tD}8a;ZiaA{Lfh_
zZlbAD*7sm+3VFz)9m~t}#%m4YrTcJI@pQb7cZ|tYPk-9J_{A^UamO7O
z8s>J2druJDc3Arm9;;Jiff%cYH%`MU@WeCLJm+n8hG@iha*{RTUp)I=EUN&`L(e?h
zEgkuTN4TX@3Pjcsq>p^t6^wMAPuFNV4aHD}#c1(ecbUC2hlP6iHuUhrZS8`0Y~^Y|
z3LX0x+$D;po{X|RfQBlNp~kFVP}~C5^)p|z4Np8~Yw?}ZP6kCvkLl#mXEMb)X@7t$
zK9*SRTIfv0iK{ijXnIz@@cw;-vr74OP}
z(x=nKs_E0e6@_-my8+w`Z4-dE0e`{$PCbQz(-iWuk1rgQh0R?a;J2-%-Znoo&DJrPXqh_)U!4Z4
zV}R6WukqIRcxFJDrp(1^@6({F7yN=BF3B=j@?8Qnqk>hcdBrl@{OBXL=GE6M#b7{-
zL+g9@#7cdL4W=FDu>#!yXR2Qgh_SRaEq>P;u
z3Kr(kzO@5J3)a1Qfc(2yTMAjMx&<&;)U&6JI`LF10b~}8po38-t+oV>sKmI4-v
zcJKheZ~Dt$Y}Nz!STAU+jJr*lYJ)%fXZ0@Z$
z+Qx;8tUv8%FxJNufVgh;Dw{iRo@=240X|)hM~@tEpz9~EUm0#gy9!^Clg_E>v8I7%mDQxDrJstkPJdQN0NX{pV5)a
z1OTt%z6Sxse|A7z$h)$s0Ad#Tq~vZB#mr=LI~SVSn*T5VY^^U$H})g3P5cfx{ZrQU
zB+3I>vX>OvB2yB)4IFXN`QbW6uT*A1KS_g25-AOGd3
z)_v-6_)<>{?pL_ggk;Hc4CY0J!Er14QlM2c7%4z%I2fc7!K;co2OY>)|1j~>)@rTl
zp-1fH>#t?a0=v|x{WEhn=HiR2U|*Fp)@T9ZP@o}x$G`BAW*{d(T=NKk__4>V6y2oW
zpoDrc;_`1=9#&c(6p5Dz5VuP&^fe)4sw*0>FhB(m*T3{KfcQ_=6+pbv0dYS7@fD%3
zD5VX$g&07LAwht6p#X7Z1>hOCk0GP%z{|g91*5U*muN6Z8_Lc{rmyRmA>F%#;1=Gt
z0>rmk8rQ>G#8-j);z0~ryW@tZ9e|8k-7s;ZQq}Lhj`yfD?-l(ccpq=GwvO2?`3zru
z_0_(p?!W^NwEz3R|FZ!D2KYj{kASsplKe;kvB2?LSXH#Z?l-^rjrC(%K;N*|t`pmA
z!V@KJ1LJFeACU#$dy76G)nv4E}5@l$N$>oaZPf<;zVTx#Q{
z9B;)~Pzv{%$c$>3>Jdfl4{UU*+V*B63VJys|7JRP))SpFdED&J|d)SG`Tdyg{LQm7_
zfGbAMtq!hGOq(}a#T~a=)pOHr?K-wuBb9xQU|R5m;{fCbxRP`0G=MyVJjjDOKXsJ8
z@3NYUkNQ!HS<1@QmNM+ThmPCd3(x?*_dGx>SqDI@{YC3vd&Mg5y~Ebeo@JW=u6>zO
z9dh^)fU{?<0>Dz;r@syV)EQQO^pTd=2bT)~QCgNjWRp2`DNvz~h-p3z$m*Ya7R&QP
z_Ab-(T9i0~&ate#k8Q@Cqo#&g1AOiJpK_e_I{rAO$(hy%5NlzN*GmV)E35%Py!g&L
zt&zG{&cLPu_k(?Y03bdRKs^RHG#U0KO=DK*-L%
zagvUVwTSf9`N=OcU0dnyK^vZ$W-D-mNCCK;u>SNKG28}DIS!xH+zXe1{Be7GUbVYP
zdxsvV`8{&~z<@Z2!)4-s1lnkS%`29&24T9*!|J?o-CFC5%gAU3B{^98>*vq2Sy=Fj
zk?GLkBdjMns|?pJ-}WmI;jaodw5tGIq3gNf4MJ$fLOk!PtE>eJaUr0k7c)lr?5NX>
ztJe~C7-#@I^*-bQbNc$jmE4wS=c!!?h||>Zc|X|=fY?Ep+M51_
z`jDdU)Q%`k@6NZSf4$FY7>ISjWv2y~o1v#M$Y6FOum2Ec!0;Vb-zgO)P^+v*vdux~
ztGs-FUI4Z%c`4Nwy;mF;n971fx8h@00b)pMSBwCNAAFyHIMj#0p!ic=i2(72byolK
zE87LcIk={!BnM`9b_XDa5suIfG*cQZ#Gh@weTILPgz|NEf>;@Eud)rJnQ4$G1Dq5IK~e&pY@o-}Ea3+gyhVP;4AT8d+Kp3#7a8|pQi3pPqnURo?~rTDqXKi
zepx^HzRI627ckp~rKu4g$~m{QO$^q;{?P09)HtQKF#E?TIE`$Zug;kdI{;CIN8Ol|hW5F}*|AJi9Z
zEw<{K-(y93$u>~OYM?&(%(Ja%3f980W3VW(s1Hl3?+q!1Dl4dGM9LQBN=M<{4;_Q*
zU|i<}O4<)8VgWiGA>GD#3+%Ojl7*OQ{5`@#jQ^mf39*oA#!2`9WmO5pK^xP0uDDVS!7#EO09&&bz{#x2U%h9!K%@UC0$#}d9f(F%CuJ~{KYjv
z%rto=+vrq2fQt-%h`9s%S^xbfuxP8?)<5tVmS?t910420d5ZNt@g%kh!`G1Q038rR
zM>7;!CEvgl`w}d~4GxI05aV*OLqM!ja!`zqEf%u+=VsVuEKZBwnFn}mwH^b9+K_WD
zveMJf#+P1JE0r#FY8eX)pPgo_SmC~T*;3pUSYXuyOZgdRTiG$kVbNtV9G0~(1ES25
zjzEaOG(=JY=bXb7vw#J4AIoh$tJW9aeWz97uA@A4LzX$?C)kL~{=sr_K}a!k<8>|r
zh^J>+h!LY(h<|2zqegq0lCjbV^^Us6wYCbw%#H8!A_g(jZOOyPef@gt3h0x6=1^wY
z3J*BIWh+1&*U(Ji$=bHd0WmxxS%Iv^ciy%Qcim+xUtyMr1*(094z#_`K9_di)9Plu
zVJ|)W2-bhx5*QSBn>y77UGh2KIVSkc#_dpT3ywAD63~WvT;-bCrcr>nnT2jSB}G;?
zX1Mh^g#51GY%3pUkue~*g;|dQ7y<^I#Wse023op|X?*gnp|=jrl*yksmudS}w)=9I
ziNE~GdazHrcCIL!dLkC$@3~u5ke^cD@v+MRG0A!Tf*%STrX^!tp(~l8PK6gxjcc(G&+Hr!@52I4EW`;Q
zMqD4#q53O8ymaYOd+@;r?fc*VzJI0o{PWMZuYL8aHU<|)eUxoaId(fB4h_0JyJ}mZ
zQHE!FFJEFgTI(lElD=Gb6$(!u?hq)BUfWMt_=n26lfouuX%2kn?bF}7gM
zX~25;>~;T#Ww*k{Vb$$>AUwU&KDBZ)b5VPEbUdqYn98yXFf`oiFQET#^^^rfC9vu?z+h~1BlnN
zuw}sB``PgGF0`84Z?W}Eb+2a-(#)<3hhKUri=Gbm!A4UKTj62dR7dKS$Fq&B(rkEz
z3r`C^<|`SnY{XqcUxVs(;QqcaE4QY_R^I&(izByK)6gL{-~<5iX{TBqA6qeY-S7oQ
z5DkEMWv~$6ewzd0t^nQ5Wj%12xB{1nBdEV|=cfXI5$6Ggt3eY=H-|-(O>^I}ihJ&~
zc~~Qg1YnEHZ1hE!S?>$J;6B>wI5luDCsUXn7o#pbea{iZJKX>
zuO#Fr3xDp`L7kI7sipvPXASDmcH$$gy(^aSkpM
zQ+Cc}A|~l%X?MuAjTxQ#S7+J$KV56Jix=X)!|V{N`}e>2G8X&wwb~b7wU-(26l~n&
zdz+UYeuRzv@}*%x607qw>j9!l<{*sL84eW)<-K~n&HDu|6Ej~zm*BrVu#fHa=`$#c
zv~6PNly&&RS5eG8`M|^IQ%+-%)?v744PZQ|uLxqDN0tE))9T&g836Gs0>rp#6;MaY
za61`=%R~-9I%?q&58FTO4nUmAxAYqSe0KxRzSUY?tu?Sk;4{C!#>zKUSU0&t4IE@+
zK6gHA7FcxLgWYOqV`?ax1=MVp)RgXZXdo#)mxmvAD{<2dQv8dt>L)xv2+0JR+EqfIXx6tUF1h3q|Mo;NKL5gVZupGF_Yt0V8z7FsYj)oJnE+1qL#|~`U&X?k
zZ+`Qe_6pPe!-fsB?|kPw4vghr5(D6Dn(?y^q&@++$WK0#ScsPah&N1s#R^xfwPqCk
zxNop`V~;Lug#UnTVRwZRI**dchuX-`UdUEgEbIX=s^?C#?U;A16ok~QMsV6CplRM*
zEL>08ELQ#2VL2Q#ZoIG5&tYZm+NYni1+!;cA#sM{JKXn=`U9C)*S1}ZVatVlMeaxdH6D8b<^TB0JOVVxYb9gbMQxgyP>;}i;#EF^u;66
z!~y`T*Vx*>{MjmBn8C-Fs#)QiveE1SAwXONIM30-CGt!LExl%y&HwMKu@Jv(wfL%O
zmyK}@4vMC-7*Jnu!=FzJW&EH62sUc*qRv-8$%uT>SiJ)YJqg$GvnYi35+VN?K#YaB
z2Mac;=tSg0ytf15BUval3O=IF#wmTkKPX-KRPWe_H~?Y?Z{n4XuYv8V*4}o#RW6uk
z8}M=&IAOAlxbSmU{{(wl;~KLJcYwz0m10c139QPjf7gdy|
zC4lD{Pe*`QzL>#6y#G&rhRgxPN-reHUkN-2UxPCT#LE_2BcSlzJ8!j0+6J~Ss|IjS
z{@(Z5%k^jg5Oqx?JSG=@&7Wvs@qq!c2uJkQ=CnV${D-Tbea_yw;RfRiBW$r&ZoOGE
zurKvXi+k(edfVpz^#QAA2CA4@teo-Vnc4c3l^%4U54;56v|qR971|-kAtAMG{nEI`
z%=^VJEsX`b0Uc0XUSbD*;X?eq`%|}{v)NBRh5J{l^(|w&F)ZyvE(9Rr51zw7+?z22
zJC&!`J1r8Eg%}^=S8n{Xb#JTM1u|WQLLX>c;hG2
zWkQC71~7oOS-bAK>wLYKwpr75yXTy9j=N2$zNt>?9QxW0BK?qWcMBlS2CiyR+0{qy
zwt63BSle-2d+oKp9fvH&ld+~~HKI0c&bUr|$imqplau_SMMUrZ=~^}+f8EMARI()+
zKC<8bN6Q=9pG87X*$OOmr2>Lu_F@zCQ`n>QXtwlWqjRQg)sYK;y491y(Nvi>=2z!j
z#U7N4-kxohDA2tQJTlTq*&B}
zq_FHrq3a7`)qlO)s-Jq;RxexPbOr!2yB>dvm7IKr;jrp)-M1Bs^2Xb4u?l^RgB>IE
z5rV!$3482R!1?jM#aWE*v{0&5KcyQu^7B^RAbjZ1`?%qT71%s+mc=j51Gr4g0uZ~)
z1Uzf&w!O8ej+Of#DImsLD899*uI`0rZ0Vn`v3j=e+R&QkfOyR3FSh14XIVA7CCpnm
z-(|b^p@&%c@vPRza@qul%S$ocj|7BC^`k_v7_p;gzD8{cvV$C{il?o0|8*C
z<0p$F0E3FEyEe&V%?ew1_dVt`$0WW&b9``e`Qf!z1NYjsP62YTT~a3)GUtjuAMWsOq=fO2U_s=PmdmD15ad;
z-U%ln(_#hz%h(y`DfG$XZjG%QG|;*qai9&+7aDu91tYS_>@5y$@g4@t_7A*aBqVvV4Peug7BCr4)m}r}2kBG%Rcc45y<(
zsmd%D7oyhcXqO2r#NC?!#MH%70Pz?s#BD69(+4#4d#_`s0kO)%3j>;77Vkxw_gR2g
zzVZ1C?Bu2-AKbTZyUXfcf6KbF3s4hZEG*e)tPMQ*I2MsjVCRTl$W3jZ+Q|%&)>tUt
znxWG_eSAgCs5ZxSL@dd`p`Sk%dk%=dg8p|}?0VL{=WvsmRM%SahBO_s)gOxr+J
zG2OTl>sloi!Uh(?>~+HN)_dwyI+x|PlC7bZyfxduh}UyCTT-2Kft4J49G!dEAKdR~lC^L+Usv6I}-d
z9j}OX*9Q1)72tW{Ijd&7um!kwas~kfOv!d*U*>**bFGHX?MY{+mBjL4Vp|)*bN6W#j~sZ~Nxk`@tM=>YAy49}
z>>Uc7R^xmC@ej84A>NY!v8MQIrn3j}|NIx*m94f-`9;3(<~RUx>#F5e`Sg?a246rd
zrmYPcKHPepaEg`V`)#b;PXUPK=NSO8I!rp(I(;E)nJr>-`*ncP5&=70BSwAo%eb)&
zuq`v5w|B0;(Tdpbw0Xcl>wUywHk=&*a`o|%B28aXuF%of*BlVfoN0@h`KV`?2?65G
z_z-9BGQkil5*hEQSVN6CKB$P=C2%(%?q1BQ)=Xg%P|5y7Qsg;mC
z7i{qFZRzxhd+oJXsP(O?ud4Ddy1)u<0H~9uI|9u@8%MvAUnXWh=mLoS+h8Ln4Y7j^
zp5t(^3**pPxom~)C6reZ7LztCGvR)HZRn@3wXBI#p$(CVjCO3>O+4sji*5a%pFRa3
zj?D|rh~V%x7Z{?=+IGPqUbxWqEL=c<`%25s%(QOjkF_2*+-M0SMlgV5l%Uvn4ax~d
zGMl4gqD%-7x43)_C=*=(G5zjGtP-)}x;!g{n;Z)p0q6%7yl(aD-m^AL#u+%b4JLbB
zDlt@5pD=yYu;LwC|0r4En&F)jV>NNuKpS<}U2H}M6McjPDB1u^3b;^E=km~#+F76&
zr@Br5`$xnfeiJHG$f_Af6Yu&0n@*gEJDRM5HmM+$d8mX;WXOoT^Us4LKf_XqX5p!#
z>05Q5_6tWT6EE63kH<8`WUHG#(}vuCzx!SUfSAE^n&YDa#A*hYGqeFM;Ex2xb{te4
zC9^rSaH;Jh>OkMp>fZ;=t8m=5_?yXGNMk$PAQ|!JiH@~AZ;^6(!6SK
zjSn7LXZ7Kc2QM}6)o7;y#L1(BC=)@ZJ)c3RY&FGm4>-hfs_R0TAoa}Ow2cov;!!3PcCEczFB_*Q6CXKcLUrLGKurH=o&N9uvFH;)PV
zr$7D4{_DT~%ih6sdgYZ@x`W+igsoA!)|hkC$<9C0x_|F4Xd~rF@4)o1;pacKQo_09
zGx<{c!X5kaKadDuG`zxh?Y;l_56r=bt&SAHsRM`FCvX`H+
zO~h)>tZM?y!wyU%^H}e`)^oymOB^|j^uE0<#6(s6(l!8?vdbxpT_Apr!Y?fmCyFEL
zA5@X=Bm@PB;Sm4R_qsUMWgpQHCk`A8_&&+P8ZE7sQ0;r2_
z5Iq8*zz>f*96qr7(n!@
zI%T3|*{K1saA54vOVtCyHe-$l@n5A4KZG{48b{N5G_*Nvcn3fUN}GlSq;L@6F?J6+
zTdf=bir7Z)OaQSWG{nUKu__a-Q_$*1-m>@;CK0+w72*80&wJHEY=}c#zvq=#S)b3|
zgm$(^(EcRsX<56$*8cPtmVwVgC9)>IcMltL=Uq7IjHx%Cqn2?r{?5CJd@~u~M-&Pi8uvfTI3U_U6Cl4nIo{5@bcSVLb)6|9jfcMj
zLwSr`WJshTpiHbnL!5(_+Y@uJff@)P4$11oO&=Y1YJ`&?9~B_h$kXFUn`_J>Z{y_1
z$tI+A<7V6X_!AZ(9(I^<5RWrxJe06*gkQ^%oEtodxYT)!J0*31a~+SCT=L(?ZXknI
zUOe*4-)Vwtw6OUI#tly{tr<^e0Epv=LmY%%`(QwgCAQ~kS1w>3ctUHJS;*SHa`>O%s
zt~cBDb*w?8A=c-+ckj06o_o%tPGrHqlsDp+zx-tn!dWo<(8;1geBAi<&?$
z64&Rqa<}WDH-TfFK!)%6{j(5dE8C`_ed{PA2?bvD@8O7)N!=BP8~iomRuYd?
zU|tKIQW}RzY1%?assn`m+P`#}W$}AyMv~>cqhR%g{Vk0QXx)bmvt+0jacHY>v!)Ey
z6W9=4FoH_@U#@oS5kQRSLPFm-Wg@B}4xH)$#5dkZ9O6l|LGg)zI40|2#Y*0t>G2l<
zVrh728v){%=h=o|{M53;IJLm*?KXM5^||75ziRz*IfTu##InOCy9q
zdFPL@!MA>nz9K#{4wpv(F;Nrt!Xb7*EXqWwhh3{x*tG}#$ucIv5kCU(R8=(`bzmWv
zbt2q=`FQhI+xGAy76&)F3O;KqAav|CfZ=H~Nfb;9Aj?rUIB7j25vz6z<*#;}p(Qb&gL~9vqZgu<1}8%Q~eB}PtMnwxFA
z_S)g!KVmItk@sWCA(*h8{i*9MZR!j*&cy3wjt1bLk{z4{@<3E59pSPv+X7{xgE+*k
zfahAGRgC+>7uk4E!)b~Tfh0tzdug7PzxtXT+_#gI>R}s%V_)9IS6CWUh!EMx;*b;C
zbjQ(G;rb?`OuS^P9)C2-Atnwn8e+vEjzin3_}ym$h|eSrvBuHSDNbYh{rPR3@{jIX
z($U+WXElR-D-_YAlSlZ_VQYMSu~pFS<I5lB)lCKgAC-HvZ)1`
zK>^0hC-JozwOD8<&zqNL4Gvw6ii!?LX}naeX@`#l5WhfLYyo0?S-7~zA-?C^T{OgM
zCXL$Ip_b4?hd$MVxxwZqTuIoqx8HFMu>kR5G{kLah&>MRsHjuj5kS1(YL>1bF~@9A
z%ux}SWGTe#Kj+)uL3vadSPz|E6TOBD0UGIOMR-lUw5j*{@r73_kd2BL-U1-rg|l%4
z3Rfei)}o-g;MO}V3;&EzCUL2WL#(<751x)c7$5G~D|3d=+Gt&l|J`5xy=3pvi=GUB
zz4g{x_Py_Y&ok1EVEieht~A6+D4b%-&7&pIlxHv(y8iy7c>R$8VpTMT`n}bTyV2us
zT)*vr!zx;YI47%E6cvVT)22;!HYtejxZ@7H{(1x^6I|yWDf=`na{P5p^Yc%}*R+*1
z5gmAGZvhaO0z$jvER@Lt+W)pYpeBs*RGtkly=aG)FSSxk&nfWe6gxQmQZ((O(A2U>
zdOL;*wT8(!0<~iI3(whsB`Yj(f2qY~Djnz5F5S6RvLe{CJRwgO1nEQ55U#e};`xo9ey*uf5nJ%keI7CkJ3
z1eD;yMdDsUK?f6`g*=cef#gw)W#<$NyyJ~8K)3qIIhKpb5NK-&W5(G)LQN$W7Lr~U
zhb07*obcrF9v1xrp55*RuUYk$EjT^ZTMCyFH6lz<|D^nU%Vv>Krly=hgDeSiztVPw
zi0LY`xhE!&FakJf-1))~R7*2BDwg#*HRgN8Azt$UPIVq-0vZM!;*p;T0CB(}mN~fV
z(M75p`8algBOjdn1?_Ui8e;AtLYs&yUiZoZ+w$*d=vYA72K2S=(@AlRCQpucEgLr2
z&Up)Ql3QyjfQ3Y;B}LaKxrVrP)oP-r%puA|
zsbz4D+O%{#`~C+kZQ?j7r@1u0_Jt{E?+9a}qm)Dt+jfyI`aLUsYlS7$RANS_o&_v~
zILalReF0ob5@QJbLh-0xz=q&Y&sZwgNTy9fqtCGcH(hI)7ZL@AUZgM%W-MH
zEYE(>Me4agi%b90_i|3v#!bHq*EZTd0?;=so=;G^P5^P7olO?byeqEZ-iw$wEY!Pk
zs#_`!@zXd2)>sDPDWPaM8PdMTST3S)%?tH$aIc+cVZ$u)9c2JY_}-;(`dctb#?!ai
zXN|xbGug7)c*W-`O|U>c2d3^|oC?-xoI0#wmUW>_-~hMgrQ<0RCkMp3IlpiJtEomw
ze4v!St*hU%vX`E*?P$j{3Deha$Z*TQ>KaSCcn0$lUjy1mQ?mmZ(?k@GL(p^f!xc})
z@vG0dW32nN*AYUIeinb*E6==(&M`?0%`rVX&=7C?@lT0E{04wH(E;&Acg6rQ=Smj6
zhjZmZ=s&N&M%?l?>kjBnIR~!tjklmNEvBD=joK{8LPnyAsuy1-^BRB{8iyhlXW)Q4
z=sWkpCx=$W=oBD3-4OudACQ=X?4kU)lE--@V937gifCdEq!n$YJ_!B>_vdd<@h52O
zpgHtf=d0;G`VQkma8_}t+fgLd;7Gdv-PJ_**hakeT5Dl`il&l|b~pp;Og8f&rC)!`
zQmCtb{oLv!D~+c_XQ*jv1(lMOvdrde{Zia);3Sf@!0Pz8_=grb(%v%?zoNh
z1bx@pMv<(YicR(Bu=uVw9-3ER8o@l1J*i8rb&EI2=BWpZu5ddN+
z6IgyW{y~X34%=bIM=P1?CVq!ZbvRafl!+)HR))`-CCdS#htS?eb$>KwfLBAKDubQ)zq5eaO6yLKK8<_$8R^VBk5R4#R{MC;S
z!d|hy&~NravwZg1XYB_+_<;jp#T@?P7r$u3*pxZ;P#bZ?&N=?IfB84~^N|5!-OH&O
zuWKU&zeB?l4fTq-s~Pj)xz9*y9w>m@&hnPKb9R>V$sNwQL_AK3h+0!Q-!W;x9g7
zpK$MC7S9e$l3M{aWm`8{585Pc&=3Ie=PeayL?y;(A?@-$7TUdAH(NGgu#|nP`=_Bf
zpoNKNF_uv6#C#cPs6yMk-!?w>kR5(+113Yl@ZhOD{4N}G#!Yfjx0%NF_ryJ5heW4$$THKD6{5G@7jL2v5nhz6OyjdI_gLi(cX^uWwA*B
zjsc{54Jx)Qv{X28eTGVb`E>
zI3S*cQypbW`*q@>`;Q%7Aa7#NvCmKP{1*UX$@2)Cln9PDjjt`TozRj}Xurn3y{rd-
zxG&mECE#e^UuG4rudp4@y+~SCs5xvDdQBZ?{XTO8?ZF};E~3D&z$J@e^YZ1kclP7f
zuz#;Lpq1<;&gd<-k<_B6XLxHO?e@C={V$eLb*Z=q%#r#
zIshdB;_Y*uAf@bn0C9)aGFC@^iI8P*d}R)guy|-t#C5Ql<9<5pa3oqs#`r4%dZO3
z_yXA52p`x?raS>+C7j7(G$s`kTA%Ab8zk}2y)xhU!@Y7f>fUjH_}1GtTNS+R2Kpx@
zBh8Z00`{0R#d0T4amTTcl28By0zjH#U&cb_E>bPe(Px
z;*HBsKy46|qW;o9eFXVRALCHF*J_|AmAyXS_V1(bpoNTp3z`P?Ao;xWp`j!N?MS5}
zgy?Hoxg7cQlpWZ$8~KF8CSf6qZo&BxCtlZJdbz=7$w8Uso#q%93&SDaDnJYXcMUNc
zt#NmKi8RntnXk-!fUYQDO3?7;9JGIx<(5TTHTCXC!kKF=4@*D-SuS>K~l+kNT|Z
zBlgC71K_XrP)VIQP%8~{9bqQR;c?6Q&`cY|p{Y-c(&MB84nqOyhtec{#7IjVB4CUH
zAg??1KrYFvSQpTf7s?9Gxp5a
zdg*{z8^(Y`ya7v*0P!K_K{K1-Dc^a(QqWQ!0mR4-C84Upa=7z}*~q7IED3;dd=`3)
z80GPbJJ`f};mm2x7`I}&HBX3zNldg1e1M_
zDzEEnz5iPr9}7U-^~R-TQG+Tx$2Y$54O_BgiS>pX_azp^tJ!TA78Z8>`H|NeiavOc
zd=k9)I5hHcRr`dE*uZn@j7<<=b~k0
z!5~7wp5KseaoJ+)$pWn;7iWDLKn$J5L#SzF69cqafcTd`3IH(zG__Ap8}?}c@%iK7
z3HA>t6A0B{DhP_k0I~Ex0TkAfCxw_6>_F)7Gk}o;W=v}0`_*C!UBlv)g}{-9Pr`WU
z?PvmrllXvzSb(@w8qq*f;z>@b>y{es^$=$D?N*8Qb00hRPBh=*Aq(7TL#AXQ?a)Qi
zaN-;^ev)O5J`Zi)AmRJRHZ@limWWuszY*9H!z
zZo2Q|4>e%y@R7`$*mLajlRWKP?S{TCrwXl$d>GKX2(^kB=J4yJ_T5{0h4wI#e4PG04l+``oa>tId-rQ4s
zPdMU$TpttkwZKmWj-#uHKvIC_Fp&*Y;`tX^;mtR)n6nV#bQo6iS3oRi`>udk
z=5`%!cGpYIC+2_>pm^kr##Y<&;~!hY!j}kHN3;w;$p|v1Y+BR85U4#W4;5F^jfRH=h8Aqp6!knGk=NMOtU-UbW!)4Cb|3$5RM%
z-^%(|^5{cwr&p2vu+bvv88(*aDk&2HpZy0~gpISBOxN$Mt+aNcL6iWfO31L5!}$@$
zUJ;wJZkUnu5Uch5O4kQPn<*C#%8t#%EWjF#M7Do0C-~8cS03w
z-?ht1=g+sw9Gw3xPYQ65=mXRpGROCMiVVm{;!FZ7InAM65x^
zhNqd3n@L2X2xaG5DuB4pxbeujbJ1`rbEMjwQKM)qQst|~eKW|jw5mML91v^Fd~lly
z5Q}El@(O@>!9q)gjviT{itE^#MqLCSb!Mi$4U}&
z{2>6uhXLj-Xox2X5UbA>hgjp-ImG*kLbQwxIDojil1n3-*?@=HD7Db0%>u+n?m@2^
zkOIWIu#d)&RUligdEk4NKIQ^G(*5!~4P45XhFBK27$BA+fh{LVj-adPI>aN_W|@GZ
zTw80Lnwj(2nD{;f1yTbyI1sDSId}g9P93t&Y38affBho{fOX}ruk~IyOAlH4MSK1E
z&wp-DKowD3>jxiv(6O7c4+lpuhNEweJbfIn+Q$G8AKN%;=-5LMC)B8-PK+Ks+W9C-
z+Hoo_@yQzWWS<@BfluNK+NT2=MC<$S*}BL6U=?W7dojs#hXY1#z0Fe2C1Vp4v4g}M
zJD;3wr7PaDY_y@ROtk*jUT;0w%_hMcbs)=P(7p#A*9_ACL
zT2dj7IRX)Arb^Hd@4~#>i;3RA#2@y>uUhWSHw7AE=D*C8O>Zu@cYpqWEEOJCLqeQo
z6!a$B*=H>oK%5u_#GUcp^gH?7g1F_002M$Nkl}|nFzwJ2@t1Y%1&}Xe5{6;*3j)8bDXij`%3{azi;2aGQsV0&?1
zO$FGt^oKGr`6BDfW;1XgipS~cecSlk-&s7`$O_smrAMBf`}x~3Igcd+9iU6sZAZKO
z{<~KC+Cn?brnM8zQU1g!R)~o_b=28_61bNvMosUo1`t2!8sZ8TnfQVN8~a@VF&dQs
z5Ytbzfwa0Y4e>Tim~DXVEEW*-z$7=xu(ou18n79OHoBG(fyD?LwoWaiZD>?5%lBXm
z6r6juWsd|PLV*bZaCM$GUjp*VdRX!7Q?`nbYdvv5N@DR!VlgYa>87ZLSb&%Xi-ji$
zOBm}722!l6j;u$~5A-CBhrk2?UQt}aHO!fx{?r;45Sy8=>#*XCxa3mH0Td?<8G;r~
z8e--iZMWgsKf8%Li!s&8Vp-0-Y-LfFMyiAPCTNkud`aQnlW3E89(}s^urxGT$rHvx
zvlswZw3o;6bqfUJK86%D{(~{*v&omz01mSe0W_W-5GT=oQ3^@4ES0A@?7UMfL-Ijr
zLld^;q2F8Fu5DI}MaB9Q*adgofpaby)6lv_;xix^233q>)?3ow4W)Cx>
zXY-2?@uY3bX4?+%j@!P;s@X_IphAs=!jLg(GV>a(tz-pJdc+}K`S_zAJ3Wp2R8*2e
zc&u@3I13Jv#i<`UqUct=d8#I_#v5`jJ!M7~^tq?5L=+CTKxb
zI9)apqOYZFzcrB{CyoA$*I0u}mxSNN@QY_!3XZUe{fa1zo97Xhc&2RL`LizK!-_0`
zXQmBiakP?P$${`teR-8;=5F5_A0F
zQP&X1IK&g~ivr@zs8bzlK?fS*Dku}%!5BGEOqv;JjkKYx4lRsfMKB4gkyQtcJzfX1
zh%v}q)Uqf3`mO)#2bO()6cDSC1c*BUxvayAi@xg##UWm+Lad$fsxeChZfoTHc8x!^
zH+QLj+5zfXPA|f;+lEiekSngXi|+msn?2@)AKoj`*MGey)hl*%eXY+_BYj)PoSQp$
zu08(v-<|BU*ms}EX9lGJam)JmY!e!pLwomFPn-{X
z0SbG3`bH9PoP(9M3Bg!z2VZ{44lG<|@jFXMj1{)5@e{1~RhN-Dj>Hs9WR2q1jYNjP
z5$@2MRU~N$TmHa7Htg2hSu6-k)~%cI|_Uak?P7(D`(d%+R8#
zLjpgTfUb+;8Up8G!b{b>^rEeLVm9=Sc7!_-G0+AM{L-BO&O($~XonE?0>l2Gv;@jj
z6a#6*{h(OIR&HmpXe`}pEjxEvWakd6*|yc1Dr+&Lqa8p~k^1wZQ|e58nAbuDHSlu6WaJ+qYTSoHZ`VmC*?BG4Z5fL
z5IDzz6~bXIAr)_WqJt!222RX@!w1;Tg!Yg=bf_ib$t;amg!b0&1!^MFpf%T7)yvP?
zyH7u3*=&yD0d#5SkF`Pcky9qbnFkPS>`0T^RV#c#`^P?@-`xbrvu})Kny#$2UBCEu
zYbFkMJ7rY?bVpxvo#kFl8}=<=!$3RlBy8G}rD%uBk#?)al$$IvYtjnu)#;p$**o
zzlD^@SZb=u%h`~0S{~ZT=iJi(^jf#rcr906OZ~D=Xt=$1}
zJb*aECIX04*>Gr%h5->FG@)_Gq%ews>bbM5_KhWkfGR@-g{=3GVU~aSRdAaD(BfJ*
zwFZFr(MK$wIpKg9r@F#>?=j02hnR72OgmDklN=ufAl79hC!(T|*RFkV(B#eHU+PzS
z$3uOBx!#>AeV*1?(=Hqf_wTpn9owyb<5uU~%OcT${1BBTf7nRNzxYy1A4f8e9?&Py
zjJCUWG$z-O#f%wk3gS)+h~epqL(FC-sFUh;@}mDKk@tO;ezriBY}k`@I74e|JC
zHt@cC0mRgWcGreEcBmVIcSk!!uh@cuK}ix6)ex`$0~%t+Wd+ua_WS}H2ZuOC9AW@5
z0u108M470Xk-$#?6ICimay=n8_nzE*XFvl<&4ZQHhO_LHCd#Fi~vW_fve
z9uVO(pZSdSg2S#uSWm~vaM{T|^B?~e|NPYf@yTvly9TBA>l%t9)&_t4;~!o9z5&yN
z!gh$9EeE?;%D9cY=BH(m{yYEhOyf4
zztx%{@*l#1N};dBzYU=g=>xdyjwVK?BWXHYFj?;S-G3u60fsnV^ki}Ei%Bt|JN#Kd
zv$$#UAm8=--`cLlONbqc=PbZx$QSOmd
z0O=E_TH!apMxFCjnlBcv9p<$(#fUWrHxU*J7wQsRlqIT!cJr=DLW@$p;!QiWVWUOx
z+U{VXujTUDMASG7-eD?{7!u$_%Ooy<-bov%;=%ORC%mF>Vt_agKwJwT4g-is-K4C3
zF%7YR!OWoF+Uj&E++SwUwGmT}2t
zl;e7P;U8;UyV^ElHAp$Q2PY#;|2_NIm~Y+dPDTlN065x63!eI@WB)z}#9Qagw$=kd
z9O5tlCbxJfG=emuShOh79_vnmC1Dy*%gwY5QcR~Y&JqE`iG|QA^1Cs%afswRIT321
zNdSy$6QfkB+9=j8!l~|=7cKEX8Ew#x=KDOdrIFT~`4$^fe4z2Kd9PPz1c*f+0oyk2Lf@^nN@TkIq
zNv}WPOxLCgUI}T4x1b@80peOLI^*wzLww044tUz=Z{dk}PL6|9-nwqJmA~?W?OeUu
zl1O))il(iAahiYK^>E$0BMUmLk}QjF1BiQIHAv+`8PjH35ui*?bpnHDfqh)O{I6t4@J_e(K?lv_ZJ;(37gf*Rm%Q@t0Bba~7Z*Ywp%9u;yJY7)#^t
zlT+Pr-!OUDH34E2BGqV!x3U4xMnO_bxyjvo+sJz#KmjrUIVP~m_1MJ42^g!5qwVZf
z;H|>g$wAf~6RDZTYmih*8e-xQGq!gK5EFK-4WQcyAU^Nr&spkamm&kWTj)I$!kNqu
zS-<>dbzii*4`N!LO|oZMWDfbpV)3)WIImRBpHB?orwL1iLr%{E_eAd{ZewVp)tp~|I(umMt2nB)GwvFp-->gTh
zX5A{Q2PEa?b+@963A;9(xTt`d2n#r~DG(Z68bcfQI0+gFU?hV61xp|w`6rryydV{9
zJ6hb@SLfOKMGGwpkdp$4%i_NKf9)T*C&dh<3_z|!R2QZajj^7^
zO_s9=&UP(ty>0vE!TUtB)QX8copjK7n8Ui?0>|{MVq})IWm?DtY=heQHGP2+Anr<;
zfK!Dg&pE^s1XuL!wWX2-
zCJv!5t%s6;v~GCM%J4>ShNpf2O`Jjip8xqfEty0uN-Zk~D0Qtg_&%;zzhhgUm}SkS
z%2WqPO3SpNm#`q$Cyq)
zfrT647%sP+FT8?wYLg{E!|5C}#0oCI)bb~xAp;6V5~7Ve
z+gJ!G`@mc>rV;s~p2eaX+Q+%Ke%A6Xo$2%dL1pAwawwK>TM*2DqgIUfO8q!S~z)
z-J^&Cb-$F&xK+&Oa6LR}w0!#*`wi0e0cbS#x)lv#Q**UtP6H6K8Bp7c#~jQeDyC9+
zI&vq`c03Ufvtb1J1x|HDnZP65ImAvO;Yz*`tJI(*B_WY)Xk{b3Y0g|9`}y>_=6M^k
zIl@LNEDaqCz0TG4QFA+i$|R{QHl+ywYJvOajt*;J;V(FU45^lHXRZta+~#gH6x8V@?W+R_MTcuA^l!@;IQ6^|FzjbfPQ~x;=K3PW`@5h-@r;e`wA;JfQA
z1rxV^6Db;q^Xw$+aW!$WnRA9Lh)`K+NcDq{1`rb(@%{IqzyXMb`UfSS9DG|hAV;4FqD;Wzwi-0T7v6fCWnOtXn)9F+il1Lcmc$G^YzA&b87mMrxG!%}K0`NqHf+rQcS^yxY0oZ}&L6>9BN
z6xZYL;p2eSJ{Evj4RbOutIwMOZR^&p^K^eJSFW_;;$pk&uDe`IoQG*HCaF$!{>Pz_
zbsrzv!60laVIf_yjJUzi!22z={JdN%#sru$bsA<=CcR_`U{4dWj-B^z07eUoNIg5*
z{^t;p0ls8nVLy*larm|6R!W$yBmki(6@9P28s{`ZW+6DF#gbX86DOY9mtO!7FShWm
zT>&5_o@%dauO?1$5eo{Fn#tO}bF0Cua50)UKsw6O8n
z;#f(LXu;qd8bUe;EfU(bdwEA!7F|u331pib8PE#1uHQfuhIzJc`4aA%WFFjGGa-tK
zzVc;wcITkw*1ZbU(#WimfpF3tseAy9C=>U8&+-nH9-&NpJOHtHzhq_Gwh3+7LOb;8
zeCPu0mT=xV&}ak(CqqNPsV<&=*XF7Gue|-kQEO@z9Y1GXi;bb2p^pDD4EMvTNx2T5&^_xKKuEASKhbK
zL9O;e3M18CDh=^lw&jW0)&wBV0T9;_xneX9HklI%Q$!XnIl>3Ai-Vq4yYngM)BXaz
z5jI^sEB;v!-&$iy69U1FQ&A^?xP{o=rC3hNm%agSkwv+8AIqC?kqtm&C`yL_G0Pw2
zDn4s$6w>9VJopX&JKGt1?eI5i%RM>BzLytTXva=#!mJt@R2XEco4|drVbI2^eMgA{
z;w=Kijc_};YJK4l8};B1EUp-;0S%+MAv3rSIbslZ96mss!iRnRHQTfHJxgqCU=u)c
zn#nV)4>6ZhaD?+kmiE_7kVeVJDebFy5F8r2e19B=xH}+0_i+p$_RR%yK=&6tI~etR
zAgv=j%*JJl?ftn=TVh4ECv;K&qbIi(_|F1T397uGAD!R+21*k0AdxwwEQL*MCghvY
z6B7fC~W>BaD<0mR8@$pIJw#GxvE9$TU}?=&|N~T~m87-lQR}!Fsw4K%CCnQib&|8JgS}0b<5sh`98f
zP94!ql68+3`22`BT+SMN(QUU|{xz3dd?srN
zW7YdkfY^by#sf3V?^E|1{hEIEm&_6U`&%Abiv@u7EPN$x@m8!oN~-qjUt=NWv%3j{
zdgq;YI$k@|x_%t6+Q%LctFe{-PpbIe{`R+a08{D|s1x_Gdsnb$#U|EqGC=IIg2DB7
zbub8JqHJbC-1pimRtoUS&C9W&@HbPZ14z(z1-HzkXMt-b)YyTi=UUl@_pJt6Nv`Q(mfXJxpdzymF?SEJz^_ela0D0}L#%1N%x4*zq=C*a)<4nEHsZ
z9G|Xw=zRSi0YaTzo2vnUGzmt+QDC5=wY*3}jY~g55+^2rSnHZKWEp$Z+N#Pehe1@A
zn{UNm{Gw&Zfr%K+0wCJ0t3>@%;R3^2a73AS2SA*!uxn^90}U}$1Ax#+q9JDE)5fN#
z4(h_@S&ut-tpseP4<2gg+5n!`t-JQK1awU
z;{AF`X71ZJHh_^fvKJnn^B8<&0pcd&KKHP5ZxJ9KXNmm^DGOjm6RI`a_j8>!Z$<&}
z0nZ{=pPg@`aEQqybdRC+RCD`~;92LX?bUw*)B$n=WatO}oyM0smp6PC2SDo#W8&Yt
zgXkE`Y!~1t3x}|JG-4TS0*8M7HZ((nN!P3N!J^s-ROuQYe5m(zXy|p~EY<-%G}DZ{PnHi)TSr
zsghxegy7V3E}%`W(zZ9izumQPF_9EXaA-%fMwE%Z@W8uGof2q?1-ey&k5ishmfA>%
ze@45bv5(Zm!md4M-Jw9}dIH3KZ;on+1&CuBVop^FM|4z*58cMmVLWz2cg#@yGtyA?=oFOd_OVSMVUZ8Np79ya6tUv_bvR^Vr!-y
z33?U<#FqhxQB*h}Rv|$vo)I9{Pjy6}11-DSF?y)O^x)7>oZ=%9c;u7d#E3Rk{=MWt
zqg!L@uoUfhicJ6wRf+N=hYiB;yS_+NkRq&Y`QG-y{81U2d%)r@9O8Ef)tLi@jxC7A
z5vij14jh|DDU!n(a)<>=(b6`&`l@sK^J({ZECuoBjj=&ryBnX7qUcl}F0bDuyc95a6@r}1_Goj8h8CUh(M<&XcA)mj)61gwYxjf1Q)<5}>C^5(O
zC-^Pa7R3rr>etuKzfXxdihUjhRG-+Ifeevsi5`08mJiy`+n&EJFH}#cQ;{ZR5!?zO
zo@)j*q=`1HM4@s44$65~1BkP*z(&Wa_ZaJ)m+w136(00mU?I^pfaJ_wZBG7HM+|4_
zSr6eeMFo>1-R#-3J;U(0apUYOU-^nhmQa}7Gd=!)K-{IJVh!EpBX4ZISEE;B>bdvc
zdp(O?ety1v2S9w)RaZH6;`nnv4h`G&K0egf48pb@+pKy1D|P@-T#6G*HjW=dnsbWC=VD8P*FQ71#$#UPz8=`d*%m#ILzYE2hZ1D*OHQ1LPoJ^Sv17oYTLNRwmdn@
zD!1&$Ndl0AbIc%|{qo`WCH3t~Qv{$!P70lRAVCzn)itjC<%;}e>PI91`CM<|zAE#a
z;wv9`d=AkpR#<&gy|ppf246JRvM;_I?d>?Uk>6bsVhJCv%mz{niLRIO8vq*f9(!0Pn3yN7894;2Aw}Rvo6(I_U
za{;L`m4^Wb;t;2f7iD4)YasV^CWr3(bcc9zfV?)GEbA66?E;9C0K`M0fVdxmUED<$
z3{3eABy>3Z>g$-0Ny5S=K!CXC6_=tRox**w_(M66Q;y;ERK8+~9eC+ACevXg^
z_I&Ge*%V97?r!C?=32v+?N&~RrtHyY*>GZDC-z6HNpt{da$y8}zqM`MV&$_Rvs%pR
z(h#Qtct+pM!l}q3{R+9BOoc)3w3i+ah|yfp_M_qdWfG-B^on3WFg`TA=`<}8!DfmN
zw4mq<9V*lp6kceI@lY&lEmR$V_~tj>u`Q3zA|O9bnrNaEiGw@*v($^lGl3{99t7Xd
z_tHM_kLo}XXp{kZwH0gvHrSR&2th{7>r6PSb%eMYaQ&6mW9Ae~?mv*Ku}DzYHk>)d
zA>Q~L9AdoOleu0i86D64=YL@y(>Bo|CK#ZNn~wMnIm{ByY5f{2dv&oLrr(p%Xm(KN
z?o%dMKWRMSAqR6({lK9=+`mc*4pB&=8sg&saR^Ol_H+R8O+=be5Pbl#9QAaMK@Ebw
zqSfJ(HWF6uRmRf`ws-wT##g8H>($>fN8;2tqzK-3Dk0+%d9b-wTRI@-PI%pcl_7}@
zcZ3aS1CB?fn{liIVCSOXNWyWm;I6M(;?NN^D%TN*SpBEl;L!p1`&h~Zndt-`
zx>*}wHZNxih&M+8aVz7nin^Xl^p-3#Hzvtk&%OER^l>FQs1Xw#ue>_x5o>fmM_m~}
zV*NH4>zvR3K$`I({VKE=luDb)iIH<7%ysWG%^5W2N*q!5%4@d%SHD8WMc~>7$(@GX
z%4T&W$u)3F4GIY=5KvwKWbmz(fFwxF5e393AmZ5Qd88k>;|jTm5TG)euctmd>JLhe
zM*3v+tS2nDw$YLSw(UdDvVor`GS3A#f3w-~$TG-MSJrAA)3zPlpmersL6-{h2|;<&
zwiB6z;^x4@g=l?itg%;b>pp3+^}UvOYza-?tL^65qeK
zT?o$btfC$#9Wc)IV(l5*)TwdArT2NECQ`L@t9n*nMMNj6At}@r+com*rC3+quO
z8sZCXyTfv>xq{6b4xK4#C!Hpk%ftIm>z040zjUdz^ugQ>F_!<@fVeBZIwD_HFYZ&m
zUu9UIfApgtc_I!0;Ct@5$F98cO4kl|J=bsM1O9X^`vZRVk$&~D))2=UDAw=_!8T{k
z9OtN9bkRlj^{;>3rcRye16EuXAGi$Czw1MTaK~2H5Fc9bs+E=>vMeYQgD<-R4sig8
zrB2eEByO5r;R+9VC^acbCu#S
zx?_e!4vUmBz8!k$CEG(n2W;fXTL3Wwz88}^alpXn;>#k`O1L+)V_P17*vePEPq;VE
zMWAI8(x-rsNEyVFmA1*dNJ11@fTf7KN~FaAri&Ql4)6WJ_c$qqs}EZZ=KI~xzhEKE
z^vx{XO=yG8{q$!n2lJ+!a6&9Na)6LF)Gq>{7TooR3okzATWNABm4Esh2vi5e;y)?{
zFo1aDFMn$Fdv_8ewbdHYQVzwGm@_Hhn8x7@;a2=9gUnaV@}T%dA;}V3&p%4aYh6qUjjWAI%gXwUY&-mC!-}sYCNg
z^GbAsc$`?0aH3S?k-YJf=|?%Ep=DRO{9a+f_C520?R()xoW^Msa6H-j
z_*`fel@